Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program, 78344-78427 [2010-30527]
Download as PDF
78344
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100212086–0532–05]
RIN 0648–AY68
Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20
and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
NMFS is implementing
Amendments 20 and 21 to the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Fishery Management
Plan (FMP), which were partially
approved by the Secretary on August 9,
2010. Amendment 20 establishes a trawl
rationalization program for the Pacific
Coast groundfish fishery. Amendment
20’s trawl rationalization program
consists of: An individual fishing quota
(IFQ) program for the shorebased trawl
fleet (including whiting and nonwhiting sectors); and cooperative (coop)
programs for the at-sea (whiting only)
mothership and catcher/processor trawl
fleets. Amendment 21 establishes fixed
allocations for limited entry trawl
participants. This final rule
supplements the final rule published on
October 1, 2010 (75 FR 60868), and
provides additional program details,
including: Program components
applicable to IFQ gear switching,
observer programs, retention
requirements, equipment requirements,
catch monitors, catch weighing
requirements, coop permits, coop
agreement requirements, first receiver
site licenses, quota share (QS) accounts,
vessel accounts, further tracking and
monitoring components, and economic
data collection requirements.
DATES: This rule is effective January 1,
2011.
ADDRESSES: Background information
and documents, including the final
environmental impacts statements for
Amendment 20 and Amendment 21, are
available at the Pacific Fishery
Management Council’s Web site at
https://www.pcouncil.org/. NMFS
prepared a Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA), which is summarized
in the Classification section of this final
rule. Copies of the FRFA and the Small
Entity Compliance Guide are available
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
from William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional
Administrator, Northwest Region,
NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115–0070; or by phone at
206–526–6150. Copies of the Small
Entity Compliance Guide are also
available on the Northwest Regional
Office Web site at https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/.
Written comments regarding the
burden-hour estimates or other aspects
of the collection-of-information
requirements contained in this final rule
may be submitted to William W. Stelle,
Jr., Regional Administrator, Northwest
Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way,
NE., Seattle, WA 98115–0070, and to
OMB by e-mail to
OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov, or fax
to 202–395–7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jamie Goen, 206–526–4656; (fax) 206–
526–6736; Jamie.Goen@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The Amendment 20 trawl
rationalization program is a limited
access privilege program under the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
(MSA), as reauthorized in 2007. It
consists of: (1) An IFQ program for the
shorebased trawl fleet; and (2) coop
programs for the mothership and
catcher-processor trawl fleets. The trawl
rationalization program is intended to
increase net economic benefits, create
individual economic stability, provide
full utilization of the trawl sector
allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and achieve individual
accountability of catch and bycatch.
Amendment 21 establishes fixed
allocations for limited entry trawl
participants. These allocations are
intended to improve management under
the rationalization program by
streamlining its administration,
providing stability to the fishery, and
addressing halibut bycatch.
The trawl rationalization program is
scheduled to be implemented on
January 1, 2011. Due to the complexity
of the program and the tight timeline for
implementation, NMFS has issued, or is
in the process of issuing multiple
rulemakings to implement this program.
The following actions are related to the
trawl rationalization program:
• A final rule (75 FR 4684, January
29, 2010) which announced that
potential participants in the program
should review and, if necessary, correct
their data that will be used for the
issuance of QS, permits, and
endorsements. It also established which
data NMFS would use and requested
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ownership information from potential
participants.
• A notice of availability for
Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR 26702,
May 12, 2010).
• A proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June
10, 2010) followed by a final rule (75 FR
60868, October 1, 2010) that
implemented Amendments 20 and 21,
focused on provisions deemed
necessary to issue permits and
endorsements in time for use in the
2011 fishery and to have the 2011
harvest specifications reflect the new
allocation scheme. In addition, the
October 1st rule also restructured the
entire Pacific Coast groundfish
regulations at 50 CFR part 660 from one
subpart (Subpart G) to five subparts
(Subparts C–G).
• A correction to the June 10th
proposed rule (75 FR 37744, June 30,
2010) which corrected two dates
referenced in the preamble to the
proposed rule regarding the decision
date for the FMP amendments and the
end date for the public comment period.
• The Secretary’s review of and
decision to partially approve
Amendments 20 and 21 on August 9,
2010.
• A proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
August 31, 2010) which proposed for
implementation on January 1, 2011,
additional program details, including:
Measures applicable to gear switching
for the IFQ program, observer programs,
retention requirements, equipment
requirements, catch monitors, catch
weighing requirements, coop permits,
coop agreement requirements, first
receiver site licenses, QS accounts,
vessel accounts, further tracking and
monitoring components, and economic
data collection requirements.
• A correction to the October 1st final
rule (75 FR 67032, November 1, 2010)
to make sure the correct trip limit tables
for 2010 remain effective after
November 1, 2010.
This final rule follows the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380) and
implements additional program
components for the trawl rationalization
program. The preambles to both the
June 10th and August 31st proposed
rules provided more details on the
program and are not fully repeated here.
The preamble to the June 10th proposed
rule (75 FR 32994), called the ‘‘initial
issuance’’ proposed rule because it
proposed the requirements for initial
issuance of new permits and
endorsements for the trawl
rationalization program, provided
detailed information on the trawl
rationalization program and a general
overview on the provisions in
Amendments 20 and 21. In addition, the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
preamble to the August 31st proposed
rule (75 FR 53380), called the ‘‘program
components’’ proposed rule because it
proposed further program details for the
trawl rationalization program, provided
more detail on the additional program
components being proposed.
The Pacific Fishery Management
Council (Council) began scoping on
trailing actions for the trawl
rationalization program in the Fall of
2010 and intends to continue
developing trailing actions at its 2011
Council meetings on topics including,
but not limited to: Cost recovery, safe
harbors/community fishing associations,
the severability of MS/CV endorsements
from limited entry trawl permits, and
resubmission of Amendment 21 in
response to NMFS’ partial disapproval.
Comments and Responses
NMFS solicited public comment on
the proposed rule (75 FR 53380, August
31, 2010). The comment period ended
September 30, 2010. NMFS received 15
individual letters of comments on the
proposed rule submitted by individuals
or organizations.
Some commenters have incorporated
by reference previous comments
submitted during the Council process or
on a rulemaking (notice of availability
75 FR 26702, May 12, 2010; proposed
rule 75 FR 32994, June 10, 2010; final
rule 75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010) for
the initial issuance of permits and
endorsements and the review of
Amendments 20 and 21. Comments
presented to the Council are part of the
record and were considered by the
Council during its deliberation.
Comments on the previous rulemaking
were addressed in the final rule for that
rulemaking.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
General Comments in Support and
Opposed
Comment 1. NMFS received multiple
comments expressing general support
for the proposed rule.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these
comments.
Comment 2. NMFS received multiple
comments expressing general
disagreement with the proposed rule
and amendments.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these
comments.
Comments on Implementation of the
Program
Comment 3. One commenter stated
that the program and implementing
regulations should not be effective until
January 1, 2012, in order to provide
sufficient time for the groundfish
industry to plan their operations under
the new regulatory system.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
Response. This program has been
developed by the Council and NMFS
through a public process for over six
years, and ample opportunities have
been provided for input into the design
of the program. The starting date for the
trawl rationalization program was
discussed and debated on multiple
occasions at Council meetings, and
based on the input from the public, the
Council recommended, and NMFS
agreed, to a target implementation date
of January, 2011. NMFS notes the
commenter’s recommendation, but has
determined that implementing the
program at the earliest practicable date
best serves the public interest. NMFS
disagrees that any delay is necessary.
Comment 4. One commenter
described port outreach efforts and a
workshop undertaken by the
organization designed to complement
the outreach being conducted by NMFS.
These outreach meetings and workshop
are an effort to speed the transition
process to the new trawl rationalization
program and provide fishermen tools for
success under the catch shares program.
Port outreach meetings were held in
seven ports, with topics covering ways
to reduce observer and operating costs,
managing quota portfolios, establishing
a business plan, and managing
constraining stocks among others. In
addition, the two-day informational
workshop was attended by over 150
fishery participants; panels included
topics on regulatory requirements;
managing risks associated with
constraining species and modifying
fishing behavior; approaches for
maximizing opportunity; gear
modification; handling techniques and
behavior changes; mapping and
‘‘hotspot’’ management; trading,
tracking, and financing of quota
portfolios; strategies for minimizing
observer and other costs; and strategies
for improving revenues.
Response. NMFS appreciates the
commenter’s outreach efforts. In
addition to the outreach efforts by
outside organizations, NMFS has held a
series of public workshops along the
West Coast during the months of
September and October, 2010, to assist
program participants in transitioning to
the new trawl rationalization program.
Further information on NMFS’s
outreach efforts is described in the
response to Comment 5.
Comments on the Rulemaking and
Trailing Amendments
Comment 5. Some commenters stated
that the complexity of the rulemakings
for the trawl rationalization program
have made it difficult to provide
meaningful public input.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78345
Response. NMFS acknowledges that
implementation of the trawl
rationalization program, and associated
rulemakings, has been complex.
However, NMFS has been making every
effort to make the implementation
process as simple as possible and to
explain the process in many public
forums. While the Council developed
the trawl rationalization program over
several years, the Council and NMFS set
an implementation date of January 1,
2011, giving NMFS and the Council
approximately a year and a half to
develop regulations and fine tune the
program. This is a tight timeline for
such a complex program which would
dramatically change the operation and
management of the trawl sector. Because
of the tight timeline, NMFS had to split
implementation into several
rulemakings, focused on timing the
rulemakings to allow potential
participants the most time possible for
the different phases of implementation
given the resources available to
implement the program. Early in the
rulemaking process, NMFS brought
forward this approach to the Council at
their September 2009 meeting. In
addition, NMFS published a brochure in
December 2009 which was mailed out to
the industry announcing the proposed
January 1, 2011 implementation, the
rulemaking schedule, and some
additional details on the first
rulemaking.
The first rulemaking, which spanned
late 2009 and early 2010, announced
that potential participants should be
reviewing and, if necessary, correcting
their data before NMFS used the
relevant data for initial issuance of
permits and endorsements (proposed
rule: 74 FR 47545, September 16, 2009;
final rule: 75 FR 4684, January 29,
2010). NMFS initially announced that
corrections should be done by late-May
2010 and before the initial issuance
proposed rule published. NMFS later
extended the deadline to July 1 in the
initial issuance proposed rule (75 FR
32994, June 10, 2010) for both the
Pacific Fisheries Information Network
(PacFIN) dataset and for NMFS’
Northwest Fisheries Science Center’s
Pacific whiting observer data from
NORPAC (a database of North Pacific
fisheries and Pacific whiting
information) (this was later changed to
August 1, 2010 for NORPAC data
through a public notice dated June 22,
2010 (NMFS–SEA–10–08)). This first
rulemaking also required completion of
an ownership interest form. The results
of these forms would be used, in part,
to populate the ownership interest
forms that would be part of the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78346
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
application process. This rulemaking
laid the groundwork for the application
process that would take place in the fall
of 2010.
Soon after the final rule published for
this first rulemaking, the Council began
meetings of its Regulatory Deeming
Workgroup (RDW), an advisory body to
the Council. The RDW held several
public meetings between February and
June 2010 to review the regulations that
NMFS was developing for the program,
to work through implementation details,
and to bring issues forward to the
Council, as needed. NMFS updated the
RDW at all of their meetings on the
implementation process and the status
of the various rulemakings. The RDW
meetings generally preceded Council
meetings. The Council then discussed
the rulemakings, including the
implementation process and schedule,
at all of their meetings to date in 2010.
In the spring of 2010, the NOA for
both Amendments 20 and 21 was
published, announcing an open public
comment period on the amendments (75
FR 26702, May 12, 2010). Shortly
thereafter, the second rulemaking was
initiated that announced the FMP
amendments and the initial issuance
process for certain new permits and
endorsements which required a more
intensive application process, and thus
more time for implementation. In
addition, this rulemaking reorganized
the existing groundfish regulations to
accommodate the new trawl
rationalization program. Staggered after
this second rulemaking was the third
rulemaking, the subject of this final rule,
which announces additional program
details for January 1, 2011, including:
IFQ gear switching, observer programs,
retention requirements, equipment
requirements, catch monitors, catch
weighing requirements, coop permits,
coop agreement requirements, first
receiver site licenses, quota share (QS)
accounts, vessel accounts, further
tracking and monitoring components,
and economic data collection
requirements. All of these rulemakings
have described NMFS’ overall approach
to the rulemakings and implementation.
To provide support and guidance for
the public during this process, NMFS
has provided outreach along the West
Coast in September and October 2010.
These outreach efforts were used to
announce the program details and
implementation logistics, including the
rulemakings and public comment
periods. In addition, NMFS Office of
Law Enforcement has provided several
additional outreach sessions in October
2010 on compliance under the program.
NMFS has also created a Web site on the
trawl rationalization program to keep
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
the interested public up to date and
published and mailed several fact
sheets, each focused on different aspects
of the program. These fact sheets are
also available on the Web site. Finally,
NMFS has mailed and e-mailed several
public notices to the industry and
interested public regarding the trawl
rationalization program. So while NMFS
acknowledges that this has been a
complex rulemaking, NMFS believes
that the agency has made every effort to
keep the industry and public informed
of our approach and aware of the
rulemaking process.
Comment 6. One commenter
requested that the Pacific whiting
season start dates for the shorebased IFQ
fishery, the mothership fishery, and the
catcher-processor fishery be revisited
under a trailing amendment. The
commenter explained that separate
season start dates between the sectors is
no longer needed under a rationalized
fishery; staggered start dates contradict
the intent of the program, undermining
the goals of the program to increase net
economic benefits and create individual
economic stability.
Response. Start dates for the Pacific
whiting season are not part of the
program components rule. The Council
discussed the Pacific whiting season
start dates at its April and June 2010
meetings, and decided not to modify the
season start dates at that time. The
Council will continue to review
management measures in the groundfish
trawl fisheries after implementation of
the rationalization program, and
recommend changes where deemed
appropriate. NMFS welcomes and
encourages public participation in the
Council decision-making process to
address issues such as this.
Comment 7. One commenter stated
that implementing cost recovery
through a trailing amendment does not
allow the public or policy makers to
know the full economic ramifications of
the program. The commenter suggested
delaying the program until a cost
recovery program has been developed.
Response. Although a
recommendation was made by the
Council, and NMFS agreed, that the cost
recovery program would be
implemented through the Council
process as a trailing amendment to the
program, that does not mean that the
‘‘costs’’ associated with cost recovery
cannot be estimated. Under the MSA, as
amended, cost recovery associated with
program implementation is capped, or
restricted to 3 percent of the value of the
fishery. This anticipated cost recovery
has been considered by NMFS in its
record of decision. NMFS encourages
public participation as the Council
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
develops and recommends the cost
recovery program to be implemented by
NMFS, based on those
recommendations.
Comment 8. Some commenters stated
that community fishing associations
(CFAs) should be implemented at the
start of the program rather than as a
trailing amendment. One commenter
suggests delaying the program until
CFAs have been developed.
Response. NMFS acknowledges that
there are members of the public who
feel that CFAs should be implemented
at the start of the program. Although the
Council considered incorporating
provisions for CFAs into the alternatives
early in the development process, no
strong recommendation or advocacy
was voiced by members of the public or
representatives on the Trawl Individual
Quota Committee, which was intended
to represent a cross section of interests
for the development of
recommendations on structuring the
trawl rationalization program. Proposals
for including provisions for CFAs in the
program emerged later on, when the
Council was at the point of adopting a
preferred alternative in November 2008,
in part tied to the issue of how to deal
with QS holding in excess of
accumulation limits. Further refinement
of the preferred alternative, which
occurred at Council meetings in 2009,
included additional consideration of
CFA provisions. Specifically, at the
April 2009 Council meeting, Agenda
Item F.4 addressed CFAs, and it was at
this time that the Council concluded
that it would be more appropriate for
CFA provisions to be implemented
through a trailing action. However, the
moratorium on the transfer of QS during
the first two years of the program,
combined with provisions to allow
divestiture of QS over accumulation
limits during years 3 and 4 of the
program, were designed to facilitate the
transfer of QS to CFAs. The moratorium
is in part intended to slow the
movement of QS holdings out of
communities during a time when the
trailing action for CFAs can be
developed and implemented in a
considered fashion. Recommendations
for how to structure the CFA provisions
in a trailing action are welcome and
should be brought forward as that
proposal is developed. The Council is
likely to begin developing CFA
provisions in 2011 so that they could be
in place before the QS divestiture period
begins.
Comment 9. One commenter stated
that the adaptive management program
(AMP) should be promptly
implemented as a trailing amendment to
address unforeseen impacts, promote
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
bycatch reduction, and promote
sustainable fishing practices.
Response. The AMP was established
through the October 1st initial issuance
final rule (75 FR 60868), and consists of
two primary phases. For the first two
years of the program, the 10 percent
AMP share is allocated to nonwhiting
QS owners to ease the transition to an
IFQ system. The Council and NMFS
will be evaluating the changes that will
occur after implementation, and will
then be able to react as necessary in the
second phase to address specific
objectives for the AMP, identified on
page 402 of Appendix A of the FEIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery.’’ This interim situation will also
allow for some identification of
unforeseen impacts associated with this
program, which will better inform both
the Council and NMFS in addressing
the issues.
Comments on Policies and Legal
Standards
Comment 10. One commenter
incorporated by reference comments
they had previously made on the initial
issuance proposed rule and
Amendments 20 and 21 on National
Standards 1, 2, 4, 6, and 8.
Response. NMFS’s responses to
comments 56–68 in the final rule to
initiate implementation of Amendments
20 and 21 (75 FR 60868, 60884–60887)
describe how Amendments 20 and 21,
as well as that final rule, comply with
National Standards 1, 2, 4, and 8. The
explanations articulated there equally
apply to the instant rule. With regard to
National Standard 6, the commenter
does not provide an explanation of why
either of the rules or the underlying
amendments would be inconsistent
with National Standard 6. Nevertheless,
this response will address consistency
with National Standard 6.
National Standard 6 states that
conservation and management measures
must: ‘‘take into account and allow for
variations among, and contingencies in,
fisheries, fishery resources, and
catches.’’ 16 U.S.C. 1851(a)(6). The
National Standard Guidelines further
state that every effort should be made to
develop FMPs that discuss and take into
account vicissitudes and that, to the
extent practicable, FMPs should provide
a suitable buffer in favor of
conservation. 50 CFR 600.335(c)(2).
Amendments 20 and 21 are expected
to give fishermen greater flexibility in
determining when and how to fish, thus
giving fishermen greater ability to
respond individually to unanticipated
occurrences. The AMP will provide
additional management flexibility and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
will facilitate response to unanticipated
circumstances. Thus, these amendments
and the program components
implemented through this rule are
consistent with National Standard 6.
Comment 11. One commenter stated
that the program is inconsistent with
National Standards 5 and 8 of the MSA.
Response. As described in NMFS’s
response to comment 62 in the final rule
to initiate implementation of
Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR 60868,
60885), Amendments 20 and 21 were
designed to achieve multiple objectives
and are consistent with National
Standard 5. NMFS has determined that
this rule to implement certain
components of those amendments is
consistent with National Standard 5 for
the reasons stated in that previous
preamble. NMFS’s responses to
comments 64–67 in the final rule to
initiate implementation of Amendments
20 and 21 (75 FR 60868, 60886) explain
how Amendments 20 and 21 are
consistent with National Standard 8.
NMFS has determined that this rule to
implement certain components of those
amendments is consistent with National
Standard 8 for the reasons stated in that
previous preamble. See also responses
to comments in the FEIS for
Amendment 20, particularly responses
to comments 108 and 109.
Comment 12. One commenter stated
that the program should be revised to
fully retain public control over our
public fisheries resources and indicated
that the statements in the regulations
and Amendments that NMFS retains the
right to modify, revoke, or suspend
altogether the catch share system are not
enough.
Response. Congress, NMFS, and the
Council have been clear and explicit
that in a limited access privilege
program, what is being granted is a
privilege that is modifiable and
revocable at any time without
compensation to the privilege holder
(see Section A–2.3.4 of the EIS). NMFS’s
responses to comments in the FEIS for
Amendment 20, particularly responses
to comments 86 and 87, provide further
discussion on this issue and are not
repeated here. In addition, the
regulations at §§ 660.25 and 660.100
clearly state that any permits,
endorsements, or amounts of harvest
from the trawl rationalization program
are a privilege that may be revoked,
limited, or modified at any time.
Comments on Program Costs,
Community Impacts, and the Burden on
Small Businesses
Comment 13. Some commenters
stated NMFS should minimize and
mitigate impacts on small businesses
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78347
and small communities; the program
should not benefit large businesses at
the expense of small businesses. One
commenter stated that the burden of
paperwork and costs of the program
would be too much for small businesses
and small communities and requested
that the paperwork burden be
streamlined.
Response. NMFS responded to similar
comments in the October 1st final rule
(75 FR 60868) about the impacts on
small businesses. In particular, concerns
were raised about negative impacts on
deckhands and smaller boats; that
program costs to fishermen, including
the costs of entering the fishery and the
costs of observers and monitoring are
too high; that observer rules need to
change for trawl and small boats to
reflect the vastly different bycatch
which occurs when mistakes are made;
about the impact of the allocation
formulas on Fort Bragg fishermen;
concern that average fishermen will not
be able to afford to participate and that
this could lead to increased
consolidation and leave many ports no
longer viable; about negative impacts on
processors, that small processors will be
driven out of business due to
consolidation; and that it will eliminate
the ‘‘mom and pop businesses.’’
NMFS has responded to these
comments in detail in the October 1st
initial issuance final rule (75 FR 60868).
That response is applicable to the
comments associated with this rule. In
terms of impacts on small businesses,
the trawl rationalization program is
intended to increase net economic
benefits, create economic stability,
provide full utilization of the trawl
sector allocation, consider
environmental impacts, and promote
conservation through individual
accountability for catch and bycatch.
The allocations of quota under the new
program do not differ significantly from
status quo allocations made biennially
in terms of total allocations. However,
instead of fleetwide quotas, there will
now be individual allocations of quota
shares and quota pounds to permit
owners. Allocations of overfished
species constrain all groundfish
fishermen, for both large and small
operations. In some cases, smaller
operators may be constrained to a
greater extent. This was recognized in
development of the program, and
operators are encouraged to work
together cooperatively, through
mechanisms like combining and sharing
quota amounts. The program provides
for leasing of additional quota as needed
to facilitate operations. The program
includes provisions that would have a
beneficial impact on small entities. It
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78348
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
would create a management program
under which most recent participants in
the Pacific Coast groundfish limited
entry trawl fishery (many of which are
small entities) would be eligible to
continue participating in the fishery and
under which the fishery itself would
experience an increase in economic
profitability. Small entities choosing to
exit the fishery should receive financial
compensation from selling their permit
or share of the resource. To prevent a
particular individual, corporation, or
other entity from acquiring an excessive
share of the total harvest privileges in
the program, accumulation limits would
restrict the amount of harvest privileges
that can be held, acquired, or used by
individuals and vessels. In addition, for
the shoreside sector of the fishery, an
AMP was created to mitigate any
adverse impacts, including impacts on
small entities and communities that
might result from the program.
It is expected that the shorebased IFQ
fishery will lead to consolidation and
this may affect small processors,
particularly if they are in disadvantaged
ports. Chapter 4 of the Amendment 20
FEIS analyzed the effects on processors
from various perspectives: The
distribution of landings across west
coast ports may change as a result of
fleet consolidation, industry
agglomeration, and the comparative
advantage of ports (a function of bycatch
rates in the waters constituting the
operational area for the port, differences
in infrastructure, and other factors). In
particular, the Council analysis
indicated that processors associated
with disadvantaged communities may
see trawl groundfish volumes decline.
The analysis highlights that those
processors receiving landings from
Central California or Neah Bay may see
a reduction in trawl caught groundfish
if the market is able to redirect activity
toward more efficient and advantaged
ports. However, in addition to increased
landings that are expected to result from
the IFQ program, small processors and
disadvantaged communities may benefit
from the control limits, vessel limits,
and adaptive management policies.
Control limits will limit the ability of
large processors to obtain shares of the
fisheries while the AMP processes will
allow the Council to consider the
impacts on small processors and
disadvantaged communities when
allocating the AMP quota (10 percent of
the total non-whiting trawl quotas).
Although vessel accumulation limits
tend to lower economic efficiency and
restrict profitability for the average
vessel, they could help retain vessels in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:31 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
communities because more vessels
would remain.
Another process by which small
processors and disadvantaged
communities may benefit will be the
future development of CFAs. Some of
the potential benefits of CFAs include:
Ensuring access to the fishery resource
in a particular area or community to
benefit the local fishing economy;
enabling the formation of risk pools and
sharing monitoring and other costs;
ensuring that fish delivered to a local
area will benefit local processors and
businesses; providing a local source of
QSs for new entrants and others
wanting to increase their participation
in the fishery; increasing local
accountability and responsibility for the
resource; and benefiting other providers
and users of local fishery infrastructure.
In summary, the major impacts of this
rule appear to be on shoreside
processors which are a mix of large and
small processors, and on shorebased
trawlers which are also a mix of large
and small companies. The non-whiting
shorebased trawlers are currently
operating at a loss or at best are
‘‘breaking even.’’ The new
rationalization program would lead to
profitability, but with a reduction of
about 50 percent of the fleet. This
program would lead to major changes in
the fishery. To help mitigate against
these changes, as discussed above, the
agency has announced its intent, subject
to available Federal funding, that
participants would initially be
responsible for 10 percent of the cost of
hiring observers and catch monitors.
The industry proportion of the costs of
hiring observers and catch monitors
would be increased every year so that by
2014, once the fishery has transitioned
to the rationalization program, the
industry would be responsible for 100
percent of the cost of hiring the
observers and catch monitors. NMFS
believes that an incrementally reduced
subsidy to industry funding would
enhance the observer and catch monitor
program’s stability, ensure 100 percent
observer and catch monitor coverage,
and facilitate the industries’ successful
transition to the new quota system. In
addition, to help mitigate against
negative impacts of this program, the
Council has adopted an AMP where
starting in year 3 of the program, 10
percent of non-whiting QS would be set
aside every year to address community
impacts and industry transition needs.
After reviewing the initial effects of IFQ
programs in other parts of the world, the
Council had placed a short term QS
trading prohibition so that fishermen
can learn from their experiences and not
make premature sales of their QS. The
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Council is also envisioning future
regulatory processes that would allow
community fisheries associations to be
established to help aid communities and
fishermen.
NMFS has taken a hard look at the
reporting burdens of the program and,
given the program requirements,
reduced the burden on small businesses
to the extent possible. For instance, in
the IFQ fishery, transactions for QS
accounts and vessel accounts will be
done online, reducing the paperwork
burden. The QS permit renewal process
will be the same as the current limited
entry permit renewal process and
during the same time period because
initially most QS permit owners would
already be familiar with the limited
entry permit renewal process. Similarly,
in the mothership sector, the MS/CVendorsed permit renewal will be
combined with their declaration of
intent to obligate to a mothership
processor so that both are done on the
same form at the same time. To the
extent possible, NMFS will send out
permit renewal forms and other
associated forms, such as the ownership
interest form, pre-filled to reduce the
burden on respondents. For the EDC,
the survey design has sought to avoid
duplication of data collection, and was
developed from meetings with industry
participants to discuss making survey
questions easily understandable and
consistent with the record keeping
practices of survey respondents to
reduce the burden on respondents. For
the trawl monitoring requirements,
NMFS has reduced the burden of the
catch monitoring plans for first receivers
by only requiring essential information
needed to assure adequate catch
accounting. To reduce the burden of
requiring electronic fish tickets, fish
ticket software will be provided at no
cost, and will use a standard operating
system and common software already
owned by most businesses; fish ticket
software will be compatible with the
existing fish ticket requirements in each
of the three states; and the software can
be used to print a paper copy for
submission to the state, when state law
allows. To reduce costs, NMFS has
determined that a person certified as
both an observer and a catch monitor
can serve in both capacities, within
limitations on hours worked. After
consideration of all these efforts and the
requirements of the program, NMFS has
determined that the remaining reporting
requirements are necessary.
Comment 14. One commenter
expressed concerns that the inequitable
distribution of overfished species QS,
such as Canary Rockfish,
disproportionately impacts California,
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
while favoring Washington and Oregon;
that the program should not result in an
unfair allocation between the states; and
that the program should be designed to
result in an even consolidation between
states and between the sectors (nonwhiting shorebased IFQ, whiting
shorebased IFQ, mothership sector, and
catcher/processor sector).
Response. With respect to the effects
on the States including industry
consolidation effects, NMFS
acknowledges that this program may
have different impacts on different
states and on different communities. As
mentioned above, one of the potential
purposes of the AMP is to address
differential impacts upon communities
and thus the states. National Standard 4
requires that when it becomes necessary
to allocate or assign fishing privileges
among various United States fishermen,
such allocation shall be (A) Fair and
equitable to all such fishermen;
(B) reasonably calculated to promote
conservation; and (C) carried out in
such a manner that no particular
individual, corporation, or other entity
acquires an excessive share of such
privileges. The National Standard 4
guidelines at § 600.325(c)(3)(i)(B) state
that: ‘‘An allocation of fishing privileges
may impose a hardship on one group if
it is outweighed by the total benefits
received by another group or groups. An
allocation need not preserve the status
quo in the fishery to qualify as fair and
equitable, if a restructuring of fishing
privileges would maximize overall
benefits. The Council should make an
initial estimate of the relative benefits
and hardships imposed by the
allocation, and compare its
consequences with those of alternative
allocation schemes, including the status
quo.’’
Thus, the Councils are given wide
latitude to determine what is equitable
within a particular fishery and to create
the appropriate management measures
to accomplish the goals of an FMP. The
issue of allocation of overfished species
was addressed extensively in the
response to comments in the October 1st
final rule. (75 FR 60868, comments 29
and 31.) Generally speaking, the Council
evaluated the impacts of its allocation
decisions and adequately determined
that, after weighing the costs and
benefits of its proposed scheme, the
allocations selected were to the overall
benefit of the fishery and its
participants.
Comment 15. One commenter stated
that NMFS has not adopted criteria for
participation in CFAs as required by law
and improperly excluded CFAs from
initial allocations. The commenter
further stated that the 10 percent set
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
aside for the AMP would not be enough
to meet the needs of CFAs, smaller
vessels idled by the program,
processors, or new entrants. Another
commenter stated that the 10 percent set
aside for the AMP should be used to
mitigate transition impacts and be used
as an incentive pool for conservation
results and to improve the program.
Response. NMFS responded to a
similar comment in the October 31st
final rule (75 FR 60868, comment 41)
which is incorporated here by reference.
NMFS disagrees that communities have
been excluded from initial allocations.
Communities have not been precluded
from acquiring groundfish limited entry
trawl permits, which would make them
eligible for the initial allocation of QS
associated with a permit. Additionally,
the Council’s preferred alternative
includes a very broad definition of who
may own quota shares, so communities
are not precluded from acquiring quota
once the program is implemented. Just
as non-trawl fishermen currently need
to obtain a trawl-endorsed limited entry
permit to participate in the trawl
fishery, under the trawl catch shares
program, a trawl permit and quota
pounds is all that is needed to
participate.
NMFS also disagrees with the
statement that the Council and NMFS
did not follow the law with regard to
CFAs. NMFS created the trawl
rationalization program, including
allocation to an AMP, consistent with
the MSA and with communities in
mind. The trawl catch shares program
includes several ways to participate
beyond the initial issuance of quota
share. The AMP specifically reserves 10
percent of the non-whiting shoreside
quota share to allocate in such a manner
as to promote a wide range of important
objectives, beginning with year 3 of the
program. The objectives for this program
are: Community stability, processor
stability, conservation, unintended/
unforeseen consequences of IFQ
management, and facilitation of new
entrants. NMFS agrees with the
commenter’s statement that the
10 percent set aside for the AMP should
be used to mitigate transition impacts.
During the first 2 years of the program,
the AMP will help mitigate transition
impacts by distributing the resulting to
QP to trawlers with non-whiting QS to
help them as they adjust to the new
program, begin to work together and
pool their resources, and adjust to new
costs. In ongoing years, the AMP will
help mitigate impacts of the program
and promote conservation following the
objectives for the AMP stated above.
In addition to the AMP, the Council
is also developing provisions for
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78349
community involvement through CFAs
as a trailing amendment. The trawl
catch shares program includes a
moratorium on the transfer of quota
share during the first two years of the
program (quota pounds will be able to
be transferred during the moratorium),
combined with provisions to require
divestiture of quota share over
accumulation limits during years 3 and
4 of the program. The moratorium is in
part intended to slow the movement of
quota share holdings out of
communities during a time when the
trailing action for community fishing
associations can be developed and
implemented in a considered fashion.
Recommendations for how to structure
the CFA provisions in a trailing action
are welcome and should be brought
forward as that proposal is developed by
the Council. Moreover, the Council
specifically acknowledged flexibility to
adapt to changing circumstances,
including provisions for a
comprehensive review of the program
that includes a community advisory
committee, to evaluate effectiveness in
relation to the original program goals
and objectives, scheduled for year five
of the program. The trawl
rationalization program has addressed
and continues to address directly these
issues and ways to improve the
program.
Comment 16. One commenter stated
that the rapid increase in value of QS
and QP will make it hard for
communities and CFAs to participate in
the program. The commenter further
stated that NMFS’ new measure to allow
limited entry trawl permit transfers
during a window of time before the
permit and endorsement application
period will foster quick inflation of QS
value.
Response. NMFS appreciates the
commenter’s insight into the value of
QS based on NMFS providing a window
of opportunity for limited entry permit
transfers before the permit and
endorsement application period. NMFS’
intent in providing this window in the
October 31st initial issuance final rule
(75 FR 60868) was solely to provide
some additional flexibility for potential
participants in the program in making
their business decisions before being
locked into their business arrangement
for the next 2 years. As stated in the
preamble to the final initial issuance
rule, NMFS believes this change is
consistent with the Council’s intent to
provide an opportunity for entry level
participants to obtain a qualifying trawl
limited entry permit prior to initial
issuance with reasonable certainty of
anticipated QS that would be issued on
the basis of that permit. Further, for
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
78350
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
permit owners that have qualifying
history that would exceed control
limits, this change will provide an
opportunity to divest permits prior to
calculation of QS and any redistribution
of QS.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Comments on the Observer and Catch
Monitor Programs
Comment 17. Some commenters
stated that alternatives should be
explored to reduce the industry and
taxpayer costs of the program, such as
not requiring the industry to pay for
observer (i.e., the government should
pay as part of its enforcement mandate),
requiring less than 100 percent observer
coverage, allowing the use of cameras,
or measures to reduce observer costs
below $350–500 per day. Another
commenter agreed with NMFS that an
observer can also be a catch monitor to
reduce costs but also to gain data
tracking efficiencies. A third commenter
stated support for 100 percent observer
coverage and rigorous observer and
catch monitor training requirements.
Response. Less than 100 percent
observer coverage and the use of
cameras to supplement or substitute for
observer coverage were considered by
the Council during the program’s
development, but were rejected. Full
and independent accountability of all
catch is key to the success of the catch
shares program especially programs
using individual fishing quotas. NMFS
has recognized the increased costs to the
industry and is therefore planning to
subsidize the cost of observer coverage
for at least the first year, subject to
appropriations (see response to
Comment 22). The defraying of cost via
this subsidy will give the fleet time to
develop cost cutting measures with
other industry members in their port
and with the observer provider
companies. NMFS recognizes the
importance of reigning in costs to the
industry and the public and will
continue to investigate and implement
efficiencies when practical. One such
efficiency is that a person can be trained
and certified as both an observer and as
a catch monitor. That person could act
in both capacities even for the same
vessel’s offload, subject to maximum
work hour requirements and other
limitations, which may provide some
cost savings.
Comment 18. The Pacific Fishery
Management Council commented in
agreement with the conflict of interest
regulations as proposed by NMFS under
Alternative 2 for the observer and catch
monitor regulations. Another
commenter supported rigorous conflict
of interest provisions.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
Response. In the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380), NMFS
provided two alternative sections
addressing conflict of interest
provisions applicable to observers and
catch monitors; Alternative 1 provided
provisions as deemed by the Council,
Alternative 2 presented the NMFSproposed language. NMFS provided its
rationale for the NMFS-proposed
alternative in the proposed rule, and
explained that the NMFS-proposed
conflict of interest provisions are
consistent with existing language in
NMFS policy statement 04–109–01 and
current standards in the West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program. NMFS
specifically requested comment on
which provisions to include in the final
rule and NMFS received no comments
in disagreement with the NMFSproposed alternative included in the
final rule.
Comment 19. One commenter stated
that Morro Bay, California, will not have
enough trawlers to support a catch
monitor.
Response. NMFS responded to a
similar comment regarding costs of
monitoring in the October 31st final rule
(75 FR 60873, comment 22). As stated
in the response to the prior comment:
‘‘Analyses indicate that the program
benefits will outweigh the program
costs. The EIS anticipates that the value
of the fishery will increase through a
variety of mechanisms, including
increased efficiency of existing vessels,
the transfer of effort to the most efficient
vessels, and increased retention of target
species. The program includes
opportunities for adaptive management
if actual impacts differ from projected
impacts. [* * *] To aid the fishing
industry during the transition to a
rationalized fishery, the agency has
announced its intent, subject to
available Federal funding, to cover a
portion of the initial cost of hiring
observers and catch monitors. As stated
by the agency, participants would
initially be responsible for 10 percent of
the cost of hiring observers and catch
monitors, with that amount increased
every year so that by 2014, the industry
would be responsible for 100 percent of
the cost of hiring the observers and
catch monitors.’’
Landings monitoring is an essential
component to the rationalization
program developed by the Council.
Thus, industry members and catch
monitor providers need to work together
to resolve local implementation issues
such as the development of costeffective deployment of catch monitors
in Morro Bay. One potential solution
provided for in this final rule would be
to contract with providers for the
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
services of observers that are also
certified as catch monitors. Such ‘‘dual
certified’’ observers, which would
already be on board the vessel
participating in the Shorebased IFQ
Program, could assume the catch
monitor role for the IFQ first receiver.
Coordination between the fishing vessel,
the IFQ first receiver, and the observer/
catch monitor provider will help
alleviate concerns of program costs
under circumstances such as those
presented at Morro Bay. NMFS
anticipates that further opportunities to
reduce costs will develop with
experience under the program. See also
the response to Comment 20.
Comment 20. California Department
of Fish and Game (CDFG) commented
that it supports an ongoing dialogue
with NMFS and the states about the use
of state employees as observers or catch
monitors within the trawl
rationalization program, provided that
such dialogue includes a mechanism to
reimburse the states for the use of state
employees.
Response. NMFS acknowledges the
comment and plans to continue its
dialogue with the states regarding the
use of state employees as observers and/
or catch monitors. Initial discussions
conducted thus far indicate that the
states are interested in providing some
catch monitor services. If state
employees serve as catch monitors,
NMFS anticipates that reimbursement
for costs associated with such services
would be a component of legal contracts
entered into between the states and the
IFQ first receivers or vessels to which
the states provide services. NMFS looks
forward to continued discussions with
the states to support coordination of the
trawl rationalization program with state
employees.
Comment 21. Some commenters
asked for clarification of the terms,
‘‘authorized officer,’’ ‘‘authorized
person,’’ and ‘‘NMFS staff’’ with regard
to the catch monitor and observer
regulations. One commenter stated that
persons authorized access to first
receiver facilities should include stateauthorized employees, both law
enforcement and non-law enforcement,
and Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission staff. Both of these types of
personnel are involved in the
monitoring and enforcement of the
groundfish fishery. The commenter also
noted inconsistent use of the terms
‘‘authorized officer’’ and ‘‘authorized
person’’ in the regulations and
recommended a consistent and
encompassing use of the term
‘‘authorized person.’’ Another
commenter asked that the term ‘‘NMFS
staff’’ be defined and should be more
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
narrow than any employee of NMFS.
The commenter suggested a definition.
Response. NMFS appreciates the
comments and how they highlight the
variety of management and enforcement
persons that are involved in the
program. However, NMFS disagrees that
further definitions are necessary at this
time. NMFS believes that the current
use of the terms is appropriate and
serves to distinguish the different
persons that must have access to, or
accomplish other duties in connection
to program management and
enforcement. ‘‘Authorized officer’’ is a
term already defined under the MSA in
regulations found at 50 CFR part 600.
The term is focused exclusively on
enforcement officers, both state and
Federal, and includes NOAA agents and
officers, state officers acting under a JEA
with NOAA and USCG boarding
officers. This term is important for use
involving inspection and enforcement
activities. ‘‘Authorized person’’ is not
defined but was included to identify
persons other than enforcement officers
and NMFS staff who are authorized to
conduct duties related to the program.
The term includes catch monitors as
they are not NMFS staff, but are
employees of contractors. These persons
have authority to conduct duties
pursuant to the program regulations.
NMFS staff are those persons who have
authority to conduct duties under the
program regulations, as well. As for
state employees, these persons have
independent authority under state laws
to enter the facility and do their jobs.
Comment 22. One commenter asked if
NMFS’ offer to cover up to 90 percent
of the costs of the observer program
during the first year of the program was
for all sectors of the fishery, or only the
Shorebased IFQ Program.
Response. There is no assurance or
guarantee that NMFS will provide
funding, as the funding depends on
Congressional appropriation. However,
assuming that an appropriation is made
and those funds are made available to
the program and not otherwise
restricted, NMFS NWR would apply
these funds to help defray both the
observer and catch monitor program
costs. Further, NMFS would make the
funds available to all three sectors (MS,
C/P, and Shorebased) not just the
Shorebased IFQ program.
Comment 23. One commenter
suggested that language on the catch
monitor program stating that ‘‘monitors
have access to telephone lines during
the times that Pacific whiting was being
processed’’ may be an artifact of
previous regulations for catch monitors.
The commenter suggested that NMFS
re-examine whether this language
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
should apply to more species than
Pacific whiting.
Response. NMFS agrees with the
comment and, upon further review, has
determined that this requirement is no
longer necessary. The commenter was
correct that catch monitors may need
access to more species that just Pacific
whiting for the Shorebased IFQ
Program. In addition, any phone may be
used, a cell phone or a telephone.
However, the IFQ first receiver will not
have to provide catch monitors with
access to a phone while IFQ species are
being processed. That is the
responsibility of the catch monitor
provider as stated at § 660.17(e)(8)(i)(A).
NMFS is removing this language from
the IFQ first receiver responsibilities at
§ 660.140(i)(4). See the section on
‘‘Changes from the Proposed Rule.’’
Comments on the Economic Data
Collection (EDC) Program
Comment 24. Some commenters
stated that the economic data collection
questionnaire was too detailed and
burdensome for small businesses. One
of those commenters suggested that if it
is an annual questionnaire, it should be
simplified to collect only crucial
information. If the detailed
questionnaire is continued, it should be
collected periodically, not annually.
Another commenter stated that the EDC
program is too narrow and will not
capture the effects of the trawl
rationalization program on jobs,
businesses, and communities.
Response. In developing the trawl
catch share program, NMFS is striking
a balance. NMFS believes the
importance and benefits of this program
outweighs the burden on small
businesses. The statute authorizing LAP
programs such as this, Section 303A of
the MSA, requires periodic reviews. In
order to do that, NMFS must collect
both baseline and annual information to
judge the effectiveness of the program
for the 5 year review. NMFS will
continue to work through the Council
process to make any necessary changes
to the program to assure that that
program does collect information
needed by the Council meets the
requirements of the MSA and the
Council including providing
assessments on the impacts of the
program on jobs, businesses, and
communities.
NMFS’ authority to collect economic
information is limited to those vessels
and processors harvesting and
processing fish that are regulated under
the MSA. Although NMFS could ask for
economic information from persons or
entities that are not directly regulated
under a fishery program, it would be
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78351
unable to require submission of the
information. This is a critical difference
and NMFS cannot establish a voluntary
economic information program that
would certainly be rejected by nonfishery industry persons and entities.
NMFS could not ensure confidentiality
of voluntarily submitted information
and this problem would mean NMFS
would never receive information or
receive information that was incomplete
or unreliable. An incomplete or
unreliable database would be unusable.
Regarding a commenter’s concern
over the EDC program not capturing the
effects of the trawl rationalization
program on lost jobs, closed businesses,
and devastated communities, the
Northwest Fisheries Science Center will
conduct voluntary interviews through
the Trawl Rationalization Program
Human Dimensions Study to try and
capture some of these other effects of
the program.
Comment 25. One commenter agreed
with NMFS’ definition of ‘‘processor’’ for
the EDC Program.
Response. NMFS acknowledges this
commenter’s concurrence with the
proposed definition for ‘‘processor’’ for
the EDC program.
Comment 26. One commenter
expressed concerns about the EDC audit
process, in particular the potential use
of a third-party auditor to examine EDC
submissions. The comment focused on
the handling of ‘‘extremely sensitive
commercial information’’. The comment
acknowledges that NMFS states that
submitted information is confidential,
but the comment suggests that there are
no standards or rules in place to ensure
confidentiality. Further, the comment
questions whether NMFS can ask for tax
information and require its submission
to a third-party auditor and whether this
practice may violate IRS rules.
Response. While NMFS understands
the concern about information
confidentiality, this issue was
highlighted in the proposed rule and
NMFS explained that the EDC program
will ensure information confidentiality.
Information submitted to NMFS
pursuant to the trawl program is
considered confidential not only under
the MSA, which specifically states that
submitted information is confidential
and not disclosable, but also there are at
least two other Federal acts that NMFS
uses to hold commercial and financial
information confidential, namely the
FOIA and Trade Secrets Act. NMFS has
promulgated regulations that describe
information confidentiality and
processes to ensure its confidentiality at
50 CFR 600.405. Further, NMFS follows
a detailed policy-based process, titled
NAO 216–100, directing specifically
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78352
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
how NMFS employees and contractors
ensure information confidentiality.
NMFS personnel as well as any thirdparty contractor, such as an auditor, are
required to retain information
confidentiality. Should information be
mishandled and inappropriately
disclosed, both civil and criminal
sanctions could be applied depending
on the circumstances. To further ensure
the confidentiality of information
submitted to third-parties such as
auditors, NMFS wrote regulatory
language at section 660.114(e)
describing the EDC audit procedures
that indicates that any information
required for verification of economic
data, including that provided to a thirdparty auditor, is considered a required
submission to NMFS. In other economic
information collection programs, such
as those found in the North Pacific crab
and Bering sea trawl groundfish
programs, NMFS has adopted the use of
professional auditors to evaluate
economic and financial information.
Due to resource limitations, NMFS has
no choice but to contract for these
special services and cannot provide
them ‘‘in-house.’’ Finally, NMFS—like
private institutions—can require
submission of financial documents,
including tax reporting forms, if
necessary to ensure that its program
receives reliable, verifiable information.
If this was not the case, NMFS could not
carry-out Congress’ intent that
commercial and financial information
be collected and evaluated for this
limited access program’s future
evaluation and potential effectiveness.
Comment 27. One commenter
suggested revised wording for the
economic data collection program
regulations at § 660.114 to require only
one owner of a processor to submit the
required data, if the processor is owned
by more than one person. The
commenter stated that not all owners
may have access to the level of detail
required on the forms and the additional
burden of requiring all owners to submit
the data is unnecessary.
Response. NMFS agrees, but does not
conclude that a change in the proposed
rule text is necessary. NMFS is aware
that some processors are owned by more
than one person. However, a processor
can be considered a single person or
entity and thus would report its
information on one form. Thus, NMFS
requires only one EDC form from a
processor provided that the form
provides all relevant and complete
information from the processor. All
owners of a processor, however, are
subject to the risk that with the filing of
one form for the processor, that the form
may not be timely filed or properly
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
completed by whoever is identified as
the responsible party for submitting it
on behalf of the processor and thus, all
the owners.
Comment 28. One commenter
suggested that the language in § 660.114,
for the trawl fishery economic data
collection program, should be revised to
read ‘‘holder’’ of a first receiver site
license rather than ‘‘owner’’ because the
license is a privilege and conveys no
ownership rights.
Response. NMFS agrees with the
commenter that first receiver site
licenses are a privilege and not a right,
but declines to change the term from
‘‘owner’’ to ‘‘holder’’ as the commenter
suggests. The regulations at § 660.100
clearly state that any privileges
(including IFQ first receiver site
licenses) in the trawl rationalization
program may be revoked, limited, or
modified at any time. In order to take
delivery of groundfish caught in the
Shorebased IFQ Program, an IFQ first
receiver would need to have a first
receiver site license. ‘‘IFQ first receivers’’
are defined in the October 31st final rule
(75 FR 60868) at § 660.111 as ‘‘persons
who first receive, purchase, or take
custody, control, or possession of catch
onshore directly from a vessel that
harvested the catch while fishing under
the Shorebased IFQ Program described
at § 660.140, subpart D.’’ For the first
receiver site license owner, the term
‘‘license owner’’ is defined at § 660.11 as
‘‘a person who is the owner of record
with NMFS, SFD, Permits Office of a
License issued under § 660.140, subpart
D’’ and is cross-referenced from the
‘‘permit owner’’ definition.
Comments on Ownership and Transfer
Comment 29. One commenter asked if
an estate completes probate court during
the first two years of the program, can
ownership of the limited entry trawl
permit and QS permit be transferred
from the estate administrator to a
beneficiary.
Response. The proposed rule states
that ‘‘[d]uring the first 2 years after
implementation of the program, QS or
IBQ cannot be transferred to another QS
permit owner, except under U.S. court
order and as approved by NMFS.’’ 50
CFR 660.140(d)(3)(ii)(B)(1). During the
first two years of the program, QS and
IBQ are non-transferable. However,
NMFS recognizes that there may be
some circumstances where a court may
order or authorize the distribution of
assets, including QS or IBQ. Such a
circumstance may arise as a result of
death or dissolution of a QS owner,
such as in probate or in a bankruptcy
action. NMFS drafted this regulatory
provision to accommodate such
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
circumstances. Such a transfer would
still be subject to review by NMFS,
however, to determine whether the
transferee is eligible to own QS and
whether the ownership interest of the
transferee would be within the control
limits; NMFS will not approve a transfer
if the transferee is ineligible to own QS
or if the ownership interest of the
transferee would exceed control limits
as a result of the transfer. NMFS
recognizes that not all distributions of
assets in probate or bankruptcy may be
set forth in a court order. Accordingly,
NMFS has clarified its intent by
modifying the regulatory provision to
state that ‘‘[d]uring the first 2 years after
implementation of the program, QS or
IBQ cannot be transferred * * * except
under U.S. court order or authorization
and as approved by NMFS.’’
Comment 30. One commenter asked if
two limited entry trawl permits are
owned by the same entity, for example
an estate administrator, can the
resulting QS from the two limited entry
trawl permits be separated into two QS
permits if the court orders the permits
to be divided between beneficiaries.
Response. In the situation described
by this commenter, where a court orders
division of the permits, NMFS would
transfer the QS and IBQ to the separate
beneficiaries, subject to NMFS’ approval
of the transfer. For NMFS to approve
such a transfer, NMFS would first
determine whether each beneficiary is
eligible to own QS; if a beneficiary is
eligible and does not already own a QS
permit, NMFS would issue a QS permit
to the beneficiary. NMFS would also
review the transfer to determine
whether either beneficiary’s ownership
interest in QS or IBQ would exceed
control limits as a result of the transfer.
If a beneficiary is not eligible to own
QS, or if the transfer of QS would cause
the beneficiary’s ownership of QS or
IBQ to exceed control limits, NMFS
would not approve the transfer. NMFS
would respond in the same manner if
the transfer is otherwise authorized by
a court. See response to Comment 29.
Comment 31. Several commenters
commented on application of ownership
limits on trusts.
a. One commenter agreed with NMFS
that the trustee should be considered
the owner of a trust.
Response. NMFS acknowledges this
comment.
b. Another commenter agreed that
NMFS correctly identified the nature of
trust ownership, but expressed concern
that a trustor or beneficiaries could exert
control over the trust. The commenter
suggested that to prevent this, all parties
to the trust (trustor, trustee, and
beneficiaries) should be charged with
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
100 percent of the trust ownership for
purposes of application of control
limits. Another commenter similarly
expressed concern that accumulation
limits may be exceeded through
ownership by a trust, and also suggested
100 percent ownership be applied to the
trustor, trustee, and beneficiary for
control test purposes.
Response. NMFS acknowledges the
comment that accumulation limits may
be exceeded by other parties besides a
trustee where QS or IBQ is owned by a
trust, but distinguishes between the
different accumulation limits that apply.
‘‘Accumulation limits,’’ as defined in the
proposed rule, means ‘‘the maximum
extent of permissible ownership, control
or use of a privilege within the trawl
rationalization program[.]’’ 75 FR 53413
(emphasis added). As stated in the
preamble to the proposed rule, NMFS
interprets an ownership interest by a
trust to vest ownership in the trustee;
this interpretation applies specifically to
permissible ownership. Ownership
limits would apply to ownership of MS/
CV-endorsed permits and catch history
assignment, MS permits, and to QS and
IBQ as a subset of applicable control
limits. With regard to QS and IBQ and
control limits Amendment 20 to the
FMP states that ‘‘[t]he term ‘own or
control’ was shortened to ‘control’ for
simplicity[;] ‘Control’ includes
ownership[.]’’ (Appendix E, footnote y,
at E–21, August 2010.) In the proposed
rule, control limits applicable to the
Shorebased IFQ Program are defined as
‘‘the maximum amount that a person
may own or control[.]’’ 75 FR 53413
(emphasis added). NMFS’ interpretation
that ownership of QS or IBQ by a trust
would vest ownership in the trustee (or
trustees, if more than one) only applies
to the maximum permissible ownership
aspect of compliance with control
limits.
Ownership of QS or IBQ by a trust
and control by any party other than the
trustee—whether such party is the
trustor, a beneficiary, or any other
party—are two different things. While
ownership is one way in which a party
may exercise control, control is broader
than ownership and a determination of
control depends on further investigation
beyond identification of the legal
ownership of the QS or IBQ involved. A
person may exceed control limits for QS
or IBQ despite having no ownership of
the QS or IBQ. Investigations regarding
alleged violations of control limits will
depend on the facts unique to each
situation; NMFS will make a
determination based on all relevant facts
and circumstances revealed in an
investigation. Ownership will be one
fact considered, but not the only one. As
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
stated in the preamble to the proposed
rule, NMFS acknowledges that
additional information, such as the trust
document, may be needed to determine
compliance with control limits. As the
commenter points out, other facts may
be needed as well. Accordingly, the
proposed rule and this final rule
includes provisions that NMFS may ask
for additional information it believes to
be necessary for a determination of
compliance with control limits.
NMFS disagrees with the
commenters’ suggestion that NMFS
should attribute trust ownership to
parties other than the trustee for control
limit purposes. One of the commenters
described scenarios where parties other
than the trustee may possibly exert
control, either directly or indirectly,
over the trust, the trustee, or the QS or
IBQ; however, the commenter has not
provided sufficient facts to enable
NMFS to determine whether control
limits are exceeded under these
scenarios. The commenters’ suggested
approach would presume control exists
regardless of the facts and would
attribute control to trustors and
beneficiaries even where they have no
actual control. NMFS acknowledges that
one of the commenters expressed
concern that an investigation of control
would require ‘‘valuable time of NMFS
staff[,]’’ but this applies for any
enforcement investigation of control by
parties other than legal owners,
regardless of whether the ownership
interest is a trust or any other form of
ownership interest. Accordingly, NMFS
declines to revise its interpretation of
the attribution of ownership interest of
a trust to the trustee.
Comment 32. One commenter stated
that the proposed Shorebased IFQ
Program does not comply with MSA
limitations on who can hold, acquire, or
use limited access privileges, and that
unrestricted ownership of quota shares
will increase the cost of entry into the
fishery and thwart the conservation
benefits of the program.
Response. Section 303A(c)(5)(E) of the
MSA states that in developing a limited
access privilege program to harvest fish
a Council shall ‘‘authorize limited access
privileges to harvest fish to be held,
acquired, used by, or issued under the
system to persons who substantially
participate in the fishery, including in a
specific sector of such fishery, as
specified by the Council.’’ NOAA
interprets that provision to mean that
those who substantially participate in
the fishery must be among those eligible
to acquire QS, but are not the only
entities or person who can receive QS.
In other words, as long as those who
substantially participate in the fishery
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78353
are included as those eligible to receive
QS, this provision of the statute is
satisfied. The Council’s eligibility
criteria at § 660.140(d)(2) would allow
all entities that currently substantially
participate in the shorebased IFQ
fishery to hold, acquire, use or be issued
QS.
Comment 33. One commenter stated
that the proposed Shorebased IFQ
Program does not comply with the MSA
because it allows QS to be acquired to
perfect a security interest.
Response. Section 303A(c)(1)(D) of
the MSA, which addresses requirements
for eligibility for limited access
programs, does not prohibit the
acquisition of QS to perfect a security
interest. This section states that the
same statutory eligibility criteria apply
to all persons who acquire a privilege to
harvest fish, including those who
acquire a limited access privilege solely
for the purpose of perfecting or realizing
on a security interest in such privilege.
The MSA would allow United States
citizens, corporations, partnerships,
other entities established under the laws
of the United States or any State, or
permanent resident aliens to acquire
privileges to harvest fish, including
acquiring a privilege for the purpose of
perfecting or realizing on a security
interest in such privilege, if they meet
the eligibility and participation
requirements established in the
program. The MSA requires that a
limited access privilege program
prohibit other persons from acquiring a
harvesting privilege. The eligibility and
participation requirements for the
Shorebased IFQ Program in § 660.140(d)
are consistent with the MSA.
Comment 34. One commenter asked
for clarification in the final rule on
whether NMFS addressed the Council’s
motion that does not require the size (or
length) endorsement on a vessel to be
reduced for limited entry trawl permits
transferred to smaller vessels.
Response. NMFS addressed this issue,
consistent with the Council motion, in
the October 1st final rule (75 FR 60868)
at § 660.25(b)(3)(iii)(B)(1) which states,
‘‘A limited entry permit may be
registered for use with a vessel up to 5
ft (1.52 m) longer than, the same length
as, or any length shorter than, the size
endorsed on the existing permit without
requiring a combination of permits or a
change in the size endorsement.’’
Previously, limited entry fixed gear and
limited entry trawl permits had different
size endorsements limitations. Trawl
rationalization changed these
requirements making the trawl size
endorsement limitations mirror the
limited entry fixed gear (i.e., the size
endorsement of neither type of permit
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
78354
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
has to be reduced if registered to a
smaller vessel).
Comments on Initial Allocation of Catch
Shares
Comment 35. One commenter stated
that the allocation formula for
overfished species rewarded fishermen
that caught overfished species while
penalizing those that successfully
avoided them.
Response. NMFS responded to a
similar comment in the October 31st
final rule (75 FR 60868, comment 31)
which stated, ‘‘The Council considered
and rejected the option of allocating
overfished species for nonwhiting trips
using the same method as for other
nonwhiting IFQ species as not
appropriate under the circumstances. In
particular, the relative weighting
approach, by which landings for a year
are measured as a percent of all landings
for the year and species, would have
given a particularly high amount of
credit for pounds caught during the
rebuilding period. Additionally, QS
would have been allocated to those who
targeted some of the overfished species
in the mid-1990s (before they were
declared overfished) rather than to those
who need such QS to access current
target species. Accordingly, the Council
rejected the approach of using the same
allocation formula for overfished
species as for nonwhiting target species
based on the desire to not reward
bycatch during the rebuilding period
and in order to provide QS to those who
would need it to cover incidental catch
taken with their target species QS
allocation. Regarding the comment that
overfished species years selected were
arbitrary, the Council’s methodology for
allocating overfished species is
significantly different than the
methodology for allocating target catch.
The 1994–2003 period is still used to
determine the target species allocation,
and the harvest patterns from the 2003–
2006 logbooks are used to determine the
amount of overfished species an entity
would need to take its target species. In
this fashion, more recent information for
the fishery is used without rewarding
post control date increases in effort. The
1994–2003 harvest patterns were not
used to determine a target species QS
recipients need for overfished species
QS. This is because of the substantial
changes in fishing patterns which were
induced by the determination that some
species were overfished and the
implementation of the RCAs and
because the RCAs will remain in place
after the trawl rationalization system is
put into place. Therefore, the Council
considered that an estimate of likely
patterns of activity should be based on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
a period of time when the RCAs were
in place. The RCAs were not in place for
most of the 1994–2003 period but were
in place for 2003–2006, further
supporting the conclusion to use this
period for the allocation of overfished
species.’’
Comment 36. Several commenters
stated that the program should not
result in an unfair allocation between
the states, and should be designed to
result in an even consolidation between
states and between the sectors (nonwhiting shorebased IFQ, whiting
shorebased IFQ, mothership sector, and
catcher/processor sector). One
commenter stated that California
fishermen have received an unfair
allocation of overfished species
compared to fishermen in Washington
and Oregon, which was not discussed
by the Council, analyzed under NEPA,
or justified under the Magnuson-Stevens
Act.
Response. NMFS responded to a
similar comment in the October 31st
final rule (75 FR 60868, 60885,
comment 61). As stated in the response
to the prior comment: ‘‘The trawl
rationalization program was developed
through the Council process, which
facilitates substantial participation by
state representatives. Generally, state
proposals are brought forward when
alternatives are crafted and integrated to
the degree practicable. Decisions about
catch allocation between different
sectors or gear groups are also part of
this participatory process, and emphasis
is placed on equitable division while
ensuring conservation goals. The
Council determined that none of the
alternatives considered, including the
final plan, would discriminate against
residents of different states. The
rationalization program was structured
to provide fair and equitable allocations
of both target species and overfished
species to participants.’’ These concerns
were expressly identified and addressed
in the FEIS for Amendment 20, as well.
See the FEIS ‘‘Rationalization of the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry
Trawl Fishery’’ in Chapter 6, Section 6.2
on pages 611. See also the response to
Comment 14, supra.
Comment 37. One commenter
disagreed with NMFS’ decision to move
forward with formal allocations to the
trawl fishermen, favoring the most
impactful gear. The commenter is
hopeful that the program can still be
utilized to create conservation benefits
and lessen bycatch and habitat impacts
from destructive gears.
Response. NMFS responded to a
similar comment in the October 31st
final rule (75 FR 60868, comment 81)
which stated, in part, ‘‘The action [from
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the October 31st final rule] largely limits
the trawl allocation of many of the
Amendment 21 species to percentages
less than the historical trawl catch
shares to the benefit of the non-trawl
sectors. For instance, the proposed
action limits the maximum trawl
allocation of any Amendment 21species
to 95 percent of the directed harvest
when historical trawl catch shares for
many of these species have been higher
than 95 percent. Amendment 21
species’ allocations that tend to favor
non-trawl sectors (i.e., non-trawl sector
allocations greater than observed in the
1995 to 2005 historical catch) include
Pacific cod, Pacific ocean perch,
chilipepper rockfish south of 40°10′ N.
lat., splitnose rockfish south of 40°10′ N.
lat., shortspine thornyhead north of
34°27′ N. lat., longspine thornyhead
north of 34°27′ N. lat., darkblotched
rockfish, Dover sole, English sole,
petrale sole, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, and species in the Other
Flatfish complex. All other Amendment
21 species’ allocations under the
proposed action are generally favorable
to non-trawl sectors in that the highest
non-trawl sector catch percentages
analyzed were proposed to be allocated
to the non-trawl sectors. The only
exception to this general trend is
lingcod, where a more favorable trawl
allocation was adopted as the final
action. The rationale for a higher trawl
allocation of lingcod is that, unlike the
non-trawl sectors that predominantly
use hook-and-line gear to target
groundfish, the trawl sectors are not as
constrained by management measures
designed to foster yelloweye rockfish
rebuilding. This is because the
mandatory use of trawls with smalldiameter footropes (i.e., at least 8
inches) shoreward of the RCA
effectively keeps bottom trawls out of
the high relief habitats where yelloweye
occur. A higher trawl allocation of
lingcod would minimize stranding of
harvestable yields of lingcod that would
otherwise be allocated to non-trawl
sectors and unavailable for harvest due
to yelloweye rebuilding constraints.
Thus, the inter-sector allocation does
not provide more bottom trawl
opportunity than status quo
management measures and allocations.
In addition, the trawl rationalization
allows limited entry trawl permit
holders to switch from trawl to fixed
gears to fish their quotas, which, in turn,
would reduce trawl impacts. It also
allows nontrawl vessels to harvest the
allocation to the trawl sector if they
acquire a trawl permit and IFQ. These
facts lead to the conclusion that
potential adverse impacts from trawl
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
gear could be expected to be lower
under the proposed action than under
status quo management or under any of
the other alternatives analyzed.
Moreover, the allocations are consistent
with the current distribution of fishing
opportunity among groundfish sectors.
Even if the fixed gear sector had the
capacity and desire to catch
significantly greater amounts of
groundfish, which is questionable, those
factors are not, in and of themselves,
criteria for determining allocations.
Allocations are necessary precisely
because more than one group has some
level of ‘‘capacity and desire,’’ which
engenders potential conflicts over
resource access that must be resolved
through allocation.’’
Comments on the Shorebased IFQ
Program
Comment 38. One commenter
disagrees with the regulatory provision
that allows the Shorebased IFQ Program
to be closed as a result of a projected
overage in another trawl sector (MS
Coop Program, C/P Coop Program). The
commenter believes NMFS
misinterpreted the Council’s intent.
Response. NMFS acknowledges the
comment, and appreciates the
commenter’s concern. This concern was
raised by representatives of the trawl
sectors through the Council during the
regulatory deeming process. As
explained at that time, this language
reflects NMFS’ authority to take action
in any and/or all sectors of the fishery
based on a conservation concern.
Overfishing or projected overages on
OYs are expected to be less likely under
the trawl rationalization program,
however, consistent with the MSA,
NMFS retains the authority to take
action to protect the status of the stocks,
if needed.
Comment 39. One commenter stated
that fishermen who receive minimal QS
or zero QS for overfished bycatch
species would face the choice of being
tied up at the dock or paying other
fishermen for the privilege of using their
IFQ for overfished bycatch species.
Response. NMFS disagrees with the
comment that these are the only choices
available to fishermen that receive low
initial allocations of QS for overfished
bycatch species. QS is associated with
QS permit owners, and is tracked in the
QS permit owner’s QS account. Each
year, NMFS will deposit QP in the QS
account based on the amount of QS for
the IFQ species and the shoreside trawl
allocation for that species. In order for
a fisherman to use QP, the fisherman
must obtain QP to transfer into the
fisherman’s unique vessel account
associated with the vessel the fisherman
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
will use to catch the fish. QP is required
in the vessel account to cover catch of
IFQ species.
Unless a fisherman has a negative
balance of QP for any IFQ species in
their vessel account, they can go fishing
in the Shorebased IFQ Program. This is
true even if they have zero QP for some
IFQ species, including overfished
bycatch species. To the extent that the
fisherman is adept at avoiding bycatch
of IFQ species which the fisherman has
no QP for, no QP need ever be
transferred to that fisherman’s vessel
account for those species. If the
fisherman does catch IFQ species for
which they do not have QP, the
fisherman would have 30 days to obtain
and transfer QP for that species into
their vessel account. Alternatively, if the
amount of QP that they need to cover
the overage is within the carryover
provisions, they can opt out of the
fishery for the remainder of the year and
use the next year’s QP to cover that
overage (see comment 41). Fisherman
also have the option of working together
to share their QP for overfished bycatch
species by avoiding overfished bycatch
species as much as possible, forming
risk pools to use collectively, and using
that amount to address inadvertent
catch of unwanted bycatch by members
of the pooling arrangement.
Comment 40. One commenter
supported the proposed requirement
that the owner of a vessel account must
cover a deficit for any IFQ species
within 30 days of when the deficit
occurs, or, if the vessel chooses to
invoke the carryover provision to avoid
penalties, opt out of the fishery for the
remainder of the year. The commenter
also suggested that in order to encourage
clean fishing practices, NMFS should
limit the number of times a vessel can
use this provision to two years total.
Response. In the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380), NMFS
specifically requested comment on the
carryover provision. NMFS
acknowledges the comment in support
of the proposed regulation and the
requirement to opt out of the IFQ fishery
for the remainder of the year if a
fisherman invokes the carryover
provision to cover a deficit. Nothing in
the Council motion, however,
authorizes NMFS to limit the carryover
provision to only two years of the
program. Amendment 20 does not
restrict the carryover provision to the
first two years of the program, but does
provide a method for future revision of
the carryover limit, which may be
changed during the biennial
specifications process. Appendix E, A–
2.2.2b; at E–13. Moreover, the carryover
provision, as well as other relevant
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78355
issues, will be reviewed during the 5year review. To the extent that the
commenter suggests a more restrictive
carryover provision than that described
in the proposed rule, the appropriate
avenue for consideration of this
suggestion under the FMP would be
through the biennial specifications
process or as part of the 5-year review.
Comment 41. Another commenter
stated that the proposed rule would
require fishermen to cover a deficit
within 30 days or opt out of the fishery
for the year, and that under the
commenter’s reading of the proposed
rule, fishermen that receive zero QS/QP
would start from a position of
noncompliance, and would be required
to first obtain QP to fish for target
species.
Response. The commenter correctly
states that a deficit must be covered
within 30 days, but does not accurately
state what would be required for
compliance with this provision. In order
to harvest fish without incurring a
deficit, a vessel must have sufficient QP
in its vessel account. Each vessel
participating in the Shorebased IFQ
Program would have a vessel account,
and all vessel accounts start with a zero
balance. In order to be in compliance,
the owner of the vessel would have to
acquire QP only for the fish that it
catches; having a zero balance for QP for
any one IFQ species does not
automatically result in noncompliance.
Under the rationalized fishery,
fishermen have several options to plan
their fishing strategies. A QS owner may
choose to transfer the resulting QP to
the owner’s own vessel account, or may
elect to lease the QP and transfer them
to another vessel account entirely. A
vessel owner that chooses to go fishing
can obtain QP before the vessel goes
fishing, whether from the vessel owner’s
own QS account or by transfer from
another owner of QP, for IFQ species
that the vessel intends to harvest or
anticipates harvesting, and may go
fishing with a zero balance for IFQ
species which it intends to avoid.
Moreover, if a vessel fishing with a zero
balance for an IFQ species were to catch
that species, the vessel would have 30
days after that occurrence within which
to obtain sufficient QP to cover the
deficit, and if the deficit is within the
carryover limit, the vessel owner has the
option to opt out of the IFQ fishery for
the remainder of the year and cover the
deficit with QP issued in the following
year. A vessel that opts out of the IFQ
fishery to use the carryover provision
may still fish in other fisheries during
the remainder of the year, and may
transfer unused QP from the vessel
account to another vessel account.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78356
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Under none of these scenarios would
the fisherman be in a ‘‘position of
noncompliance,’’ despite having started
with a zero balance of QP.
Comment 42. Multiple commenters
addressed NMFS’ proposed weight
conversions. Some commenters agreed
with NMFS on the need for a standard,
coastwide set of conversion factors for
fish not landed whole. The commenters
agreed with the values NMFS published
in the August 31st proposed rule (75 FR
53380) for most species. For sablefish,
lingcod, Pacific whiting, and skates, the
commenters recommended NMFS use
values from the Oregon Department of
Fish and Wildlife (ODFW). Another
commenter only supported a non-sector
specific sablefish conversion factor of
1.6, but did not support any other
proposed additional weight conversion
factors at this time for several reasons.
Response. In the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380), NMFS
specifically requested comment on the
actual values and implications of the
proposed conversion factors. NMFS’
intent is to have consistent coastwide
conversion factors that are as consistent
as possible with existing state practices.
It is NMFS’ understanding that
processors will report on electronic fish
tickets in a similar manner as the states
have been doing for the state paper fish
ticket system, which is to report the
groundfish species to sorting groups
with their current condition noted (e.g.,
headed and gutted (eviscerated)). If the
states have more restrictive landings
requirements on the species or
condition that fish may be landed in,
the Federal regulations will not
supersede those more restrictive state
requirements. The conversion factor
would be applied to the state, PacFIN,
or Federal data systems later in the
process. While ideally the Federal
weight conversion factors would be
consistent with values used by the
states, they are independent and may be
different. As stated in the preamble to
the proposed rule, Federal regulations at
§ 660.60(h)(5)(ii) state that Federal
conversion factors will be used for
participants in the Shorebased IFQ
Program. However, for the limited entry
fixed gear and open access fisheries, the
regulations say that state conversion
factors will be used.
Based on Council discussion at the
September 2010 meeting and on public
comment received, NMFWS has revised
the regulations in this final rule to make
sablefish, lingcod, and Pacific whiting
consistent with the values from the
Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife
(ODFW), with some exceptions, and to
clarify that Federal regulations do not
supersede more restrictive state
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
regulations on landings requirements for
the species or condition that fish may be
landed. NMFS is not adopting ODFW
conversion factors for filleted Pacific
whiting, for winged skates, or for glazed
sablefish because processing of
groundfish is prohibited at-sea by
vessels in the Shorebased IFQ Program
at § 660.112(b)(1)(xii), with narrow
exceptions, inapplicable here. In
addition, skates are not an IFQ species.
The value from ODFW for lingcod of 1.1
uses the term ‘‘gilled and gutted’’ which
is equivalent to ‘‘gutted with the head
on’’ in Federal regulations. The values
for other groundfish species will remain
as previously specified in the August
31st proposed rule, including a value for
Pacific whiting that has been headed
and gutted with tail removed. This
conversion factor is necessary because
there is an exception from the
prohibition on processing at-sea for
Pacific whiting for vessels that are equal
to or shorter than 75-ft (23-m) that head,
gut, remove tails and freeze whiting. See
the section on ‘‘Changes from the
Proposed Rule.’’ The conversion factors
implemented through this final rule are
based on the best available information
and are subject to change on the basis
of improved scientific information.
Comment 43. One commenter
disagreed with the proposed regulations
at § 660.113(a)(4)(i) to record the weight
of fish on electronic fish tickets in
round weight only. The commenter
suggested that the weight of fish
recorded on electronic fish tickets
should be the weight of the fish based
on the condition it was landed in,
whether dressed or round, and the
conversion factors for dressed fish
should be applied after the fish ticket
reporting. The commenter provided
several reasons why this would be
preferable, including: ease for the catch
monitors to verify weights without
dealing with conversion factors; more
assurance by NMFS and states that the
correct conversion factors are applied,
reducing the likelihood of confusion for
buyers between state and electronic fish
tickets; and consistent weights between
state and electronic fish tickets.
Response. NMFS appreciates the
comment and has reviewed the required
information for electronic fish tickets.
NMFS is developing an electronic fish
ticket system where weight limit
conversion factor will be automated and
applied once the data is entered into the
data system. Accordingly, the required
information that IFQ first receivers must
provide on electronic fish tickets is
being revised in this final rule to require
the actual weight and condition of
species landed, rather than the round
weight. NMFS is also requiring the
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
vessel account number to be reported on
the electronic fish ticket to accurately
track landed catch to a specific vessel
account. To be clear, the Federal
electronic landing report (electronic fish
ticket) does not replace any state
reporting requirements for landings but
is in addition to those requirements.
Comment 44. One commenter stated
that NMFS failed to consider impacts of
gear switching on fixed gear fisheries,
on ports and processors dependent on
species harvested by trawl gear, and on
the inequities created between sectors
(fixed gear and trawl) for gear
conversion.
Response. As discussed in response to
the commenter’s similar comments on
Amendments 20 and 21 to the FMP, the
potential effects of the trawl
rationalization program on other
fisheries and on ports and processors
dependent on species harvested by
trawl gear are specifically addressed in
the FEIS ‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery’’ in Chapter 4, Sections 4.8.2
and 4.8.3 on pages 402–409, and Section
4.9.2 on pages 413–423, respectively.
Potential effects specifically due to gear
switching that were analyzed in the
FEIS include spillover of vessel
participation, grounds competition,
market competition and regional shifts
in landings. These potential effects were
identified and analyzed, to the extent
possible, without the knowledge of
observed or actual impacts. These
potential impacts were highlighted for
the purpose of monitoring behavioral
changes in the fishery, understanding
their impacts, and reacting through the
Council process to minimize impacts.
These matters will also be evaluated
through the 5 year comprehensive
review of the trawl rationalization
program.
Regarding the comment about alleged
inequities between sectors, under the
license limitation program, trawl vessels
are already allowed to use fixed gear to
take the trawl allocation, albeit they
must do so under the open access
regulations, which have much lower
limits. In contrast, fixed gear
endorsements give a vessel access to the
fixed gear allocation. Allowing trawl
vessels to switch gear (or other vessels
to acquire a trawl permit and IFQ) does
not give trawl-permitted vessels access
to the fixed gear quota; it merely allows
the vessel to use nontrawl gear to take
the trawl IFQ. Moreover, with regard to
intersector allocations and allowing
fixed gear to harvest trawl quota, it
should be noted that trawlers who have
entered the fishery since 1994 have had
to buy trawl permits to access trawl
quota, thus in this respect other vessels
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
would be on an even footing with trawl
vessels. This issue of requiring a trawl
permit and quota to harvest trawl quota
with fixed gear was addressed in the
response to comments on the
Amendment 20 FEIS at page 661. On
average there are about 120 trawl vessels
that participate in the fishery each year;
however, there are about 168 permits.
This indicates some opportunity for
nontrawl vessels to acquire trawl
permits and use trawl IFQ. Further, it is
expected that there will be
consolidation in the trawl fleet,
increasing the number of trawl permits
potentially available for use by nontrawl
vessels. Thus, despite the limited scope,
the IFQ system will allow for some use
of trawl IFQ by nontrawl vessels.
Comment 45. One commenter
expressed support for gear switching
and recommended that NMFS create
incentives for permanent conversion to
lower impact gears.
Response. NMFS acknowledges the
comment in support of gear switching
provisions in the proposed rule;
however, nothing in Amendment 20
allows NMFS to provide incentives for
permanent gear conversion. The Council
considered and rejected permanent gear
conversion in its development of
alternatives for Amendment 20. The
Council’s rationale for rejecting
permanent gear conversion is included
in the FEIS at Appendix A, Section A.7,
on pages A–419 to A–423. Since
permanent gear conversion is not within
the scope of the trawl rationalization
program, NMFS declines to provide any
incentives for permanent gear
conversion.
Comment 46. One commenter was
concerned with the timing of applying
for an interim first receiver site license
and the start of the fishery. The
commenter suggested that, if the fishery
starts January 1, 2011, no first receiver
site license (interim or permanent)
should be required until February 1,
2011.
Response. NMFS understands the
commenter’s concerns, but believes the
interim first receiver site license will
accommodate the needs of the fishery.
Due to the quick implementation of this
program, the interim first receiver site
license was developed to allow industry
participants time to obtain permanent
site licenses. An interim first receiver
site license is required before an IFQ
first receiver begins accepting landings
of IFQ species, which could be as early
as January 1, 2011. Site licenses are
required for tracking and documentation
purposes to account for the landings
from the quota-based program. NMFS
will work with industry from the start
of the program through June 30, 2011,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
to complete an acceptable application
and monitoring plan for an annual first
receiver site license, including site
inspections. First receivers that have
accepted Pacific whiting in the past
three years are already familiar with
many of the site license requirements,
including preparation of a monitoring
plan, and should only require some
modifications to their plans such as
expanding them to cover more
groundfish species.
Comment 47. Some commenters
stated that the maximized retention in
the Shorebased IFQ Program should be
consistent with the existing maximized
retention fishery, where some discards
are allowed for operational and safety
reasons, but those discards are
estimated by an observer.
Response. In the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380), NMFS
specifically requested comment on any
implications that the prohibition on
discarding may have on the prosecution
of a maximized retention fishery, and
further requested comment on what
should constitute discarding under this
provision of the Shorebased IFQ
Program. NMFS agrees with the
commenters that the maximized
retention in the Shorebased IFQ
Program should be consistent with the
existing maximized retention fishery.
Under current practices in the
maximized retention Pacific whiting
fisheries, some minor amounts of
operational discard are allowed. Under
trawl rationalization, any minor
operational amounts of discard would
be estimated by the observer and
deducted from allocations. NMFS has
modified the final rule language in the
Shorebased IFQ Program to be
consistent with the MS Coop Program
language on maximized retention which
allows minor operational amounts of
discard which are estimated by the
observer. See the section on ‘‘Changes
from the Proposed Rule.’’
Comment 48. One commenter
disagreed with the requirement that a
vessel fish in a single management area
during a single trip. The commenter
stated that with 100 percent observer
coverage, observer access to vessel
location, all catch recorded, and—in the
future—electronic logbooks, there is no
need to restrict a vessel’s operation by
restricting them to a single management
area per trip.
Response. Several IFQ species are
either a single species with different QS
by area; or are a single species in one
area and a component of an assemblage,
such as minor shelf rockfish or minor
slope rockfish, in another. For instance,
QS for sablefish is issued with area
distinctions either north or south of
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78357
36° N. lat. Likewise, QS for shortspine
thornyhead is issued with area
distinctions either north or south of
34°27′ N. lat. One example of an IFQ
species would be yellowtail rockfish,
which is an individual IFQ species
north of 40°10′, but a component of the
minor shelf rockfish species complex
south of 40°10′. Similar distinctions
exist for bocaccio rockfish, chilipepper
rockfish, cowcod, Pacific ocean perch,
and splitnose rockfish.
Discards will be accounted for at the
tow level, with 100 percent observer
coverage and haul locations. However,
not all retained catch will be estimated
by observers. Landed catch, therefore,
would not be attributable to the
appropriate management area if a vessel
were to fish in multiple management
areas in one trip. For example, if a
vessel were to catch sablefish both
North and South of 36° in the same trip,
it would not be possible for an IFQ first
receiver to sort or for the catch monitor
to verify how much sablefish was
caught in either area in order to enter on
the electronic fish ticket the appropriate
amount for sablefish north of 36° N. lat.
versus sablefish south of 36° N. lat. Nor
would it be possible for NMFS to
determine how much QP should be
subtracted from the vessel account for
their QP of each IFQ species.
NMFS raised this concern with the
Council in its March 2010 meeting.
Because landings are a mix of all hauls
taken during a single trip, NMFS
indicated its intent to implement this
provision in order to simplify sorting
requirements, at-sea observation, and
enforcement of IFQ limits. NMFS
considers this approach to be the most
straightforward and efficient method to
track and verify total catch of a vessel’s
IFQ limits for individual species and
rockfish complexes. Therefore, the
Council deemed, and NMFS has
implemented, the requirement in the
Shorebased IFQ Program for a vessel to
fish in a single management area during
a trip.
Comment 49. One commenter
requested clarification on the provision
that allows a vessel to deliver a load of
fish to more than one first receiver and
how that relates to the requirement that
all fish be offloaded once an offload has
begun.
Response. A vessel may make more
than one delivery as part of the same
landing. Current regulations at § 660.11
define land or landing as ‘‘to begin
transfer of fish, offloading fish, or to
offload fish from any vessel[;] Once
transfer of fish begins, all fish aboard
the vessel are counted as part of the
landing.’’ This definition does not
prohibit a landing from being offloaded
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78358
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
through more than one delivery;
however, all fish aboard a vessel at the
start of the first transfer are considered
part of the same landing. Current
regulations at § 660.12(e)(5) prohibit
vessels from landing fish without
observer coverage when a vessel is
required to carry an observer. The
proposed regulations at
§§ 660.112(b)(1)(xiii) and 660.140(h)(1)
clarify that observer coverage
requirements under the Shorebased IFQ
Program include having an observer
onboard during a trip until such time
that all fish from that trip have been
offloaded. Observers must also be
onboard the vessel during transit from
one delivery site to another. Section
660.60(h)(2) reiterates the definition of a
landing at § 660.12, and clarifies that
not only are all fish aboard the vessel at
the time offloading begins counted as
part of the same landing, but also that
they would be required to be reported
as such. Section 660.60(h)(2) of the
proposed rule would also prohibit
catcher vessels in the mothership sector
from setting the gear for a subsequent
haul; however, the regulations did not
specify that all fish from an IFQ landing
would need to be completed before a
new fishing trip begins. NMFS
appreciates the comment pointing to
this discrepancy in the regulations, and
accordingly is including additional
regulatory language to clarify that an
IFQ landing would need to be offloaded
prior to starting a new fishing trip. See
the section on ‘‘Changes from the
Proposed Rule’’ for specific regulatory
citations.
Comment 50. One commenter
requested clarification on the printed
record requirement for scales at first
receivers as stated at § 660.140(j)(2)(i)
and (ii). The commenter stated that one
paragraph exempted scales used for
bulk weighing from the printed record
requirement while the other paragraph
limits the exemption based on the
purchasing record of the first receiver
and other factors having nothing to do
with bulk weighing.
Response. The commenter appears to
have misread the exemption. Scales
NOT designed for bulk weighing may be
exempted from all or part of the printed
record requirements (i.e. platform
scales). The second paragraph
referenced outlines the conditions that
are required to obtain the exemption.
Based on comments received from
industry during public workshops,
including comments about the costs for
small business that do not accept large
volumes of fish, NMFS considered a
specific standard for this exemption as
appropriate. The requirement for a
printed record is to assist the catch
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:38 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
monitor in independently monitoring
the sorting and weighing processes and
ensuring catch accountability.
Monitoring may be conducted
effectively at facilities that accept small
volumes of catch, without the need for
a printed record from non-bulk
weighing scales, pending the first
receiver ensuring that all catch is
weighed and that independent
verification of the weights are possible.
Comment 51. One commenter
suggested that the responsibilities of the
first receiver site license should go to
the ‘‘holder’’ of the license rather than
the owner of the first receiver company
because the holder could be an
individual other than an owner and
restrictions on the license is a primary
enforcement tool.
Response. NMFS agrees with the
comment. NMFS is revising the final
rule at § 660.140(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3) to
change the regulations from ‘‘the owner
of an IFQ first receiver must* * * ’’ to
‘‘the IFQ first receiver must* * *. ’’ ‘‘IFQ
first receivers’’ are defined in the
October 31st final rule (75 FR 60868) at
§ 660.111 as ‘‘persons who first receive,
purchase, or take custody, control, or
possession of catch onshore directly
from a vessel that harvested the catch
while fishing under the Shorebased IFQ
Program described at § 660.140, subpart
D.’’ For the first receiver site license
owner, the term ‘‘license owner’’ is
defined at § 660.11 as ‘‘a person who is
the owner of record with NMFS, SFD,
Permits Office of a License issued under
§ 660.140, subpart D’’ and is crossreferenced from the ‘‘permit owner’’
definition. See the section on ‘‘Changes
from the Proposed Rule’’ for specific
regulatory citations.
Comments on At-Sea Whiting Programs
(Mothership or Catcher/Processor)
Comment 52. One commenter stated
that transfers of MS/CV endorsed
permits should be effective immediately
rather than at the start of the next
cumulative limit period because
2-month cumulative trip limits do not
apply to the at-sea fishery. Another
commenter agreed with NMFS’
statement in the proposed rule that
transfers of MS permits and C/Pendorsed limited entry permits would
be effective immediately upon
reissuance to the new vessel because
neither of these permits would be
affected by trip limits.
Response. In the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380), NMFS
specifically requested comment on the
effective date for an MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit’s second transfer
within the same year. At the September
2010 Council meeting and in the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Council’s letter of public comment on
the August 31st proposed rule, the
Council stated that the second transfer
of an MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
permit should be effective immediately
because trip limits will not apply to the
at-sea sectors (MS or C/P) in 2011 and
2012. NMFS agrees with the Council’s
recommendation and revised the
regulations in this final rule to reflect
that. See the section on ‘‘Changes from
the Proposed Rule’’ for specific
regulatory citations. NMFS also agrees
with the second commenter who
reaffirmed NMFS regulations in the
proposed rule that transfers of MS
permits and C/P-endorsed limited entry
permits would be effective immediately
because they are not subject to trip
limits.
Comment 53. Some commenters
stated that there is no need for the
regulations on the at-sea sector donation
program (which allows amounts over
retention limits to be donated instead of
discarded) because there are no 2-month
cumulative trip limits in the at-sea
fishery.
Response. In the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380), NMFS
specifically requested comment on the
implications of removing or retaining
the at-sea sector donation program and
requested suggested language revisions.
The at-sea sector donation program,
called the ‘‘bycatch reduction and full
utilization program for at-sea
processors’’ in regulation, was
previously established to allow vessels
harvesting unsorted catch to retain and
donate amounts of groundfish that were
in excess of trip limits. At the
September 2010 Council meeting, the
Council clarified that the at-sea sector
regulations should not require vessels to
be subject to trip limits for bycatch of
non-whiting groundfish species. In
addition to public comment from the
Council, another commenter supported
this conclusion and both recommended
that the donation program is no longer
necessary. NMFS agrees with this
conclusion and has removed the at-sea
donation program from the regulations
in this final rule. See the section on
‘‘Changes from the Proposed Rule’’ for
specific regulatory citations.
In reviewing regulations that may no
longer be necessary because of changes
in the trip limit requirements for the atsea fishery, NMFS also notes that there
may be regulations that are no longer
necessary or need revisions because of
changes in the trip limit requirements
for the Shorebased IFQ Program. For the
2011–2012 groundfish harvest
specifications and management
measures, the Council has
recommended trip limits only for non-
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
IFQ species. The trawl fishery crossover
provision regulations, specified in the
October 1st final rule at § 660.120, list
requirements for handling trip limits
when a vessel crosses over a
management area within a 2-month
cumulative trip limit period. However,
all of the species listed in this section
of the regulations are now IFQ species
that are no longer subject to 2-month
cumulative trip limits. NMFS intends to
revisit these regulations through a future
action to determine if they should be
removed altogether or revised with new
species or based on changing
management concerns.
Comment 54. One commenter asked
for clarification on whether discarding
of non-whiting species would be
required in the absence of 2-month
cumulative trip limits in the at-sea
fishery.
Response. The regulations for at-sea
coop programs would not require
discarding of non-whiting groundfish
species in the absence of 2-month
cumulative trip limits. Allocations of
non-whiting species to the at-sea sectors
are specified at § 660.150(c) for the MS
Coop Program and at § 660.160(c) for the
C/P Coop Program, including
allocations for some overfished nonwhiting groundfish species at risk of
being caught with Pacific whiting, setasides for other non-whiting groundfish
species less likely to be caught in
whiting fisheries, and no allocation or
set-aside for species not expected to be
caught in whiting fisheries. Over time,
the Council may revisit these
allocations, set-asides (or lack thereof),
and trip limits if catch of non-whiting
groundfish species increases in the atsea sectors.
Comment 55. One commenter agreed
with NMFS’ interpretation of the
processor obligation for the MS Coop
Program where the MS/CV-endorsed
permit’s catch history assignment is
obligated to an MS permit for the year.
The commenter also agreed with the
timing of the declaration in regulations
which is reported to NMFS through the
annual MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
trawl permit renewal and again through
the MS Coop permit application.
Response. NMFS acknowledges this
comment.
Comment 56. One commenter asked
for clarification about items applicable
to the MS Coop Program that NMFS
disapproved in Amendment 20, as
stated in the preamble to the August
31st proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
53396), and whether they should apply
to the C/P Coop Program. In particular,
the commenter questioned the
requirement for coop agreements to be
submitted to the Council and available
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
for public review before the coop is
authorized to go fishing, and the
requirement to submit a letter to the
Department of Justice and provide a
copy to NMFS.
Response. On August 9, 2010, NMFS
made its decision to partially approve
Amendments 20 and 21 to the FMP. The
preamble to the October 1st final rule
(75 FR 60868) discussed the partial
approval of Amendments 20 and 21.
The August 31st proposed rule (75 FR
53380) for the additional program
components, developed by NMFS and
deemed by the Council prior to NMFS’
partial approval of the amendments,
contained several provisions that NMFS
subsequently disapproved. The
commenter correctly noted that the
preamble to the August 31st proposed
rule (75 FR 53380, 53396) described
disapproval of items applicable to the
MS Coop Program, but did not specify
whether similar provisions should
apply to the C/P Coop Program. The
similar provisions applicable to the
C/P Coop Program were not specifically
contained in Amendment 20 to the FMP
and thus were not specifically
disapproved by NMFS’ decision on the
Amendments; however, they had been
deemed by the Council as necessary and
appropriate in the regulations for the
implementation of the program. NMFS
has considered the issue in light of the
disapproval of provisions of
Amendment 20 applicable to the MS
Coop Program, and believes the reasons
for disapproval apply equally to the
C/P Coop Program. Accordingly, with
this final rule, NMFS is removing the
requirement that the C/P coop file a
coop contract with the Council and
make it available for public review and
the requirement that the C/P coop file a
letter from the Department of Justice
and provide a copy to NMFS. See the
section on ‘‘Changes from the Proposed
Rule’’ for specific regulatory citations.
Items NMFS Requested Comment on in
the Proposed Rule
In addition to the comments received
above, NMFS specifically requested
comment on several items in the
proposed rule. NMFS received
comments on some but not all of those
items. Where NMFS has made changes
to the proposed rule where comments
were specifically requested, these
specific requests are identified in the
section on ‘‘Changes from the Proposed
Rule.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78359
Changes From the Proposed Rule
A. All Trawl Programs
I. Changes To Reflect Recent NMFS
Actions
Some changes are made in this final
rule to update the regulations to reflect
actions that have been implemented at
50 CFR part 660 since the proposed rule
(75 FR 53380, August 31, 2010) was
published. The regulations in this final
rule were reviewed and revised to
reflect changes implemented in the final
rule published on October 1, 2010 (75
FR 60868), called the ‘‘initial issuance’’
final rule. For example,
§ 660.25(b)(4)(iv)(A) was revised to
include the language from the final rule
regarding the restriction on changes in
permit ownership during application
period.
II. Changes Due to Partial Disapproval of
Amendment 20
On August 9, 2010, NMFS made its
decision to partially approve
Amendments 20 and 21 to the FMP. The
preamble to the final rule (75 FR 60868,
October 1, 2010) discussed the partial
approval of Amendments 20 and 21.
The proposed rule (75 FR 53380, August
31, 2010), which was developed by
NMFS and deemed necessary by the
Council prior to NMFS’ partial approval
of the amendments, contained several
provisions in the MS Coop Program and
C/P Coop Program that NMFS
subsequently disapproved. Public
comment on the proposed rule
requested clarification whether the
items that were disapproved only
affected the MS Coop Program, or
whether similar provisions applicable to
the C/P Coop Program would also be
revised. The similar provisions
applicable to the C/P Coop Program
were not specifically contained in
Amendment 20 to the FMP, however,
they had been deemed by the Council as
necessary and appropriate for the
implementation of the program. NMFS
has considered the issue in light of the
disapproval of provisions of
Amendment 20 applicable to the MS
Coop Program, and believes the reasons
for disapproval apply equally to the
C/P Coop Program. Accordingly, with
this final rule, NMFS is removing or
revising regulatory language for three
provisions based on the partial
disapproval of Amendment 20: (1) The
requirement that MS coops or the C/P
coop file a coop contract with the
Council and to make it available for
public review [it must still be filed with
NMFS]; (2) the requirement that MS
coops or the C/P coop file a letter from
the Department of Justice; and (3) the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
78360
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
requirement that MS coop agreements
include a clause that at least a majority
of the members are required to dissolve
the coop.
The first provision stated: ‘‘Signed
copies of the coop agreement must be
submitted to NMFS and the Council and
available for public review before the
coop is authorized to engage in fishing
activities.’’ NMFS disapproved of the
requirement to submit agreements to the
Council and for public review because
not only would it be impracticable given
the timing for public review, but also
could violate restrictions on the
disclosure of confidential information
under the MSA. Accordingly, NMFS is
revising this provision in the final rule
for both the MS Coop Program
(§ 660.150 (d)(1)(iii)(A)) and the C/P
Coop Program (§ 660.160 (d)(1)(iii)(A))
to state: ‘‘Signed copies of the coop
agreement must be submitted to NMFS
before the coop is authorized to engage
in fishing activities.’’ The second
provision would have required coops to
submit a letter to the Department of
Justice requesting a business review
letter on the fishery coop, and to submit
copies of all such correspondence with
a coop permit application. NMFS
disapproved this provision because
compliance with antitrust laws is a
separate and distinct obligation of each
and every participant and does not need
to be a requirement specified in the
FMP. Accordingly, NMFS is removing
this provision entirely in the final rule
for both the MS Coop Program (from
§ 660.150 (d)(1)(iii)(A)(2)) and the C/P
Coop Program (from § 660.160
(d)(1)(iii)(A)(2)). The third provision
would have required coop agreements
in the MS Coop Program to include ‘‘A
requirement that agreement by at least a
majority of the members is required to
dissolve the coop.’’ NMFS disapproved
this provision because it would interfere
with private parties’ ability to contract
and agree to the terms of dissolution
that are appropriate for their coop.
Accordingly, NMFS is removing this
provision in the final rule for the MS
Coop Program from § 660.150
(d)(1)(iii)(A)(1).
III. Observer and Catch Monitor
Programs
In the proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
August 31, 2010), NMFS specifically
requested comment on two alternatives
to the conflict of interest provisions of
the observer and catch monitor
regulations. Alternative 1 (Councildeemed) represented the more narrow
interpretation of the conflict of interest
regulations recommended and deemed
by the Council. As mentioned in the
preamble to the proposed rule, NMFS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
had concerns that the Council’s
recommended regulatory language was
not consistent with national policy,
with conflict of interest regulations for
other sectors of the groundfish fishery,
or with regulations for other NMFS
programs. Therefore, NMFS proposed to
implement Alternative 2 (NMFSproposed) using its authority under
section 305(d) of the MSA to publish
language in the final rule that differs
from what was deemed by the Council.
The Council discussed this issue further
at their September 2010 meeting and
submitted public comment on the
proposed rule supporting Alternative 2
(NMFS-proposed) (see Comment 18).
With this final rule, NMFS is
implementing the conflict of interest
regulations from Alternative 2 (NMFSproposed) in the proposed rule for the
observer programs
(§§ 660.140(h)(6)(vii)), 660.150(j)(6)(vii),
and 660.160(g)(6)(i)(G)) and for the
catch monitor program (§ 660.18(c)).
In this final rule, NMFS has further
clarified a provision at
§ 660.112(b)(1)(xiii), Trawl fishery—
prohibitions, to make it clear that
observer coverage must continue until
all IFQ species from the trip are
offloaded, regardless of whether the fish
is delivered to one or multiple IFQ first
receiver(s). Once all IFQ species from
the trip are offloaded, the observer will
inspect the hold to verify that all IFQ
species have been offloaded, completing
that trip. In addition, new prohibitions
have been added to § 660.12, General
groundfish prohibitions, at paragraphs
(e)(9) and (f)(9) to make it clear that it
is prohibited to fail to meet observer
provider and catch monitor provider
responsibilities.
Also in this final rule, NMFS has
further clarified provisions in the
observer program regulations on the
effective date of a decertification. The
following sentence has been added to
regulations at §§ 660.140(h)(6)(ix)(C),
660.150(j)(6)(ix)(C),
660.160(g)(6)(i)(I)(3), ‘‘Decertification is
effective 30 calendar days after the date
on the IAD, unless there is an appeal.’’
Language for the observer and catch
monitor regulations at §§ 660.18,
660.140(h), 660.150(j), and 660.160(g)
have also been revised to make the
language on the IAD and appeals more
consistent between these sections and
with the IAD and appeals language for
the trawl rationalization permits and
endorsements. Language in these
sections has also been revised to make
them as consistent with each other as
appropriate.
With this final rule, language at
§ 660.17, Catch monitors and catch
monitor providers, and at § 660.18,
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Certification and decertification
procedures for catch monitors and catch
monitor providers, was revised in some
places to replace the terms ‘‘processor’’
or ‘‘processing facility’’ with ‘‘first
receiver.’’ Language in these sections has
also been revised to make them as
consistent as possible with similar
provisions for the observer program at
§§ 660.140(h), 660.150(j), and
660.160(g). New language was added to
the catch monitor provider
responsibilities at § 660.17(e)(1)(vii)
consistent with similar requirements for
the observer program to include
additional specifications for the health
and fitness exams of catch monitors,
including a certificate of insurance. In
§ 660.17(e)(1)(ix) regarding priority
given to candidates that prove their
knowledge of West Coast marine
species, ability to communicate in
writing, etc. was deleted from this final
rule because it is not necessary to
specify in regulation. Also consistent
with the observer program
requirements, a new paragraph was
added to the catch monitor provider
responsibilities at § 660.17(e)(14) to
include information on catch monitor
training certificate, annual briefing
requirement, and validity of the
certificate.
With this final rule, a sentence was
deleted from § 660.140(i)(2) that stated,
‘‘IFQ first receivers are responsible for
all associated costs including training
time, debriefing time, and lodging while
deployed.’’ This sentence was deleted
because this is a requirement of the
catch monitor provider. The contract
between the catch monitor provider and
the first receiver will determine the cost
paid for catch monitor services.
Based on public comment received
(see Comment 23), NMFS is removing
regulations regarding telephone access
while processing whiting
(§ 660.140(i)(4)(iv) of the August 31st
proposed rule) because they are no
longer necessary.
IV. Initial Issuance Appeals Deadline
NMFS has decided to extend the
deadline to appeal an IAD for the initial
issuance of the following permits and
endorsements: QS permit and associated
QS and/or IBQ, MS permit, MS/CV
endorsement and associated catch
history assignment, and C/P
endorsement. Upon further
consideration, NMFS is extending the
deadline published in the October 1st
final rule (75 FR 60868) from 30
calendar days to 60 calendar days.
NMFS believes this extension of time is
warranted given the time of year in
which NMFS anticipates sending out
IADs and the potential difficulties in
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
meeting a 30 day deadline due to
holidays, with corresponding reduced
staffing, increased administrative
burdens, and potential postal delays.
Additionally, the extension provides
applicants more time to gather
documentation in support of any appeal
that applicants may wish to make. The
regulations at §§ 660.25(g)(4),
660.140(d)(8)(ix), 660.150(f)(6)(vi) and
(g)(6)(viii), and 660.160(e)(6)(vii) are
revised to reflect the 60 calendar day
deadline to appeal an IAD.
V. Minor Edits
NMFS has made some minor edits to
the regulations to make terminology
more consistent (e.g., references to
shorebased IFQ fishery are edited to
read Shorebased IFQ Program) and to
correct typographical errors and
technical errors (e.g., capitalize
Shorebased IFQ Program; use ‘‘an’’
before MS permit and MS/CV-endorsed
permit; and add a hyphen to ‘‘MS/CVendorsed’’ and ‘‘C/P-endorsed’’). In
addition, in § 660.25(b)(4) regarding
limited entry permits, NMFS has
replaced the term ‘‘transfer’’ with
‘‘change in vessel registration’’ as
appropriate to distinguish such transfers
from changes in permit ownership. To
the extent that ‘‘transfer’’ may be used in
other sections where a similar confusion
may arise, NMFS intends to clarify the
term as appropriate in future
rulemakings.
B. Shorebased IFQ Program
I. General
Some general changes are made to
regulatory language in this final rule.
Similar to what was implemented with
the ‘‘initial issuance’’ final rule (75 FR
60868, October 1, 2010), where
appropriate, the terms ‘‘QS’’ and ‘‘QP’’
have been revised to read ‘‘QS and IBQ’’
and ‘‘QP or IBQ pounds,’’ respectively.
Pacific halibut is listed as an IFQ
species. Pacific halibut, however, has an
individual bycatch quota (IBQ) which is
distinct from QS for groundfish species
listed under the groundfish FMP. This
change is to make it clear that Pacific
halibut IBQ and IBQ pounds are distinct
and may be managed differently than
QS or QP.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
II. Maximized Retention in the Pacific
Whiting IFQ Fishery
In the proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
August 31, 2010), NMFS specifically
requested comment on any implications
that the prohibition on discarding may
have on the prosecution of a maximized
retention fishery, and further requested
comment on what should constitute
discarding under this provision of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
Shorebased IFQ Program. NMFS
received two comments on this issue,
both of which stated that the maximized
retention provision in the Shorebased
IFQ Program should be consistent with
the existing maximized retention
fishery, where some discards are
allowed for operational and safety
reasons, but those discards are
estimated by an observer (see Comment
47). Under current practices in the
maximized retention Pacific whiting
fisheries, some minor amounts of
operational discard are allowed. Under
trawl rationalization, any minor
operational amounts of discard would
be estimated by the observer and
deducted from allocations. NMFS raised
this issue at the Council’s March 2010
meeting for the maximized retention
fishery in the mothership sector
(Agenda Item E.6.b, NMFS Report 1,
March 2010, #25). For the Shorebased
IFQ Program, however, the Council
motion was ambiguous. In the proposed
rule, NMFS proposed regulations
consistent with the Council motion, but
not consistent with current practice nor
with regulations for the MS Coop
Program. With this final rule and based
on public comment, NMFS is revising
the language at § 660.140(g)(2) to be
consistent with the MS Coop Program
language at § 660.150(i). The revised
language reads, ‘‘Maximized retention
vessels participating in the Pacific
whiting IFQ fishery may discard minor
operational amounts of catch at sea if
the observer has accounted for the
discard (i.e., a maximized retention
fishery).’’ In addition, the prohibition on
discarding IFQ species at
§ 660.112(b)(1)(xiv) is revised to clarify
that it is prohibited to discard IFQ
species at sea unless that discard has
been documented or estimated by an
observer.
III. Weight Limits and Conversions
In the proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
August 31, 2010), NMFS specifically
requested comment on the actual values
and implications of the proposed
conversion factors. NMFS received
multiple comments on this issue (see
Comment 42). Based on the September
2010 Council meeting and on public
comment received, the regulations at
§ 660.60(h)(5) have been revised in this
final rule to make sablefish, lingcod,
and Pacific whiting consistent with the
values from ODFW (with some
exceptions, described below) and to
clarify that Federal regulations do not
supersede more restrictive state
regulations on landings requirements for
the species or condition that fish may be
landed. There will not be a Federal
conversion factor for filleted Pacific
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78361
whiting, for winged skates, or for glazed
sablefish because processing of
groundfish is prohibited at-sea by
vessels in the Shorebased IFQ Program
at § 660.112(b)(1)(xii), with narrow
exceptions, inapplicable here. In
addition, skates are not an IFQ species
and so are not appropriate to be
included. The value from ODFW for
lingcod of 1.1 uses the term ‘‘gilled and
gutted’’ which is equivalent to ‘‘gutted
with the head on’’ in Federal
regulations. The values for other
groundfish species will remain as
previously specified in the August 31st
proposed rule. The conversion factors
implemented through this final rule are
based on the best available scientific
information and may change in a future
rulemaking based on improved science.
In this final rule, NMFS is also
revising regulations at § 660.113(b)(4)(i)
on recordkeeping and reporting for
electronic fish tickets in the Shorebased
IFQ Program. In making the revisions to
the weight limit and conversions
regulations and in response to public
comment (see Comment 43), NMFS
reviewed the required information for
electronic fish tickets. NMFS is
developing an electronic fish ticket
system where weight limit conversion
factor will be automated and applied
once the data is input in the data
system. Accordingly, the required
information that IFQ first receivers must
provide on electronic fish tickets is
being revised in this final rule to require
the actual weight and condition of
species landed, rather than the round
weight. NMFS is also requiring the
vessel account number to be reported on
the electronic fish ticket to accurately
track landed catch to a specific vessel
account.
IV. Landing Groundfish in the
Shorebased IFQ Program
NMFS received public comment
requesting clarification of the provision
that allows a vessel to deliver a load of
fish to more than one first receiver and
how that relates to the requirement that
all fish be offloaded once an offload has
begun (see Comment 49). Based on the
public comment received, NMFS is
further clarifying this provision in the
final rule at § 660.60(h)(2) and is adding
a prohibition at § 660.112(b)(1)(xv).
These changes will clarify that a vessel
participating in the Shorebased IFQ
Program may not begin a new fishing
trip until all fish aboard the vessel have
been offloaded.
V. IFQ Species and Species Groupings
The regulations at § 660.140(c)(1), as
specified in the initial issuance final
rule (75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010), list
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
78362
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
the IFQ species/species groups and area
specific designations for those species.
Those regulations also state that the IFQ
species groupings and area subdivisions
will be those for which OYs are
specified in the ABC/OY tables, and
those for which there is an area-specific
precautionary harvest policy. Upon
further review, NMFS determined that
the IFQ species list published in the
initial issuance final rule did not match
the ABC/OY table, in particular with
regards to area designations for those
species. The description of IFQ species
in this section needs to be clarified in
order for the reallocation provisions
(§ 660.140(c)(3)(vii)) to be applied in the
future. This final rule clarifies the area
designations at § 660.140(c)(1) for the
following IFQ species: Pacific ocean
perch (north of 40°10′ N. lat.),
chilipepper rockfish (south of 40°10′ N.
lat.), bocaccio (south of 40°10′ N. lat.),
splitnose rockfish (south of 40°10′ N.
lat.), yellowtail rockfish (north of 40°10′
N. lat.), cowcod (south of 40°10′ N. lat.),
minor shelf rockfish complex north (of
40°10′ N. lat.), minor shelf rockfish
complex south (of 40°10′ N. lat.), minor
slope rockfish complex north (of 40°10′
N. lat.), and minor slope rockfish
complex south (of 40°10′ N. lat.).
Similarly, language is revised to reflect
these area designations in the tables at
§ 660.140(d)(4)(i)(C) on the QS and IBQ
control limits and at § 660.140(e)(4)(i)
on the vessel limits.
In addition, NMFS is clarifying
regulations at § 660.140(c)(1) in this
final rule to reference the definition of
‘‘Groundfish’’ at § 660.11 for the list of
which individual groundfish species are
included in the minor shelf complex
north and south of 40°10′ N. lat., in the
minor slope complex north and south
40°10′ N. lat., and in the other flatfish
complex.
VI. QS Accounts and Vessel Accounts
With this final rule, NMFS has
expanded the description of the
operation of QS accounts and vessel
accounts. NMFS has further clarified
regulations to require designated
account managers for both QS accounts
and vessel accounts; to prohibit QP and
IBQ pound transfers between vessel
accounts from December 15 through 31
each year in order to allow NMFS to
reconcile accounts; and to clarify that
once a QS account transaction or vessel
account transaction has been accepted
by the transferee, the transaction will be
considered final and permanent. In
addition to these more substantive
changes which are further described
below, NMFS has made some minor
changes to these regulations to make the
QS account regulations and vessel
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
account regulations more consistent
with each other. For example,
information on the type of computer
access necessary to use the vessel
account has been added to the
regulations at § 660.140(e), consistent
with the regulations for the QS account.
The proposed rule generally described
QS accounts and vessel accounts that
NMFS will use to manage QS and IBQ,
and QP and IBQ pounds, respectively.
The final rule expands upon this
description, providing further detail of
how the QS accounts and vessel
accounts will operate. The revised
paragraph describes how NMFS will
manage QS accounts and vessel
accounts, particularly with regards to
how NMFS will issue QP and IBQ
pounds each year, how NMFS will
adjust QS and IBQ amounts if and when
necessary, and the mechanics for
operation of these accounts.
Additionally, NMFS has clarified how
the operation of online access to these
accounts will function, particularly in
regard to transfers between accounts.
In the proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
August 31, 2010), the vessel account
regulations (§ 660.140(e)) specified an
account manager, but the same
requirement was not specified under the
QS account regulations
(§ 660.140(d)(3)). A designated account
manager is necessary for either a QS
account or a vessel account in order to
manage the account activity in cases
where the account owner is a business
(individuals may name themselves as an
account manager). Without a designated
account manager when the account
owner is a business, sensitive
information (e.g., notices of account
activity or the personal identification
number (PIN) or password) may not get
directed to the proper person. The
designated account manager would be
identified to NMFS through the QS
permit or vessel account renewal
process (except that for the 2011 fishery,
the designated QS account manager may
be requested by NMFS through a
separate process because this
information was not included on the
initial issuance applications for QS
permits). The designated account
manager’s contact information, such as
phone number and email, would be
requested. Their email address, while
optional, provides the most flexibility
and quickest resource for disseminating
information. The designated account
manager is an extension of what NMFS
brought forward at the June 2010
Council meeting (Agenda Item B.6.b,
Supplemental NMFS Report 3, June
2010, #10) which stated that NMFS
would issue a unique ID and PIN to
account owners. If the account owner is
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
not a business but is an individual
person, the account owner would be the
designated account manager. Because of
the sensitive nature of this information
and because account owners may be
businesses, NMFS is revising language
in this final rule to identify designated
account managers and their contact
information for QS accounts and for
vessel accounts.
There may be times when transactions
in QS accounts and vessel accounts may
need to be prohibited. As stated in the
August 31st proposed rule for both
types of accounts, ‘‘during the year there
may be situations where NMFS deems
it necessary to prohibit transfers (i.e.,
account reconciliation, system
maintenance, or for emergency fishery
management reasons).’’ In addition, the
August 31st proposed rule stated that,
for QS accounts, transactions are
prohibited between December 1 and
December 31 each year. This prohibition
is intended to provide time for the QS
account to remain stable for a period of
time prior to the start of the next fishing
year so that NMFS can issue the
corresponding QP and IBQ pounds in to
the QS account (see Council’s June 2010
meeting, Agenda Item B.6.b,
Supplemental NMFS Report 3, #9).
Upon further consideration and as the
logical extension of what was proposed,
NMFS has determined to apply a similar
requirement to vessel accounts as that
proposed for QS accounts. For vessel
accounts, this prohibition is intended to
allow time for the vessel account to
remain stable in order to calculate any
carryover provisions that would be
applicable for the next fishing year.
However, QP and IBQ pounds in vessel
accounts need to be available as late as
possible in the year to provide
flexibility to fishermen fishing later in
the year and to allow vessel account
owners to cover deficits. Therefore, for
vessel accounts, NMFS has adopted a
shorter time for the agency to reconcile
the account, approximately two weeks.
With this final rule, regulations at
§ 660.140(e) have been revised to
prohibit QP and IBQ pound transfers
between vessel accounts from December
15 through 31 each year. This provision
may be reviewed and revised through a
future rulemaking based on experience
during the first years of the program.
NMFS has clarified in this final rule
at § 660.140(d)(3) and (e) that
transactions in QS accounts or vessel
accounts are final and permanent once
the transaction is accepted by both
parties. NMFS will not review or undo
these transactions once they are
accepted by both parties. If one of the
parties feels the transaction was for the
wrong amount, they would need to
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
resolve any dispute over the transaction
on their own independently of NMFS,
and if an adjustment is needed to
resolve the dispute, would need to
conduct another transfer. NMFS will
only review transactions if an error is
identified with NMFS’ online system.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
VII. Transfers of QS and/or IBQ
The proposed rule would prohibit
transfer of QS or IBQ in the first two
years of the program except under U.S.
court order as approved by NMFS.
NMFS recognizes, however, that there
may be some circumstances where a
court may authorize the distribution of
assets, including QS or IBQ, without a
specific court order. Such a
circumstance may arise as a result of
death or dissolution of a QS owner,
such as in probate or in a bankruptcy
action. Based on public comment
received, the regulations at
§ 660.140(d)(3)(ii)(B)(1) have been
revised in this final rule to allow QS
and IBQ transfers during the first two
years of the program under a U.S court
order or authorization, to accommodate
such circumstances (see Comment 29).
Such transfers would still be subject to
NMFS’ approval, including a
determination of the transferee’s
eligibility to own QS and a
determination that the transferee’s
ownership interest would not exceed
applicable control limits (see Comment
30).
VIII. Eligibility To Own a QS Permit
The August 31st proposed rule (75 FR
53380) included language that states
that eligibility to own and control a U.S.
fishing vessel with a fishery
endorsement pursuant to 46 U.S.C.
12113 is required for U.S. citizens,
permanent resident aliens, and for
corporations, partnerships, or other
entities, in order to be eligible to own
a QS permit. However, application of
Title 46 of the U.S. Code to U.S. citizens
or permanent resident aliens in this
context is confusing. Under 46 U.S.C.
12113, all U.S. citizens are
automatically eligible to own and
control a U.S. fishing vessel with a
fishery endorsement, thus the additional
language is redundant. Also, under 46
U.S.C. 12113, all permanent resident
aliens are ineligible to own and control
a U.S. fishing vessel with a fishery
endorsement, thus the additional
language appears to effectively bar
permanent resident aliens from owning
a QS permit. In this final rule, NMFS
has retained the language deemed by the
Council in the proposed rule. However,
NMFS will continue to assess this issue,
and if appropriate, may request further
consideration by the Council.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:38 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
IX. Carryover Provision
In the proposed rule, NMFS included
a provision that would allow a vessel
owner to cover a deficit in the vessel
account with QP from the following
year if the deficit is within the carryover
limit and the vessel declares out of the
IFQ fishery for the remainder of the year
prior to the 30-day deadline by which
a deficit would otherwise be required to
be covered. The declaration by the
vessel owner that the vessel opts out of
the IFQ fishery for the remainder of the
year would notify NMFS enforcement in
order to delay opening an investigation
for failure to cover the deficit within 30
days. The proposed regulation,
however, did not specify how the vessel
owner would be able to declare out of
the fishery. In this final rule, NMFS has
specified that the vessel owner could
declare out of the IFQ fishery by a
written letter to the NMFS Office of Law
Enforcement declaring the vessel
owner’s intent to declare out of the
Shorebased IFQ Program for the
remainder of the year and invoke the
carryover provision to cover the deficit.
Because the declaration would provide
evidence documenting the vessel
owner’s intent to remain out of the
fishery for the remainder of the year,
NMFS has determined that the letter
from the vessel owner must be signed,
dated, and notarized. If the deficit
occurs less than 30 days before the end
of the calendar year, declaring out of the
Shorebased IFQ Program for the
remainder of the year would not be
required, however, the vessel owner
must notify the NMFS Office of Law
Enforcement of the owner’s intent to
invoke the carryover provision to cover
the deficit. This final rule clarifies what
would meet the carryover provision
requirement for declaring out of the
fishery for the remainder of the year.
X. IFQ First Receiver and First Receiver
Site Licenses
NMFS is revising the final rule at
§ 660.140(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3) to change the
regulations from ‘‘the owner of an IFQ
first receiver must * * * ’’ to ‘‘the IFQ
first receiver must * * *. ’’ This change
is being made to clarify that the
obligation applies to the IFQ first
receiver, and is being made after further
consideration and review of the record
and in response to public comment (see
Comment 51).
In addition, NMFS is revising this
final rule at § 660.140(f) to clarify the
first receiver site license application
process and to revise language to be
clear that the non-interim site licenses
are effective for one year from the date
of issuance. A catch monitoring plan,
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78363
including a written request for a site
inspection, must be submitted with a
first receiver site license application.
Once NMFS receives the application
package, NMFS will contact the
applicant to arrange a site inspection.
C. At-Sea Coop Programs
Some changes from the August 31st
proposed rule (75 FR 53380) for the Atsea Coop Programs, both the MS Coop
Program and the C/P Coop Program,
resulting from items disapproved in
Amendment 20 were discussed
previously in the preamble for this final
rule under ‘‘A. All Trawl Programs, II.
Changes due to Partial Disapproval of
Amendment 20.’’
I. Effective Date of Permit Transfers and
No Trip Limits
In the proposed rule (75 FR 53380),
NMFS specifically requested comment
on the effective date for an MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit’s second
transfer within the same year. At the
September 2010 Council meeting and in
the Council’s letter of public comment
on the August 31st proposed rule, the
Council stated that the second transfer
of an MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
permit should be effective immediately
because trip limits will not apply to the
at-sea sectors (MS or C/P) in 2011 and
2012. Based on the September 2010
Council meeting and on public
comment received (see Comment 52),
the regulations at § 660.25(b)(4)(vi)(C)
have been revised in this final rule to
make the second transfer of an MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit effective
immediately. In addition, the
regulations at § 660.131(b)(3), Trip
limits in the whiting fishery, have been
clarified in this final rule to be clear that
they only apply to the Shorebased IFQ
Program.
II. At-Sea Sector Donation Program
In the proposed rule (75 FR 53380),
NMFS specifically requested comment
on the implications of removing or
retaining the at-sea sector donation
program and requested suggested
language revisions. The at-sea sector
donation program was an optional
provision in the August 31st proposed
rule regulations at § 660.131(g), where it
was called the ‘‘bycatch reduction and
full utilization program for at-sea
processors.’’ This program was
previously established to allow vessels
harvesting unsorted catch in the at-sea
sectors to retain and donate amounts of
groundfish that were in excess of trip
limits. At the September 2010 Council
meeting, the Council clarified that the
at-sea sector regulations should not
require vessels to be subject to trip
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
78364
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
limits for bycatch of non-whiting
groundfish species. Therefore, the
donation program is no longer
necessary. Based on the September 2010
Council meeting and on public
comment received which supported
removal of donation program (see
Comment 53), the proposed rule
regulations at § 660.131(g) have been
removed in this final rule.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
III. MS Coop Program Processor
Obligation for 2011
In this final rule, NMFS is revising
regulations for the timing of the
processor obligation provision in the
MS Coop Program for 2011. The
regulations specifying coop agreement
contents for the MS Coop Program
include a clause stating that each
MS/CV-endorsed permit must have
notified a specific MS permit by
September 1 of the previous year of that
MS/CV-endorsed permit’s intent to
obligate its catch history assignment to
that MS permit in that year. Because
these regulations will not be effective
until after September 1, 2010, this
clause must be adjusted for application
to the 2011 fishery. This final rule
revises the regulations at
§ 660.150(d)(1)(iii)(A)(1)(iii) to require a
coop agreement to include ‘‘[a] processor
obligation clause indicating that each
MS/CV-endorsed permit has notified a
specific MS permit by September 1 of
the previous year of that MS/CVendorsed permit’s intent to obligate its
catch history assignment to that MS
permit, except that for the 2011 fishery,
such notification must have been made
prior to submission of the MS coop
permit application.’’
IV. Minor Edits
NMFS has made some minor edits to
the regulations to make references in the
regulatory text consistent. Specifically,
this final rule revises language to make
references in § 660.25(e)(1) and (2)
consistent with the categories in the
paragraph headers at § 660.150 for MS
coop permits and § 660.160 for the C/P
coop permit. The revised language
removes references to ‘‘renewal’’ and
‘‘change of permit ownership’’ because
these provisions do not apply to coop
permits. In addition, the regulations at
§ 660.111, ‘‘accumulation limit’’ (2)(i), is
revised to clarify that the MS permit
usage limit only applies to a person
‘‘owning an MS permit.’’
Classification
The NMFS Assistant Administrator
has determined that this final rule is
consistent with the Pacific Coast
Groundfish FMP, other provisions of the
MSA, and other applicable law. To the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
extent that the regulations in this final
rule differ from what was deemed by the
Council, NMFS invokes its independent
authority under 16 U.S.C. 1855(d).
NMFS and the Council prepared final
environmental impact statements (EISs)
for Amendment 20 and for Amendment
21 to the Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP.
A notice of availability was published
on June 25, 2010 (75 FR 36386). In
partially approving FMP Amendments
20 and 21 on August 9, 2010, NMFS
issued a Record of Decision (ROD) for
each amendment identifying the
selected alternatives. Copies of the
RODs are available from NMFS (see
ADDRESSES).
NMFS finds good cause to waive the
30-day delay in effectiveness pursuant
to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), so that this final
rule may become effective January 1,
2011. The trawl rationalization program
has been developed through the public
fishery management council process
since 2003 and has culminated in
multiple rulemakings over the fall of
2009 through 2010. NMFS announced
through the Pacific Fishery Management
Council process and through these
rulemakings its intent to implement this
program on January 1, 2011. The public
has been aware of this implementation
date. In addition, NMFS has conducted
numerous outreach workshops along the
West Coast over the fall of 2010 to assist
the affected public in preparing for
January 1, 2011 implementation (see
response to comment 5 in the
preamble). NMFS has also provided
outreach specifically to the shorebased
IFQ first receivers for the new
requirements under the program and
also provided an interim first receiver
site license with a shortened issuance
process in order to facilitate
implementation on January 1. In
addition, NMFS provided preliminary
guidance during the fall of 2010 to assist
first receivers in preparing their catch
monitoring plans in anticipation of a
January 1, 2011 implementation.
NMFS has determined it is critical to
the fishery to implement this program
on January 1, 2011, the start of the
fishing year. The program creates a
system where participants can choose
when to fish during the year, giving
them ample time to harvest their
available catch and to come into
compliance with these regulations.
Under the Shorebased IFQ Program,
fishermen can choose when to fish
between January 1 and December 15
every year. Under the At-Sea Coop
Programs, fishermen can choose when
to fish after their season opens in the
spring through December every year.
Thus, the program provides fishermen
with more individual choice on when to
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fish than the two-month cumulative
limit system that was in place before the
trawl rationalization program. Delaying
the effectiveness of this rule and
beginning January 1 with the two-month
cumulative limit system in place prior
to implementing the trawl
rationalization program would be
confusing to the public, would cause
problems in the fishery, and would be
contrary to the public good. If the trawl
fishery starts the year with two-month
cumulative limits, the fleet could catch
up to the available trip limits for some
groundfish species, which could create
an incentive for participants to fish as
much as possible at the start of the year,
especially if the participant knew they
did not receive much initial allocation
of certain groundfish species. There
would then be a lag time of up to several
months before the landings data would
be available to determine the remaining
amount of catch available to the trawl
fishery to start the trawl rationalization
program. There is likelihood that some
species could have little or no harvest
remaining for the trawl rationalization
program in 2011. Thus, a delay in the
effectiveness of the program could
require unnecessarily restrictive
measures later in the year, including
possible fishery closures, to make up for
harvest that would be allowed under the
two-month cumulative limits at the start
of the year. In addition, it would be
confusing to the public to have two
different systems of regulations
including, but not limited to, different
harvest limits, observer requirements,
permit requirements, and reporting
requirements. These reasons constitute
good cause under authority contained in
5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), to establish an
effective date less than 30 days after
date of publication.
This final rule has been determined to
be significant for purposes of Executive
Order 12866.
The preamble to the proposed rule (75
FR 53380, August 31, 2010) included a
detailed summary of the analyses
contained in the IRFA. NMFS, pursuant
to section 604 of the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (RFA) prepared a FRFA
in support of this rule. The FRFA
incorporates the IRFA, a summary of the
significant issues raised by the public
comments in response to the IRFA, and
NMFS’s responses to those comments. A
copy of the FRFA is available from
NMFS (see ADDRESSES) and a summary
of the FRFA follows:
The Council prepared two EIS
documents: Amendment 20—
Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery, which creates the structure and
management details of the trawl fishery
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
rationalization program; and
Amendment 21—Allocation of Harvest
Opportunity Between Sectors of the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery, which
allocates the groundfish stocks between
trawl and non-trawl fisheries. Each of
the two EIS’s prepared by the Council
provide economic analyses of the
Council’s preferred alternatives and
draft RIR and IRFAs (DEIS IRFAs). The
DEIS IRFAs were updated and
combined into a single RIR/IRFA for use
with the ‘‘initial issuance’’ proposed rule
that was published on June 10, 2010 (75
FR 32994) (June 10th PR IRFA). The
June 10th PR IRFA reviewed and
summarized the benefits and costs, and
the economic effects of the Council’s
recommendations as presented in the
two EIS’s. In addition, the June 10th PR
IRFA contained additional information
on characterizing the participants in the
fishery and on the tracking and
monitoring costs associated with this
program.
The June 10th PR IRFA analyzed the
overall program as recommended by the
Pacific Fishery Management Council.
The analysis encompassed aspects of
the initial issuance rule which
establishes the allocations set forth
under Amendment 21 and procedures
for initial issuance of permits,
endorsements, quota shares, and catch
history assignments under the IFQ and
coop programs. It also encompassed this
rule—the ‘‘program components’’ rule
which provides additional details,
including: Program components
applicable to IFQ gear switching,
observer programs, retention
requirements, equipment requirements,
catch monitors, catch weighing
requirements, coop permits/agreements,
first receiver site licenses, quota share
accounts, vessel accounts, further
tracking and monitoring components,
and economic data collection
requirements. Revenue and landings
data in the RIR/IRFA for the program
components proposed rule (75 FR
53380, August 31, 2010) (August 31st
PR IRFA) were updated based on recent
analysis by the Council (Appendix F:
Historical Landings and Revenue in
Groundfish Fisheries; Agenda Item
B.3.a, Attachment 3, June 2010). The
Council analysis provided revenue
trends based on inflation adjusted
dollars where estimates are adjusted to
current (2009) dollars. The August 31st
PR IRFA was also revised based on
comments received on the initial
issuance rule and included a discussion
of the other alternatives considered by
the Council.
Although other alternatives were
examined, the FRFA focused on the two
key alternatives—the No-Action
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
Alternative and the Preferred
Alternative. The EISs include an
economic analysis of the impacts of all
the alternatives and the August 31st PR
IRFA and the FRFA incorporate this
analysis. For the Amendment 20 EIS,
the alternatives ranged from status quo
(no action), to IFQ for all trawl sectors,
IFQ for the non-whiting sector and
coops for all whiting sectors, and IFQ
for the shorebased sector and coops for
the at-sea sectors (preferred). Various
elements were part of each of these
alternatives and varied among them,
including initial qualifications and
allocations, accumulation limits,
grandfathering, processor shares,
species covered, number of sectors,
adaptive management, area
management, and carryover provisions.
The preferred alternative was a blending
of components from the other
alternatives analyzed in the EIS. For the
Amendment 21 EIS, alternatives were
provided for 6 decision points: (1)
Limited entry trawl allocations for
Amendment 21 species, (2) shoreside
trawl sector allocations, (3) trawl sector
allocations of trawl-dominant
overfished species, (4) at-sea whiting
trawl sector set-asides, (5) Pacific
halibut total bycatch limits, and (6)
formal allocations in the FMP. For most
of these decision points, the alternatives
within them were crafted around
approximately maintaining historical
catch levels by the sectors or, in some
cases, increasing opportunity for the
non-trawl sector.
By focusing on the two key
alternatives in the August 31st PR IRFA
and in the FRFA (no action and
preferred), it encompasses parts of the
other alternatives and informs the
reader of these regulations. The analysis
of the no action alternative describes
what is likely to occur in the absence of
the proposed action. It provides a
benchmark to compare the incremental
effects of the action. Under the no action
alternative, the current, primary
management tool used to control the
Pacific coast groundfish trawl catch
includes a system of two month
cumulative landing limits for most
species and season closures for Pacific
whiting. This management program
would continue under the no action
alternative. Only long-term, fixed
allocations for Pacific whiting and
sablefish north of 36° N. lat. would
exist. All other groundfish species
would not be formally allocated
between the trawl and non-trawl
sectors. Allocating the available harvest
of groundfish species and species
complexes would occur in the Council
process of deciding biennial harvest
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78365
specifications and management
measures and, as such, would be
considered short term allocations.
The analysis of the preferred
alternative describes what is likely to
occur as a result of the action. Under the
preferred alternative, the existing
shorebased whiting and shorebased
non-whiting sectors of the Pacific Coast
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery
would be managed as one sector under
a system of IFQs, and the at-sea whiting
sectors of the fishery (i.e., catcherprocessor sector and mothership sector,
which includes motherships and
catcher vessels) would be managed
under a system of sector-specific
harvesting cooperatives (coops). The
catcher-processor sector would continue
to operate under the existing, selfdeveloped coop program entered into
voluntarily by that sector. A distinct set
of groundfish species and Pacific
halibut would be covered by the
rationalization program. Amendment 20
would include a tracking and
monitoring program to assure that all
catch (including discards) would be
documented and matched against QP.
The Council specified that observers
would be required on all vessels and
shorebased monitoring (catch monitors)
would be required during all off-loading
(100 percent coverage). Compared to
status quo monitoring, this would be a
monitoring and observer coverage level
increase for a large portion of the trawl
fleet, particularly for non-whiting
shorebased vessels.
The limited entry trawl fishery is
divided into two broad sectors: a multispecies trawl fishery, which most often
uses bottom trawl gear (hereafter called
the non-whiting fishery), and the Pacific
whiting fishery, which uses midwater
trawl gear. Over the 2005–2009 period,
these fisheries when combined have
average annual inflation adjusted
revenues of about $57 million and total
landings of about 215,000 tons. The
non-whiting fishery has been
principally managed through 2-month
cumulative landing limits along with
closed areas to limit overfished species
bycatch. Fishery participants target the
range of species described above with
the exception of Pacific whiting. By
weight, the vast majority of trawl vessel
groundfish is caught in the Pacific
whiting fishery. In contrast, the nonwhiting fishery accounts for the
majority of limited entry trawl fishery
ex-vessel revenues. On average, for the
period 2005–2009, Pacific whiting
accounted for about 90 percent of the
quantity of groundfish landed in the
limited entry trawl fishery, but only 44
percent of the value due to their
relatively low ex-vessel price.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78366
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Non-whiting trawl vessels deliver
their catch to shoreside processors and
buyers located along the coasts of
Washington, Oregon, and California,
and tend to have their homeports
located in towns within the same
general area where they make deliveries,
though there are several cases of vessels
delivering to multiple ports during a
year. Some Pacific whiting trawl vessels
are catcher-processors, which, as their
name implies, process their catch onboard, while other vessels in this sector
deliver their catch to shoreside
processors or motherships that receive
Pacific whiting for processing but do not
directly harvest the fish.
Over time, landings in the limited
entry trawl fishery have fluctuated,
especially on a species-specific basis.
Pacific whiting has grown in
importance, especially in recent years.
Through the 1990s, the volume of
Pacific whiting landed in the fishery
increased. In 2002 and 2003, landings of
Pacific whiting declined due to
information showing the stock was
depleted and the subsequent regulations
that restricted harvest in order to
rebuild the species. Over the years
2005–2009, estimated Pacific whiting
ex-vessel revenues averaged about $25
million (figures have been adjusted to
2009 dollars to account for inflation). In
2008, these participants harvested about
216,000 tons of whiting worth about $51
million in ex-vessel revenues, based on
shorebased ex-vessel prices of $235 per
ton, the highest ex-vessel revenues and
prices on record. In comparison, the
2007 fishery harvested about 214,000
tons worth $29 million at an average exvessel price of about $137 per ton while
the 2009 non-tribal fishery harvested
about 99,000 tons worth about $12
million at a price of $120 per ton.
While the Pacific whiting fishery has
grown in importance in recent years,
harvests in the non-whiting component
of the limited entry trawl fishery have
declined steadily since the 1980s. Nonwhiting trawl ex-vessel revenues
(adjusted for inflation) in the fishery
peaked in the mid 1990s at about $40
million. Following the passage of the
Sustainable Fisheries Act (1996) and the
listing of several species as overfished,
harvests became increasingly restricted
and landings and revenues declined
steadily until 2002. Over the period
2005 to 2009, inflation adjusted exvessel revenues from groundfish in the
non-whiting trawl sector have averaged
$27 million annually; ranging from $24
million (2005) to $32 million (2008).
The 2009 fishery earned $30 million in
ex-vessel revenues. Under the trawl
rationalization program, shorebased
whiting sector will be joined with the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
shorebased non-whiting sector. For
perspective, when these fisheries are
combined, their total ex-vessel revenues
have averaged about $36 million
annually over the last five years.
Expected Effects of Amendment 21—
Intersector Allocation
The allocation of harvest opportunity
between sectors under the new
regulations (75 FR 60868, October 1,
2010) does not differ significantly from
the allocation made biennially under
the no action alternative. The primary
economic effect of the long-term
allocation under the new regulations is
to provide more certainty in future trawl
harvest opportunities, which would
enable better business planning for
participants in the rationalized fishery.
As described elsewhere, the trawl
rationalization program could create an
incentive structure and facilitate more
comprehensive monitoring to allow
bycatch reduction and effective
management of the groundfish fisheries.
In support of the trawl rationalization
program, the main socioeconomic
impact of Amendment 21 allocations is
longer term stability for the trawl
industry. While the preferred
Amendment 21 allocations do not differ
significantly from status quo ad hoc
allocations made biennially, there is
more certainty in future trawl harvest
opportunities, which enables better
business planning for participants in the
rationalized fishery. This is the main
purpose for the Amendment 21 actions.
The economic effects of Amendment 21
arise from the impacts on current and
future harvests. The need to constrain
groundfish harvests to address
overfishing has had substantial
socioeconomic impacts. The groundfish
limited entry trawl sector has
experienced a large contraction, spurred
in part by a partially federallysubsidized vessel and permit buyback
program implemented in 2005. This $46
million buyback program was financed
by a Congressional appropriation of $10
million and an industry loan of $36
million. Approximately 240 groundfish,
crab, and shrimp permits were retired
from state and federal fisheries, and
there was a 35 percent reduction in the
groundfish trawl permits. To repay the
loan, groundfish, shrimp and crab
fisheries are subject to landings fees.
Follow-on effects of the buyback have
been felt in coastal communities where
groundfish trawlers comprise a large
portion of the local fleet. As the fleet
size shrinks and ex-vessel revenues
decline, income and employment in
these communities is affected. Fisheryrelated businesses in the community
may cease operations because of lost
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
business. This can affect non-groundfish
fishery sectors that also depend on the
services provided by these businesses,
such as providing ice and buying fish.
An objective to the trawl rationalization
program is to mitigate some of these
effects by increasing revenues and
profits within the trawl sector. However,
because further fleet consolidation is
expected, the resulting benefits are
likely to be unevenly distributed among
coastal communities. Some
communities may see their groundfish
trawl fleet shrink further as the
remaining vessels concentrate in a few
major ports. Species subject to
Amendment 21 allocations would be:
lingcod, Pacific cod, sablefish south of
36° N. lat., Pacific ocean perch, widow
rockfish, chilipepper rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, yellowtail rockfish north of 40°
10′ N. lat., shortspine thornyhead (north
and south of 34° 27′ N. lat.), longspine
thornyhead north of 34° 27′ N. lat.,
darkblotched rockfish, minor slope
rockfish (north and south of 40° 10′ N.
lat.), Dover sole, English sole, petrale
sole, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, and Other Flatfish. While the
preferred Amendment 21 allocations of
these species do not differ significantly
from status quo ad hoc allocations made
biennially, there is more certainty in
future trawl harvest opportunities,
which enables better business planning
for participants in the rationalized
fishery. This is the main purpose for the
Amendment 21 actions.
Based on ex-vessel revenue
projections, Table 4–18 (ISA DEIS)
shows the potential 2010 yield to trawl
and non-trawl (including recreational)
sectors under the Amendment 21
alternatives and the potential 2010
value of alternative trawl allocations.
Under the status quo option Alternative
1, the projected ex-vessel value of the
trawl allocation is $56 million while the
projected ex-vessel value of the
Council’s preferred alternative is $54
million, indicating a potential increase
to the non-trawl sectors and a potential
decrease to the trawl sector.
In addition to the species above,
halibut would also be specifically
allocated to the trawl fishery. The
proposed regulations include a halibut
trawl bycatch reduction program in
phases to provide sufficient time to
establish a baseline of trawl halibut
bycatch and for harvesters to explore
methods (e.g., adjustments to time and/
or area fished, gear modifications) to
reduce halibut bycatch and bycatch
mortality. Pacific halibut are currently
not allowed to be retained in any U.S.
or Canadian trawl fisheries per the
policy of the IPHC. The Council’s intent
on setting a total catch limit of Pacific
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
halibut in Area 2A trawl fisheries is to
limit the bycatch and progressively
reduce the bycatch to provide more
benefits to directed halibut fisheries.
The program establishes a limit for total
Pacific halibut bycatch mortality (legalsized and sublegal fish) through the use
of an individual bycatch quota in the
trawl fishery. The initial amount for the
first four years of the trawl
rationalization program would be
calculated by taking 15 percent of the
Area 2A Total Constant Exploitation
Yield (CEY) as set by the IPHC for the
previous year, not to exceed 130,000 lbs
per year for total mortality. For example,
if the trawl rationalization program
went into effect in 2013, the trawl
halibut IBQ would be set at 15 percent
of the Area 2A CEY adopted for 2012 or
130,000 lbs per year, whichever is less,
for each year from 2013 through 2016
(years 1 through 4 of the program).
Beginning with the fifth year of
implementation, the maximum amount
set aside for the trawl rationalization
program would be reduced to 100,000
lbs per year for total mortality. This
amount may be adjusted through the
biennial specifications process for
future years.
Currently there are no total catch
limits of Pacific halibut specified for the
west coast trawl fishery. Trawl bycatch
of Pacific halibut, therefore, does not
limit the trawl fishery. A phased in,
halibut bycatch reduction program,
would provide sufficient time to
establish a baseline of trawl halibut
bycatch under the new rationalization
program and for harvesters to explore
methods (e.g., adjustments to time and/
or area fished, gear modifications) to
reduce both halibut bycatch and bycatch
mortality. By limiting the bycatch of
Pacific halibut in the LE trawl fisheries,
Amendment 21 would control bycatch
and could provide increased benefits to
Washington, Oregon, and California
fishermen targeting Pacific halibut.
Reducing the trawl limit would also
provide more halibut to those who
participate in the directed tribal,
commercial and recreational halibut
fisheries.
Effects of Amendment 20—Trawl
Rationalization
An overall comprehensive model that
simultaneously captures changes in
fishermens’ behavior, changes in the
markets, and changes in communities
was not feasible because of lack of data
and empirical analyses that show
needed relationships. Instead, a set of
models designed to focus on specific
issues was developed. For example,
models were used to: analyze the effects
of the initial allocation of QS in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
trawl IFQ program; project geographic
shifts in fishery patterns; and illustrate
the potential for reducing bycatch,
increasing target catch, and increasing
revenues. To illustrate the benefits of
the IFQ program, a model projecting the
expected amount of fleet consolidation
in the shorebased non-whiting fishery
was developed. This model illustrated
the potential for the fleet to reduce
bycatch and potentially increase the
amount of target species harvested. This
model was primarily based on bycatch
reduction experiences in the Pacific
whiting fishery and under an Exempted
Fishing Permit carried out in the
arrowtooth flounder fishery. The model
accounted for the fact that trawlers
harvest many species (multiple
outputs). The model also used fish
ticket data and the data from the
recently completed West Coast Limited
Entry Cost Earnings Survey sponsored
by the NMFS Northwest Fisheries
Science Center. (For the other sectors,
similar models could not be developed
because the appropriate cost data was
unavailable.)
Estimates of potential economic
benefits were generated based on the
predicted harvesting practices from the
first step analysis. Because the west
coast non-whiting groundfish fishery is
not a derby fishery, it is expected that
economic benefits will come through
cost reductions and increased access to
target species that arise from
modifications in fishing behavior
(overfished species avoidance). The key
output of this analysis was an estimate
of post-rationalization equilibrium
harvesting cost.
Changes in harvesting costs can arise
from three sources. First, the total fixed
costs incurred by the groundfish trawl
fleet change as the size of the fleet
changes. Since many limited entry
trawlers incur annual fixed costs of at
least $100,000, reductions in fleet size
can result in substantial cost savings. In
other words, a fewer number of vessels
in the fishery will lead to decreased
costs through a decrease in annual fixed
costs. Second, costs may change as
fishery participation changes and no
longer incur diseconomies of scope
(such as the costs of frequently
switching gear for participating in
multiple fisheries). Third, costs may
change as vessels are able to buy and
sell quota to take advantage of
economies of scale and operate at the
minimum point on their long-run
average cost curve (i.e. the strategy that
minimizes the cost of harvesting).
The major conclusions of this model
suggested that (with landings held at
2004 levels), the current groundfish fleet
(non-whiting component) which
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78367
consisted of 117 vessels in 2004, will be
reduced by roughly 50 percent to 66
percent, or 40–60 vessels under an IFQ
program. The reduction in fleet size
implies cost savings of $18–$22 million
for the year 2004 (most recent year of
the data). Vessels that remain active
will, on average, be more cost efficient
and will benefit from economies of scale
that are currently unexploited under
controlled access regulations in the
fishery. The cost savings estimates are
significant, amounting to approximately
half of the costs incurred currently,
suggesting that IFQ management may be
an attractive option for the Pacific coast
groundfish fishery. Assuming a 10
percent annual return to the vessel
capital investment, estimates indicate
that the 2004 groundfish fleet incurred
a total cost of $39 million. The PacFIN
data indicate fleetwide revenue (this
includes groundfish, crab, and other
species) at roughly $36 million in 2004,
and, therefore, fleet wide losses of about
$3 million occurred in 2004. Based on
a lower 5 percent return to vessel
capital, the results suggest that the
groundfish fleet merely broke even in
2004; i.e., dockside revenues were offset
by the fleetwide harvesting costs. The
results also suggest a switch from the
current controlled access management
program to IFQs could yield a
significant increase in resource rents in
the Pacific coast groundfish fishery. For
instance, the analysis finds that the
2004 groundfish catch generated zero
resource rent. Instead, it could have
yielded a substantial positive rent of
about $14 million.
As the model was based on the 2004
fishery, it may be useful to show current
trends in the fishery. In 2004, the
shorebased non-whiting trawl fishery
generated about $21 million in
groundfish ex-vessel revenues (inflation
adjusted). But according to cost
estimates discussed above, this fishery
was at best breaking even or perhaps
suffering a loss of up to $2 million.
Since 2004, shorebased non-whiting
trawl fisheries have increased their
revenues to about $30 million. The
increase in shorebased revenues have
come from increased landings of flatfish
and sablefish and significant increase in
sablefish ex-vessel prices. Sablefish now
accounts for almost 40 percent of the
trawl fleet’s revenues. While revenues
were increasing, so were fuel prices.
Fuel costs now account for
approximately 30 to 40 percent of the
vessels’ revenues. The average 2005–
2009 revenues were about $27 million,
or 29 percent greater than 2004. The
average 2005–2009 fuel price was about
$2.81 per gallon, 70 percent greater than
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78368
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
that of 2004. Therefore, it appears that
the profitability of the 2009 fishery may
not be that much improved over that of
2004.
Ex-vessel revenues for the nonwhiting sector of the limited entry trawl
fishery are projected to be
approximately $30–40 million per year
under the preferred alternative,
compared to $22–25 million under the
no action alternative. These projections
yield a potential range in increased
revenues of 20 to 80 percent. This
revenue increase is expected to occur in
a rationalized fishery, because target
species quotas can be more fully
utilized. Currently, in the non-whiting
sector, cumulative landing limits for
target species have to be set lower
because the bycatch of overfished
species cannot be directly controlled.
Introducing accountability at the
individual vessel level by means of IFQs
provides a strong incentive for bycatch
avoidance (because of the actual or
implicit cost of quota needed to cover
bycatch species) and prevents the
bycatch of any one vessel from affecting
the harvest opportunities of others. In
addition, under the preferred
alternative, the non-whiting sector
would have control over harvest timing
over the whole calendar year. Nonwhiting harvesters currently operate
under 2-month cumulative landing
limits, which allow greater flexibility in
terms of harvest timing between 2month periods but less flexibility within
periods (because any difference between
actual limits and the period limit cannot
be carried over to the next period). In
contrast, under the IFQ program
harvesters will have control over harvest
timing over the whole calendar year.
However, in terms of any influence on
price, this increased flexibility is
unlikely to have a noticeable effect.
Finally, the ability for vessels managed
under IFQs to use other types of legal
groundfish gear could allow some
increases in revenue by targeting highervalue line or pot gear caught fish. This
opportunity would mainly relate to
sablefish, which are caught in deeper
water, rather than nearshore species
where state level regulatory constraints
apply.
Costs for the non-whiting sector of the
limited entry trawl fishery are expected
to decrease under the preferred
alternative because of productivity gains
related to fleet consolidation.
Productivity gains would be achieved
through lower capital requirements and
a move to more efficient vessels.
Operating costs for the non-whiting
sector are predicted to decrease by as
much as 60 percent annually. Based on
estimates of current costs, this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
percentage decrease represents a $13.8
million cost reduction relative to the no
action alternative.
The accumulation limits considered
under the preferred alternative are not
expected to introduce cost inefficiencies
in the non-whiting sector, provided that
current prices and harvest volumes do
not decrease. However, the preferred
alternative would impose new costs on
the non-whiting sector that would not
be incurred under the no action
alternative. First, a landings fee of up to
3 percent of the ex-vessel value of fish
harvested would be assessed under the
preferred alternative to recover
management costs, such as maintenance
of the system of QS accounts. Second,
new at-sea observer requirements would
be introduced, and vessels would have
to pay the costs of complying with these
requirements, estimated at $500 a day if
independent contractors are hired. The
daily observer cost could place a
disproportionate adverse economic
burden on small businesses because
such costs would comprise a larger
portion of small vessels costs than that
of larger vessels.
The increase in profits that
commercial harvesters are expected to
experience under the preferred
alternative may render them better able
to sustain the costs of complying with
the new reporting and monitoring
requirements. The improved harvesting
cost efficiency under the preferred
alternative may allow the non-whiting
sector to realize profits of $14–23
million compared to $0 or less under
the no action alternative. In addition, a
provision that allows vessels managed
under the IFQ program to use other legal
gear (gear switching) would allow
sablefish allocated to the trawl sector to
be sold at a higher price per pound,
possibly contributing to increased
profits. The imposition of accumulation
limits could reduce the expected
increase in the profitability of the nonwhiting sector by restricting the amount
of expected cost savings, and the costs
of at-sea observers may reduce profits by
about $2.2 million, depending on the fee
structure. However, the profits earned
by the non-whiting sector would still be
substantially higher under the preferred
alternative than under the no action
alternative.
New entrants are likely to face a
barrier to entry in the Pacific coast
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery in
the form of the cost of acquiring QS (or
a coop share in the case of the at-sea
whiting sector). This disadvantages
them in comparison to those entities
that receive an initial allocation of
harvest privileges. Small entities may be
particularly disadvantaged to the degree
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that they may find it more difficult to
finance such quota purchases. Among
the goals the Council identified for the
adaptive management program was to
use the reserved non-whiting QS to
facilitate new entry into the fishery. In
addition, the Council identified, as a
trailing action, a framework to allow the
establishment and implementation of
Community Fishing Associations as part
of the adaptive management program.
These entities could facilitate entry into
the fishery by leasing QS at below
market rates, thereby leveling the
playing field in terms of costs between
initial recipients of QS and new
entrants.
The incremental effects of the
preferred alternative on buyers and
processors of trawl caught groundfish
are detailed in Sections 4.9–4.10 of the
Rationalization of the Amendment 20
Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry
Trawl Fishery DEIS. Even though
processors may have to pay fishermen
higher ex-vessel prices, processors may
see cost savings under the preferred
alternative to the degree that
rationalization allows greater processors
and fishermen greater ability to plan the
timing, location, and species mix of
landings. Processors could use current
plant capacity more efficiently, because
available information suggests that
processing facilities are currently
underutilized. Fleet consolidation in the
non-whiting sector could also provide
cost savings for processors if landings
occur in fewer locations, thereby
reducing the need for facilities and/or
transport. The preferred alternative
would also impose new costs on
processors that would not be incurred
under the no action alternative.
Processors would be required to pay
some or all of the costs of plant
monitors, who would verify landings.
Similar to at-sea observers, these
monitors would be independent
contractors rather than direct employees
of the processing firm.
In the non-whiting processing
industry, harvest volumes may increase
because of a decrease in constraining
species bycatch and a subsequent
increase in under-utilized target species
catch. This boost in target species catch
may increase utilization of processing
capital and processing activity. (It
should be noted that if under the
current system bycatch has been
underreported, with 100 percent
observer coverage under the new
system, the gains in increased target
catches may be less than expected.)
Consequently, the possibility of capital
consolidation in the non-whiting
shorebased sector may be less than in
the shore-based whiting sector.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
However, shifts in the distribution of
landings across ports as a result of fleet
consolidation, industry agglomeration,
and the comparative advantage of ports
(a function of bycatch rates in the waters
constituting the operational area for the
port, differences in infrastructure, and
other factors) could lead to
consolidation in processing activity at a
localized or regional scale and an
expansion in processing activity
elsewhere. To mitigate harm to
adversely impacted non-whiting
shoreside processors, the adaptive
management program provides a
mechanism to distribute non-whiting
QS to processors, thereby ensuring that
some processors receive greater landings
of groundfish than would otherwise be
the case.
As noted above, the preferred
alternative may reduce the power of
non-whiting shoreside processors to
negotiate ex-vessel prices with
harvesters. The larger harvest volume
due to bycatch avoidance may lower
processor average costs, which could
offset the negative effects on nonwhiting shoreside processors of a shift
in bargaining power. In addition, QS
could be purchased by processors over
the long term, thereby increasing
processors’ negotiation power. However,
the accumulation limits included in the
preferred alternative would limit the
ability of processors to purchase
substantial quantities of QS.
Alternatively, the adaptive management
provision could be used to allocate QS
to non-whiting shoreside processors,
thereby providing them additional
leverage when negotiating terms with
harvesters.
The allocation of 20 percent of the
initial shorebased whiting QS to the
shoreside processor portion of the
groundfish fishery would give these
processors more influence in
negotiations over ex-vessel prices and
would tend to offset the gains in
bargaining power for harvesters. For
example, a processor could use QS to
induce a harvester that is short of quota
pounds for a Pacific whiting trip to
make deliveries under specified
conditions and prices. However,
because of a reduction in peak harvest
volume, fewer processing companies
and/or facilities may be necessary to
handle harvest volumes of Pacific
whiting, meaning some companies may
find themselves without enough
product to continue justifying
processing operations of Pacific whiting.
Revenues from harvesting and
processing trawl-caught groundfish are
expected to increase. Revenues in the
non-whiting trawl sector are projected
to increase by 20 to 80 percent in a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
rationalized fishery, depending on
bycatch rate reductions and stock status.
Revenue increases are mainly expected
because under rationalized fisheries,
target species quotas can be more fully
utilized. Currently, in the non-whiting
sector, cumulative landing limits for
target species have to be set lower
because the bycatch of overfished
species cannot be directly controlled.
Introducing accountability at the
individual vessel level provides a strong
incentive for bycatch avoidance
(because of the actual or implicit cost of
quota needed to cover bycatch species)
and prevents the bycatch of any one
vessel from affecting the harvest
opportunity of others. Whiting fisheries
are more directly managed through
quotas, and in recent years, by limits on
bycatch. Beginning in 2009, bycatch
limits have been established for each of
the three whiting sectors. For the shorebased and mothership whiting sectors,
the fishery can potentially close before
the whiting allocation is fully harvested
because a bycatch cap is reached. (The
catcher-processor sector currently
operates as a voluntary co-op and is
therefore better able to coordinate
harvest strategy to avoid reaching
bycatch limits.) However, in general, the
whiting sectors have been able to
harvest their sector allocations. Whiting
vessels could increase revenues due to
improved product recovery as a result of
the ability to better control harvest
timing. As mentioned above, the ability
for vessels managed under IFQs to use
other types of legal groundfish gear
could allow some increases in revenue
by targeting higher-value line or pot gear
caught fish.
Harvester and possibly processor
costs are expected to decrease because
of productivity gains related to fleet
consolidation. Cost savings would be
due to lower capital requirements and a
move to more efficient vessels in the
non-whiting sector. Costs are predicted
to decrease by as much as 60 percent
annually, which based on estimates of
current operating costs would represent
a $13.8 million decrease. Similar levels
of consolidation are expected for
shorebased and mothership catcher
vessels. Proposed mitigation measures
could reduce these costs savings. For
example, a 1 percent quota share
accumulation limit could reduce cost
savings by as much as 20 percent. But
the accumulation limits considered in
the alternatives are not expected to
introduce higher costs at current prices
and harvest volume. The proposed
action would introduce some new costs.
First, up to 3 percent of the value of
landings may be assessed to cover
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78369
administrative and management costs.
Second, new at-sea observer
requirements would be introduced and
vessels would have to pay the cost,
estimated at $350–$500 a day.
Processors may see cost-savings to the
degree that rationalization allows
greater control over the timing and
location of landings. Processors could
use current plant capacity more
efficiently, because available
information suggests that processing
facilities are currently underutilized.
Fleet consolidation could also drive
some cost savings on the part of
processors if landings occur in fewer
locations. This would reduce the need
for facilities and/or transport. Under the
proposed action, processors would be
required to pay the costs of plant
monitors, who would verify landings.
These monitors would not be directly
employed by the processing firm but,
similar to at-sea observers, be
independent contractors.
Rationalization of the groundfish
trawl sector is expected to free up
capital and labor because of increases in
productivity. (Since the basic input,
trawl-caught fish, is subject to an
underlying constraint due to biological
productivity, increases in labor and
capital productivity are expected to
reduce the amount of those inputs
needed.) However, from a national net
benefit perspective these effects are
neutral since capital and labor can be
put to some productive use elsewhere in
the broader economy. Also, current
groundfish fishery participants that
receive QS (trawl limited entry trawl
permit holders and eligible shoreside
processors) are compensated to the
degree that the asset value of the QS
covers capital losses.
The Amendment 20 DEIS IRFA
presents an explicit range of costs based
on different daily observer cost rates.
What follows is a summary of those
estimates—these estimates are focused
on the shorebased non-whiting fishery
so that it is compared to the results of
the NWFSC economic model of this
fishery. After a transition period, for the
shorebased fishery, the initial estimates
of the annual federal and state agency
costs to run this program are about
$5 million; and after the transition
period, these costs could fall to $4.0
million. Based on the observer cost of
$500 per day, the annual costs to the
vessel of observer monitoring is about
$4 million. Based on $350 per day, the
annual costs of compliance monitors is
just over $1 million. These figures add
up to about $10 million. From a costbenefit viewpoint, if consolidation leads
to $14 million savings from reduced
harvesting costs and the new program
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78370
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
increases the tracking and monitoring
costs of $10 million, there is a projected
net gain of about $4 million. These
estimates do not take into account
expectations that agency, observer and
compliance costs are likely to be
reduced due to consolidation or the
expected increases in revenues
discussed above. Better planning by the
industry and companies that provide
the observers and compliance monitors
should further reduce costs. Recent
analyses developed for the North Pacific
Fishery Management Council and for
the New England Fishery Management
Council were reviewed. The New
England Council analysis includes
observer cost estimates associated with
the Canadian Pacific Groundfish fishery.
Based on a review of these analyses, a
daily observer rate of $350 a day is
feasible. If so, the annual shoreside nonwhiting costs of observers and catch
monitors will add up to about $3.5
million. (For purposes of implementing
the observer and catch monitoring
reimbursement program, NMFS is
continuing to research what is the
appropriate daily rate.)
In contrast to the shoreside nonwhiting fishery, the effect of the
preferred alternative on revenues and
costs in the whiting sector of the limited
entry trawl fishery can only be
discussed qualitatively, as there is no
economic model because of lack of cost
data. The lower motivation to ‘‘race for
fish’’ due to coop harvest privileges is
expected to result in improved product
quality, slower-paced harvest activity,
increased yield (which should increase
ex-vessel prices), and enhanced
flexibility and ability for business
planning. The overall effect of these
changes would be higher revenues and
profits for harvesters in the shoreside
and mothership portions of the whiting
fishery in comparison to the no action
alternative. Under the preferred
alternative, some consolidation may
occur in the shoreside and mothership
sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery,
though the magnitude of consolidation
is expected to be less than in the nonwhiting sector. The existing catcherprocessor coop would continue under
the preferred alternative, with effects on
the catcher-processor sector that look
similar, or identical, to those of the no
action alternative. However, the change
from a vessel-based limit under
Amendment 15 to the permit-based
limit of Amendment 21 will provide
additional flexibility that currently does
not exist in the catcher-processor
fishery. Using estimates of $350 per day
for observers and compliance monitors,
the total annual costs of observers and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
catch monitors for the whiting sector
(shoreside harvesters, processors,
mothership processors, mothership
catcher vessels, and catcher-processors)
is about $1.5 million. Additional agency
costs associated with managing these
whiting fisheries are included in the
estimates provided in the above
discussion on shorebased non-whiting
costs.
This rule regulates businesses that
harvest groundfish and processors that
wish to process limited entry trawl
groundfish. Under the RFA, the term
‘‘small entities’’ includes small
businesses, small organizations, and
small governmental jurisdictions. For
small businesses, the SBA has
established size criteria for all major
industry sectors in the U.S., including
fish harvesting and fish processing
businesses. A business involved in fish
harvesting is a small business if it is
independently owned and operated and
not dominant in its field of operation
(including its affiliates) and if it has
combined annual receipts not in excess
of $4.0 million for all its affiliated
operations worldwide. A seafood
processor is a small business if it is
independently owned and operated, not
dominant in its field of operation, and
employs 500 or fewer persons on a full
time, part time, temporary, or other
basis, at all its affiliated operations
worldwide. A business involved in both
the harvesting and processing of seafood
products is a small business if it meets
the $4.0 million criterion for fish
harvesting operations. A wholesale
business servicing the fishing industry
is a small business if it employs 100 or
fewer persons on a full time, part time,
temporary, or other basis, at all its
affiliated operations worldwide. For
marinas and charter/party boats, a small
business is one with annual receipts not
in excess of $7.0 million. The RFA
defines a small organization as any
nonprofit enterprise that is
independently owned and operated and
is not dominant in its field. The RFA
defines small governmental
jurisdictions as governments of cities,
counties, towns, townships, villages,
school districts, or special districts with
populations of less than 50,000.
NMFS makes the following
conclusions based primarily on analyses
associated with fish ticket data and
limited entry permit data, available
employment data provided by
processors, information on the
charterboat and tribal fleets, and
available industry responses to on-going
surveys on ownership. Entities were
analyzed as to whether they were only
affected by the Amendment 21
allocation processes (non-trawl), or if
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
they were affected by both Amendments
20 and 21 (trawl).
The non-trawl businesses are
associated with the following fleets:
Limited entry fixed gear (approximately
150 companies), open access groundfish
(1,100), charterboats (465), and the tribal
fleet (four tribes with 66 vessels).
Available information on average
revenue per vessel suggests that all the
entities in this group can be considered
small.
For the trawl sector, there are 177
permit holders. Nine limited entry trawl
permits are associated with the catcherprocessing vessels which are considered
‘‘large’’ companies. Of the remaining 168
limited entry permits, 25 limited entry
trawl permits are either owned or
closely associated with a ‘‘large’’ shorebased processing company or with a
non-profit organization who considers
itself a ‘‘large’’ organization. Nine other
permit owners indicated that they were
large ‘‘companies.’’ Almost all of these
companies are associated with the
shorebased and mothership whiting
fisheries. The remaining 134 limited
entry trawl permits are projected to be
held by ‘‘small’’ companies. Three of the
six mothership processors are ‘‘large’’
companies. Within the 14 shorebased
whiting first receivers/processors, there
are four ‘‘large’’ companies. Including
the shorebased whiting first receivers, in
2008, there were 75 first receivers that
purchased limited entry trawl
groundfish. There were 36 small
purchasers (less than $150,000); 26
medium purchasers (purchases greater
than $150,000 but less than $1,000,000);
and 13 large purchasers (purchases
greater than $1.0 million). Because of
the costs of obtaining a ‘‘processor site
license,’’ procuring and scheduling a
catch monitor, and installing and using
the electronic fish ticket software, these
‘‘small’’ purchasers will likely opt out of
buying groundfish, or make
arrangements to purchase fish from
another company that has obtained a
processing site license.
NMFS received several comments that
concerned the burdens and effects on
small businesses and on small
communities, but not specifically on the
IRFA. These include comments about
the burden of paperwork and costs of
the program on small businesses and
small communities; that NMFS should
minimize and mitigate impacts on small
businesses and small communities; that
the program should not result in an
unfair allocation between the states; that
the program should be designed to
result in an even consolidation between
states and between the sectors (nonwhiting shorebased IFQ, whiting
shorebased IFQ, mothership sector, and
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
catcher/processor sector) and that the
program should not benefit large
businesses at the expense of small
businesses.
NMFS responded to similar
comments in the final initial issuance
rule (75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010) on
the impacts on small businesses. In
particular, concerns were raised about
negative impacts on smaller boats,
deckhands, and smaller boats; that
program costs to fishermen, including
the costs of entering the fishery and the
costs of observers and monitoring are
too high; that observer rules need to
change for trawl and small boats to
reflect the vastly different bycatch
which occurs when mistakes are made;
about the impact of the allocation
formulas on Fort Bragg fishermen;
concern that average fishermen will not
be able to afford to participate and that
this will lead to increased consolidation
and leave many ports no longer viable;
about negative impacts on processors,
that small processors will be driven out
of business due to consolidation; and
that it will eliminate the ‘‘mom and pop
businesses.’’
NMFS has responded to these
comments in detail in the final initial
issuance rule. The overall general nature
of NMFS’ response is applicable to the
comments associated with this rule. In
terms of impacts on small businesses,
the trawl rationalization program is
intended to increase net economic
benefits, create economic stability,
provide full utilization of the trawl
sector allocation, consider
environmental impacts, and promote
conservation through individual
accountability for catch and bycatch.
The allocations of quota under the new
program do not differ significantly from
status quo allocations made biennially
in terms of total allocations. However,
instead of fleetwide quotas, there will
now be individual allocations of quota
shares and quota pounds to permit
owners. Allocations of overfished
species constrain all groundfish
fishermen, for both large and small
operations. In some cases, smaller
operators may be constrained to a
greater extent. This was recognized in
development of the program, and
operators are encouraged to work
together cooperatively, through
mechanisms like combining and sharing
quota amounts. The program provides
for leasing of additional quota as needed
to facilitate operations. The program
includes provisions that would have a
beneficial impact on small entities. It
would create a management program
under which most recent participants in
the Pacific Coast groundfish limited
entry trawl fishery (many of which are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
small entities) would be eligible to
continue participating in the fishery and
under which the fishery itself would
experience an increase in economic
profitability. Small entities choosing to
exit the fishery should receive financial
compensation from selling their permit
or share of the resource. To prevent a
particular individual, corporation, or
other entity from acquiring an excessive
share of the total harvest privileges in
the program, accumulation limits would
restrict the amount of harvest privileges
that can be held, acquired, or used by
individuals and vessels. In addition, for
the shoreside sector of the fishery, an
AMP was created to mitigate any
adverse impacts, including impacts on
small entities and communities that
might result from the program.
It is expected that the shorebased IFQ
fishery will lead to consolidation and
this may affect small processors,
particularly if they are in disadvantaged
ports. Chapter 4 of the FEIS analyzed
the effects on processors from various
perspectives: The distribution of
landings across west coast ports may
change as a result of fleet consolidation,
industry agglomeration, and the
comparative advantage of ports (a
function of bycatch rates in the waters
constituting the operational area for the
port, differences in infrastructure, and
other factors). In particular, the Council
analysis indicated that processors
associated with disadvantaged
communities may see trawl groundfish
volumes decline. The analysis
highlights that those processors
receiving landings from Central
California or Neah Bay may see a
reduction in trawl caught groundfish if
the market is able to redirect activity
toward more efficient and advantaged
ports. However, in addition to increased
landings that are expected to result from
the IFQ program, small processors and
disadvantaged communities may benefit
from the control limits, vessel limits,
and adaptive management policies.
Control limits will limit the ability of
large processors to obtain shares of the
fisheries while the adaptive
management processes will allow the
Council to consider the impacts on
small processors, and disadvantaged
communities when allocating the
adaptive management quota (10 percent
of the total non-whiting trawl quotas).
Although vessel accumulation limits
tend to lower economic efficiency and
restrict profitability for the average
vessel, they could help retain vessels in
communities because more vessels
would remain.
Another process by which small
processors and disadvantaged
communities may benefit from will be
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78371
the future development of CFAs. Some
of the potential benefits of CFAs
include: Ensuring access to the fishery
resource in a particular area or
community to benefit the local fishing
economy; enabling the formation of risk
pools and sharing monitoring and other
costs; ensuring that fish delivered to a
local area will benefit local processors
and businesses; providing a local source
of QSs for new entrants and others
wanting to increase their participation
in the fishery; increasing local
accountability and responsibility for the
resource; and benefiting other providers
and users of local fishery infrastructure.
In summary, the primary impacts of
this rule appear to be on shoreside
processors which are a mix of large and
small processors, and on shorebased
trawlers which are also a mix of large
and small companies. The non-whiting
shorebased trawlers are currently
operating at a loss or at best are
‘‘breaking even.’’ The new
rationalization program would lead to
profitability, but only with a reduction
of about 50 percent of the fleet. This
program would lead to major changes in
the fishery. To help mitigate against
these changes, as discussed above, the
agency has announced its intent, subject
to available Federal funding, that
participants would initially be
responsible for 10 percent of the cost of
hiring observers and catch monitors.
The industry proportion of the costs of
hiring observers and catch monitors
would be increased every year so that by
2014, once the fishery has transitioned
to the rationalization program, the
industry would be responsible for 100
percent of the cost of hiring the
observers and catch monitors. NMFS
believes that an incrementally reduced
subsidy to industry funding would
enhance the observer and catch monitor
program’s stability, ensure 100 percent
observer and catch monitor coverage,
and facilitate the industries’ successful
transition to the new quota system. In
addition, to help mitigate against
negative impacts of this program, the
Council has adopted an Adaptive
Management Program where starting in
year 3 of the program, 10 percent of
non-whiting QS would be set aside
every year to address community
impacts and industry transition needs.
After reviewing the initial effects of IFQ
programs in other parts of the world, the
council had placed a short term QS
trading prohibition so that fishermen
can learn from their experiences and not
make premature sales of their QS. The
Council is also envisioning future
regulatory processes that would allow
community fisheries associations to be
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78372
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
established to help aid communities and
fishermen.
NMFS has taken a hard look at the
reporting burden of the program and we
believe we have reduced the burden on
small businesses to the extent possible.
The reporting requirements are
necessary. With respect to the effects on
the States including industry
consolidation effects, NMFS
acknowledges that this program has
different impacts on different states and
on different communities. This
rulemaking does not set up an allocation
scheme. As mentioned above, one of the
potential purposes of the Adaptive
Management Program is to address
differential impacts upon communities
and thus the states.
Section 212 of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 states that, for each rule or group
of related rules for which an agency is
required to prepare a FRFA, the agency
shall publish one or more guides to
assist small entities in complying with
the rule, and shall designate such
publications as ‘‘small entity compliance
guides.’’ The agency shall explain the
actions a small entity is required to take
to comply with a rule or group of rules.
As part of this rulemaking process, a
small entity compliance guide (the
guide) was prepared. Copies of this final
rule are available from the Northwest
Regional Office and the guide will be
sent to all permit owners for the fishery.
The guide and this final rule will also
be available on the Northwest Regional
Office Web site (see ADDRESSES) and
upon request.
This final rule contains a collectionof-information requirement subject to
the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) and
which has been approved by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB)
under control numbers 0648–0271
(Northwest Region Logbook Family of
Forms), 0648–0573 (Expanded Vessel
Monitoring System Requirement for the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery),
0648–0593 (NMFS Observer Programs’
Information That Can be Gathered Only
Through Questions), 0648–0618 (West
Coast Groundfish Trawl Economic
Data), 0648–0620 (Pacific Coast
Groundfish Trawl—permits and
licenses), and 0648–0619 (Northwest
Region Groundfish Trawl Fishery
Monitoring and Catch Accounting
Program). Public reporting burden for
the Economic Data Collection survey is
estimated to average 8 hours per
response (268 responses). Public
reporting burden for QS Permit Renewal
Application is estimated to average 0.33
hours per response (120 responses),
First Receiver Site License Initial
Issuance/Renewal Application is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
estimated to average 0.5 hours per
response (80 responses), MS Renewal
Application is estimated to average 0.33
hours per response (6 responses), MS
Transfer Application is estimated to
average 0.5 hours per response (3
responses), C/P Coop Permit Transfer
Application is estimated to average 3
hours per response (1 response), MS
Coop Permit Application is estimated to
average 3 hours per response (1
response), Change in vessel fishing for
coop form is estimated to average 0.33
hours per response (3 responses),
Material Change form is estimated to
average 2 hours per response (3
responses), MS Withdrawal/Mutual
Exception form is estimated to average
2 hours per response (2 responses),
Ownership Interest Form Renewal is
estimated to average 0.5 hours per
response (156 responses), Ownership
Interest Form Transfer, is estimated to
average 0.5 hours per response (20
responses), Vessel Account Registration
(Initial) is estimated to average 0.5 hours
per response (120 responses), Vessel
Account Registration (ongoing) is
estimated to average 0.5 hours per
response (10 responses), Vessel Account
Renewal (annual) is estimated to
average 0.33 hour per response (30
responses), QS Account Registration is
estimated to average 1 hour per
response (1 response), QS/QP transfer
from QS account to vessel account is
estimated to average 0.25 hours per
response (180 responses), QP Transfer
from vessel account to vessel account is
estimated to average 0.25 hours per
response (600 responses), Transaction
Dispute Request is estimated to average
1 hour per response (10 responses).
Public reporting burden for the catch
monitor providers, Application
preparation & submission is estimated
to average 10 hours per response (3
responses), Training registration is
estimated to average 1 hour per
response (3 responses), Exit Interview
registration is estimated to average 10
minutes per response (3 responses),
Appeals—written response and
submission is estimated to average 4
hours per response (1 response). Public
reporting burden for the catch monitors
application appeals—written response &
submission is estimated to average 4
hours per response (5 responses). Public
reporting burden for the catch
monitoring plans, Preparation &
submission is estimated to average 4
hours per response (80 responses),
Inspection is estimated to average 2
hours per response (80 response),
inseason scale testing is estimated to
average 1 hour per response (80
responses), reports are estimated to
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
average 10 minutes per response (2,400
responses). Public reporting burden for
electronic fish tickets is estimated to
average 10 minutes per response (400
responses). Public reporting burden for
the changes to the declaration reporting
system (OMB Control No. 0648–0573)
and the changes to the observer program
(OMB Control No. 0648–0593) are not
expected to change the public reporting
burden. Public reporting burden for the
changes to the cease fishing report for
the at-sea whiting fisheries (OMB
Control No. 0648–0271) will reduce the
public reporting burden. These
estimates include the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection information.
Send comments on these or any other
aspects of the collection of information
to NMFS, Northwest Region, at the
ADDRESSES section above; and to OMB
by e-mail to
OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov; or fax
to 202–395–7285.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, and no person shall be
subject to penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB control number.
NMFS issued Biological Opinions
under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) on August 10, 1990, November
26, 1991, August 28, 1992, September
27, 1993, May 14, 1996, and December
15, 1999 pertaining to the effects of the
Pacific Coast groundfish FMP fisheries
on Chinook salmon (Puget Sound,
Snake River spring/summer, Snake
River fall, upper Columbia River spring,
lower Columbia River, upper Willamette
River, Sacramento River winter, Central
Valley spring, California coastal), coho
salmon (Central California coastal,
southern Oregon/northern California
coastal), chum salmon (Hood Canal
summer, Columbia River), sockeye
salmon (Snake River, Ozette Lake), and
steelhead (upper, middle and lower
Columbia River, Snake River Basin,
upper Willamette River, central
California coast, California Central
Valley, south/central California,
northern California, southern
California). These biological opinions
have concluded that implementation of
the FMP for the Pacific Coast groundfish
fishery was not expected to jeopardize
the continued existence of any
endangered or threatened species under
the jurisdiction of NMFS, or result in
the destruction or adverse modification
of critical habitat.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
NMFS reinitiated a formal section 7
consultation under the ESA in 2005 for
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
fishery and the groundfish bottom trawl
fishery. The December 19, 1999,
Biological Opinion had defined an
11,000 Chinook incidental take
threshold for the Pacific whiting fishery.
During the 2005 Pacific whiting season,
the 11,000 fish Chinook incidental take
threshold was exceeded, triggering
reinitiation. Also in 2005, new data
from the West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program became available,
allowing NMFS to complete an analysis
of salmon take in the bottom trawl
fishery.
NMFS prepared a Supplemental
Biological Opinion dated March 11,
2006, which addressed salmon take in
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
and groundfish bottom trawl fisheries.
In its 2006 Supplemental Biological
Opinion, NMFS concluded that catch
rates of salmon in the 2005 whiting
fishery were consistent with
expectations considered during prior
consultations. Chinook bycatch has
averaged about 7,300 fish over the last
15 years and has only occasionally
exceeded the reinitiation trigger of
11,000 fish.
Since 1999, annual Chinook bycatch
has averaged about 8,450 fish. The
Chinook ESUs most likely affected by
the whiting fishery has generally
improved in status since the 1999
section 7 consultation. Although these
species remain at risk, as indicated by
their ESA listing, NMFS concluded that
the higher observed bycatch in 2005
does not require a reconsideration of its
prior ‘‘no jeopardy’’ conclusion with
respect to the fishery. For the
groundfish bottom trawl fishery, NMFS
concluded that incidental take in the
groundfish fisheries is within the
overall limits articulated in the
Incidental Take Statement of the 1999
Biological Opinion. The groundfish
bottom trawl limit from that opinion
was 9,000 fish annually. NMFS will
continue to monitor and collect data to
analyze take levels. NMFS also
reaffirmed its prior determination that
implementation of the Groundfish FMP
is not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any of the affected ESUs.
Lower Columbia River coho (70 FR
37160, June 28, 2005) were recently
listed and Oregon Coastal coho (73 FR
7816, February 11, 2008) were recently
relisted as threatened under the ESA.
The 1999 biological opinion concluded
that the bycatch of salmonids in the
Pacific whiting fishery were almost
entirely Chinook salmon, with little or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
21:04 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
no bycatch of coho, chum, sockeye, and
steelhead.
The Southern Distinct Population
Segment (DPS) of green sturgeon was
listed as threatened under the ESA (71
FR 17757, April 7, 2006). The southern
DPS of Pacific eulachon was listed as
threatened on March 18, 2010, under
the ESA (75 FR 13012). NMFS has
reinitiated consultation on the fishery,
including impacts on green sturgeon,
eulachon, marine mammals, and turtles.
After reviewing the available
information, NMFS has concluded that,
consistent with Sections 7(a)(2) and 7(d)
of the ESA, the proposed action would
not jeopardize any listed species, would
not adversely modify any designated
critical habitat, and would not result in
any irreversible or irretrievable
commitment of resources that would
have the effect of foreclosing the
formulation or implementation of any
reasonable and prudent alternative
measures.
Amendments 20 and 21 to the FMP
were developed after meaningful
consultation and collaboration, through
the Council process, with the tribal
representative on the Council. The
Amendments have no direct effect on
tribes; these proposed regulations were
deemed by the Council as ‘‘necessary or
appropriate’’ to implement the FMP as
amended.
78373
660.114, 660.140, 660.150, 660.160,
660.216, and 660.316; and revise the
entries for §§ 660.25 and 660.113.
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
§ 902.1 OMB control numbers assigned
pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
CFR part or section where
the information collection
requirement is located
*
50 CFR
*
Current OMB
control number
(all numbers
begin with
0648–)
*
*
*
*
*
660.13 ............................
660.14 ............................
660.16 ............................
660.17 ............................
660.25 ............................
660.113 ..........................
*
660.150 ..........................
660.160 ..........................
660.216 ..........................
*
*
–0573
–0573
–0593
–0619
–0203, –0620
–0271, –0573,
–0618, –0619
–0618
–0593, –0619,
–0620
–0593, –0620
–0593, –0620
–0593
*
*
*
660.316 ..........................
*
–0593
*
*
*
660.114 ..........................
660.140 ..........................
List of Subjects
15 CFR Part 902
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
*
50 CFR Part 660
*
*
Fisheries, Fishing, and Indian
fisheries.
50 CFR Chapter VI
Dated: December 1, 2010.
Samuel D. Rauch III,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
PART 660—FISHERIES OFF WEST
COAST STATES
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 15 CFR chapter IX and 50
CFR chapter VI are amended as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq., 16 U.S.C.
773 et seq., and 16 U.S.C. 7001 et seq.
■
3. The authority citation for part 660
is revised to read as follows:
■
15 CFR Chapter IX
PART 902—NOAA INFORMATION
COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS UNDER
THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT:
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
4. In § 660.11, the definitions for
‘‘Processing or to process’’ and
‘‘Processor’’ are revised to read as
follows:
§ 660.11
1. The authority citation for part 902
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
2. In § 902.1(b), in the table under the
entry ‘‘50 CFR’’, add new entries and
corresponding OMB numbers for
§§ 660.13, 660.14, 660.16, 660.17,
■
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
■
*
*
General definitions.
*
*
*
Processing or to process means the
preparation or packaging of groundfish
to render it suitable for human
consumption, retail sale, industrial uses
or long-term storage, including, but not
limited to, cooking, canning, smoking,
salting, drying, filleting, freezing, or
rendering into meal or oil, but does not
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78374
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mean heading and gutting unless
additional preparation is done. (Also see
an exception to certain requirements at
§ 660.131(a), subpart D pertaining to
Pacific whiting shoreside vessels 75-ft
(23-m) or less LOA that, in addition to
heading and gutting, remove the tails
and freeze catch at sea.)
(1) At-sea processing means
processing that takes place on a vessel
or other platform that floats and is
capable of being moved from one
location to another, whether shorebased or on the water.
(2) Shorebased processing or
processing means processing that takes
place at a facility that is permanently
fixed to land. (Also see the definition for
shoreside processing at § 660.140,
subpart D which defines shoreside
processing for the purposes of
qualifying for a Shorebased IFQ Program
QS permit.) For the purposes of
economic data collection in the
Shorebased IFQ Program, shorebased
processing means either of the
following:
(i) Any activity that takes place
shoreside; and that involves: Cutting
groundfish into smaller portions; or
freezing, cooking, smoking, drying
groundfish; or packaging that
groundfish for resale into 100 pound
units or smaller; for sale or distribution
into a wholesale or retail market.
(ii) The purchase and redistribution in
to a wholesale or retail market of live
groundfish from a harvesting vessel.
Processor means a person, vessel, or
facility that engages in commercial
processing; or receives live groundfish
directly from a fishing vessel for retail
sale without further processing. (Also
see the definition for processors at
§ 660.140, subpart D which defines
processor for the purposes of qualifying
for initial issuance of QS in the
Shorebased IFQ Program.)
(1) For the purposes of economic data
collection in the Shorebased IFQ
Program, shorebased processor means a
person that engages in commercial
processing, that is an operation working
on U.S. soil or permanently fixed to
land, that takes delivery of fish that has
not been subject to at-sea processing or
shorebased processing; and that
thereafter engages that particular fish in
shorebased processing; and excludes
retailers, such as grocery stores and
markets, which receive whole or headed
and gutted fish that are then filleted and
packaged for retail sale. At § 660.114(b),
trawl fishery—economic data collection
program, the definition of processor is
further refined to describe which
shorebased processors are required to
submit their economic data collection
forms.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
■ 5. In § 660.12, paragraph (e)(7) and
(e)(8) are revised, paragraph (f) is
redesignated as paragraph (g), and a new
paragraph (f) is added to read as follows:
*
§ 660.12
General groundfish prohibitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(7) Fail to provide departure or cease
fishing reports specified at §§ 660.140,
660.150, 660.160, subpart D; § 660.216,
subpart E; or § 660.316, subpart F.
(8) Fail to meet the vessel
responsibilities specified at §§ 660.140,
660.150, 660.160, subpart D; § 660.216,
subpart E; or § 660.316, subpart F.
(9) Fail to meet the observer provider
responsibilities specified at §§ 660.140,
660.150, 660.160, subpart D.
(f) Groundfish catch monitor program.
(1) Forcibly assault, resist, oppose,
impede, intimidate, harass, sexually
harass, bribe, or interfere with a catch
monitor.
(2) Interfere with or bias the
monitoring procedure employed by a
catch monitor, including either
mechanically or manually sorting or
discarding catch before it’s monitored.
(3) Tamper with, destroy, or discard a
catch monitor’s collected samples,
equipment, records, photographic film,
papers, or personal effects.
(4) Harass a catch monitor by conduct
that:
(i) Has sexual connotations,
(ii) Has the purpose or effect of
interfering with the catch monitor’s
work performance, and/or
(iii) Otherwise creates an
intimidating, hostile, or offensive
environment. In determining whether
conduct constitutes harassment, the
totality of the circumstances, including
the nature of the conduct and the
context in which it occurred, will be
considered. The determination of the
legality of a particular action will be
made from the facts on a case-by-case
basis.
(5) Receive, purchase, or take custody,
control, or possession of a delivery
without catch monitor coverage when
such coverage is required under
§ 660.140, subpart D.
(6) Fail to allow the catch monitor
unobstructed access to catch sorting,
processing, catch counting, catch
weighing, or electronic or paper fish
tickets.
(7) Fail to provide reasonable
assistance to the catch monitor.
(8) Require, pressure, coerce, or
threaten a catch monitor to perform
duties normally performed by
employees of the first receiver,
including, but not limited to duties
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
associated with the receiving of landing,
processing of fish, sorting of catch, or
the storage of the finished product.
(9) Fail to meet the catch monitor
provider responsibilities specified at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 6. In § 660.13, paragraph (d)(5)(iv)
introductory text, paragraph
(d)(5)(iv)(A) introductory text, and
paragraphs (d)(5)(iv)(A)(1) through (4),
and (6) through (8) are revised to read
as follows:
§ 660.13
Recordkeeping and reporting.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(5) * * *
(iv) Declaration reports will include:
The vessel name and/or identification
number, and gear type (as defined in
paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A) of this section).
Upon receipt of a declaration report,
NMFS will provide a confirmation code
or receipt to confirm that a valid
declaration report was received for the
vessel. Retention of the confirmation
code or receipt to verify that a valid
declaration report was filed and the
declaration requirement was met is the
responsibility of the vessel owner or
operator. Vessels using nontrawl gear
may declare more than one gear type
with the exception of vessels
participating in the Shorebased IFQ
Program (i.e. gear switching), however,
vessels using trawl gear may only
declare one of the trawl gear types listed
in paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A) of this section
on any trip and may not declare
nontrawl gear on the same trip in which
trawl gear is declared.
(A) One of the following gear types or
sectors must be declared:
(1) Limited entry fixed gear, not
including shorebased IFQ,
(2) Limited entry groundfish nontrawl, shorebased IFQ,
(3) Limited entry midwater trawl,
non-whiting shorebased IFQ,
(4) Limited entry midwater trawl,
Pacific whiting shorebased IFQ,
*
*
*
*
*
(6) Limited entry midwater trawl,
Pacific whiting mothership sector
(catcher vessel or mothership),
(7) Limited entry bottom trawl,
shorebased IFQ, not including demersal
trawl,
(8) Limited entry demersal trawl,
shorebased IFQ,
*
*
*
*
*
■ 7. In § 660.14, paragraph (b)(1) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.14 Vessel Monitoring System (VMS)
requirements.
*
*
*
(b) * * *
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(1) Any vessel registered for use with
a limited entry ‘‘A’’ endorsed permit
(i.e., not an MS permit) that fishes in
state or Federal waters seaward of the
baseline from which the territorial sea is
measured off the States of Washington,
Oregon or California (0–200 nm
offshore).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 8. Section 660.15 is revised to read as
follows:
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.15
Equipment requirements.
(a) Applicability. This section
contains the equipment and operational
requirements for scales used to weigh
catch at sea, scales used to weigh catch
at IFQ first receivers, computer
hardware for electronic fish ticket
software, and computer hardware for
electronic logbook software. Unless
otherwise specified by regulation, the
operator or manager must retain, for 3
years, a copy of all records described in
this section and make available the
records upon request of NMFS staff or
authorized officer.
(b) Scales used to weigh catch at
sea—performance and technical
requirements. (1) Scales approved by
NMFS for MS and C/P Coop Programs.
A scale used to weigh catch in the MS
and C/P Coop Programs must meet the
type evaluation and initial inspection
requirements set forth in 50 CFR
679.28(b)(1) and (2), and must be
approved by NMFS.
(2) Annual inspection. Once a scale is
installed on a vessel and approved by
NMFS for use, it must be inspected
annually as described in 50 CFR
679.28(b).
(3) Daily testing. Each scale must be
tested daily and meet the maximum
permissible error (MPE) requirements
described at described at paragraph
(b)(4) of this section.
(4) At-sea scale tests. To verify that
the scale meets the maximum
permissible errors (MPEs) specified in
this paragraph, the vessel operator must
ensure that vessel crew test each scale
used to weigh catch at least one time
during each 24-hour period when use of
the scale is required. The vessel owner
must ensure that these tests are
performed in an accurate and timely
manner.
(i) Belt scales. The MPE for the daily
at-sea scale test is plus or minus 3
percent of the known weight of the test
material. The scale must be tested by
weighing at least 400 kg (882 lb) of fish
or an alternative material supplied by
the scale manufacturer on the scale
under test. The known weight of the fish
or test material must be determined by
weighing it on a platform scale
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
approved for use under 50 CFR
679.28(b)(7).
(ii) Platform scales used for observer
sampling on MSs and C/Ps. A platform
scale used for observer sampling must
be tested at 10, 25, and 50 kg (or 20, 50,
and 100 lb if the scale is denominated
in pounds) using approved test weights.
The MPE for the daily at-sea scale test
is plus or minus 0.5 percent.
(iii) Approved test weights. Each test
weight must have its weight stamped on
or otherwise permanently affixed to it.
The weight of each test weight must be
annually certified by a National Institute
of Standards and Technology approved
metrology laboratory or approved for
continued use by the NMFS authorized
inspector at the time of the annual scale
inspection.
(iv) Requirements for all at-sea scale
tests. The vessel operator must ensure
that vessel crew:
(A) Notify the observer at least 15
minutes before the time that the test will
be conducted, and conduct the test
while the observer is present.
(B) Conduct the scale test and record
the following information on the at-sea
scale test report form:
(1) Vessel name;
(2) Month, day, and year of test;
(3) Time test started to the nearest
minute;
(4) Known weight of test weights;
(5) Weight of test weights recorded by
scale;
(6) Percent error as determined by
subtracting the known weight of the test
weights from the weight recorded on the
scale, dividing that amount by the
known weight of the test weights, and
multiplying by 100; and
(7) Sea conditions at the time of the
scale test.
(C) Maintain the test report form on
board the vessel until the end of the
fishing year during which the tests were
conducted, and make the report forms
available to observers, NMFS staff, or
authorized officers. In addition, the
vessel owner must retain the scale test
report forms for 3 years after the end of
the fishing year during which the tests
were performed. Each scale test report
form must be signed by the vessel
operator immediately following
completion of each scale test.
(5) Scale maintenance. The vessel
owner must ensure that the vessel
operator maintains the scale in proper
operating condition throughout its use,
that adjustments made to the scale are
made so as to bring the performance
errors as close as practicable to a zero
value, and that no adjustment is made
that will cause the scale to weigh
inaccurately.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78375
(6) Printed reports from the scale. The
vessel owner must ensure that the
printed reports are provided to NMFS as
required by this paragraph. Printed
reports from the scale must be
maintained on board the vessel until the
end of the year during which the reports
were made, and be made available to
NMFS staff or authorized officers. In
addition, the vessel owner must retain
printed reports for 3 years after the end
of the year during which the printouts
were made.
(i) Reports of catch weight and
cumulative weight. Reports must be
printed at least once every 24 hours.
Reports must also be printed before any
information stored in the scale
computer memory is replaced. Scale
weights must not be adjusted by the
scale operator to account for the
perceived weight of water, slime, mud,
debris, or other materials. Scale
printouts must show:
(A) The vessel name and Federal
vessel permit number;
(B) The date and time the information
was printed;
(C) The haul number;
(D) The total weight of the haul; and
(E) The total cumulative weight of all
fish and other material weighed on the
scale since the last annual inspection.
(ii) Printed report from the audit trail.
The printed report must include the
information specified in sections
2.3.1.8, 3.3.1.7, and 4.3.1.8 of appendix
A to 50 CFR part 679. The printed report
must be provided to the authorized
scale inspector at each scale inspection
and must also be printed at any time
upon request of NMFS staff or other
authorized officer.
(iii) Platform scales used for observer
sampling. A platform scale used for
observer sampling is not required to
produce a printed record.
(c) Scales used to weigh catch at IFQ
first receivers—performance and
technical requirements. Scale
requirements in this paragraph are in
addition to those requirements set forth
by the State in which the scale is
located, and nothing in this paragraph
may be construed to reduce or
supersede the authority of the State to
regulate, test, or approve scales within
the State. Scales used to weigh catch
that are also required to be approved by
the State must meet the following
requirements:
(1) Verification of approval. The scale
must display a valid sticker indicating
that the scale is currently approved in
accordance with the laws of the state
where the scale is located.
(2) Visibility. NMFS staff, NMFSauthorized personnel, or authorized
officers must be allowed to observe the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78376
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
weighing of catch on the scale and be
allowed to read the scale display at all
times.
(3) Printed scale weights. (i) An IFQ
first receiver must ensure that printouts
of the scale weight of each delivery or
offload are made available to NMFS
staff, to NMFS-authorized personnel, or
to authorized officers at the time
printouts are generated. An IFQ first
receiver must maintain printouts on site
until the end of the fishing year during
which the printouts were made and
make them available upon request by
NMFS staff, NMFS-authorized
personnel, or authorized officers for 3
years after the end of the fishing year
during which the printout was made.
(ii) All scales identified in a catch
monitoring plan (see § 660.140(f)(3),
subpart D) must produce a printed
record for each delivery, or portion of a
delivery, weighed on that scale, unless
specifically exempted by NMFS. NMFS
may exempt, as part of the NMFSaccepted catch monitoring plan, scales
not designed for automatic bulk
weighing from part or all of the printed
record requirements. For scales that
must produce a printed record, the
printed record must include:
(A) The IFQ first receiver’s name;
(B) The weight of each load in the
weighing cycle;
(C) The total weight of fish in each
landing, or portion of the landing that
was weighed on that scale;
(D) The date the information is
printed; and
(E) The name and vessel registration
or documentation number of the vessel
making the delivery. The scale operator
may write this information on the scale
printout in ink at the time of printing.
(4) Inseason scale testing. IFQ first
receivers must allow, and provide
reasonable assistance to NMFS staff,
NMFS-authorized personnel, and
authorized officers to test scales used to
weigh IFQ catch. A scale that does not
pass an inseason test may not be used
to weigh IFQ catch until the scale passes
an inseason test or is approved for
continued use by the weights and
measures authorities of the State in
which the scale is located.
(i) Inseason testing criteria. To pass an
inseason test, NMFS staff or authorized
officers must be able to verify that:
(A) The scale display and printed
information are clear and easily read
under all conditions of normal
operation;
(B) Weight values are visible on the
display until the value is printed;
(C) The scale does not exceed the
maximum permissible errors specified
in the following table:
Test load in scale divisions
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maximum
error in scale
divisions
0–500 ..............................
501–2,000 .......................
2,001–4,000 ....................
>4,000 .............................
1
2
3
4
(D) Automatic weighing systems. An
automatic weighing system must be
provided and operational that will
prevent fish from passing over the scale
or entering any weighing hopper unless
the following criteria are met:
(1) No catch may enter or leave a
weighing hopper until the weighing
cycle is complete;
(2) No product may be cycled and
weighed if the weight recording element
is not operational; and
(3) No product may enter a weighing
hopper until the prior weighing cycle
has been completed and the scale
indicator has returned to a zero.
(ii) [Reserved]
(d) Electronic fish tickets. IFQ first
receivers using the electronic fish ticket
software provided by Pacific States
Marine Fisheries Commission are
required to meet the hardware and
software requirements below. Those IFQ
first receivers who have NMFSapproved software compatible with the
standards specified by Pacific States
Marine Fisheries Commission for
electronic fish tickets are not subject to
any specific hardware or software
requirements.
(1) Hardware and software
requirements. (i) A personal computer
with Pentium 75-MHz or higher.
Random Access Memory (RAM) must
have sufficient megabyte (MB) space to
run the operating system, plus an
additional 8 MB for the software
application and available hard disk
space of 217 MB or greater. A CD–ROM
drive with a Video Graphics Adapter
(VGA) or higher resolution monitor
(super VGA is recommended).
(ii) Microsoft Windows 2000 (64 MB
or greater RAM required), Windows XP
(128 MB or greater RAM required), or
later operating system.
(iii) Microsoft Access 2003 or newer.
(2) NMFS approved software
standards and internet access. The IFQ
first receiver is responsible for
obtaining, installing, and updating
electronic fish tickets software either
provided by Pacific States Marine
Fisheries Commission, or compatible
with the data export specifications
specified by Pacific States Marine
Fisheries Commission and for
maintaining internet access sufficient to
transmit data files via e-mail. Requests
for data export specifications can be
submitted to: Attn: Electronic Fish
Ticket Monitoring, National Marine
Fisheries Service, Northwest Region,
Sustainable Fisheries Division, 7600
Sand Point Way, NE, Seattle, WA 98115.
(3) Maintenance. The IFQ first
receiver is responsible for ensuring that
all hardware and software required
under this subsection are fully
operational and functional whenever
they receive, purchase, or take custody,
control, or possession of an IFQ landing.
(4) Improving data quality. Vessel
owners and operators, IFQ first
receivers, or shoreside processor
owners, or managers may contact NMFS
in writing to request assistance in
improving data quality and resolving
issues. Requests may be submitted to:
Attn: Electronic Fish Ticket Monitoring,
National Marine Fisheries Service,
Northwest Region, Sustainable Fisheries
Division, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE,
Seattle, WA 98115.
■ 9. Section 660.16 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 660.16
Groundfish observer program.
(a) General. Vessel owners, operators,
and managers are jointly and severally
responsible for their vessel’s compliance
with observer requirements specified in
this section and within §§ 660.140,
660.150, 660.160, subpart D; § 660.216,
subpart E; § 660.316, subpart F; or
subpart G.
(b) Purpose. The purpose of the
Groundfish Observer Program is to
collect fisheries data necessary and
appropriate for, among other relevant
purposes, management, compliance
monitoring, and research in the
groundfish fisheries and for the
conservation of living marine resources.
(c) Observer coverage requirements.
The following table provides references
to the paragraphs in the Pacific coast
groundfish subparts that contain fishery
specific requirements. Observer
coverage required for the Shorebased
IFQ Program, MS Coop Program, or
C/P Coop Program shall not be used to
comply with observer coverage
requirements for any other Pacific coast
groundfish fishery in which that vessel
may also participate.
West Coast Groundfish Fishery
Regulation section
(1) Shorebased IFQ Program—Trawl Fishery ......................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
West Coast Groundfish Fishery
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
10. Section 660.17 is added to read as
follows:
§ 660.17 Catch monitors and catch
monitor providers.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Regulation section
MS Coop Program—Whiting At-sea Trawl Fishery ........................................................................................................
C/P Coop Program—Whiting At-sea Trawl Fishery ........................................................................................................
Fixed Gear Fisheries .......................................................................................................................................................
Open Access Fisheries ...................................................................................................................................................
■
(a) Catch monitor certification. Catch
monitor certification authorizes an
individual to fulfill duties as specified
by NMFS while under the employ of a
certified catch monitor provider.
(b) Catch monitor certification
requirements. NMFS may certify
individuals who:
(1) Are employed by a certified catch
monitor provider at the time of the
issuance of the certification and
qualified, as described at paragraph
(e)(1)(i) through (viii) of this section and
have provided proof of qualifications to
NMFS, through the certified catch
monitor provider.
(2) Have successfully completed
NMFS-approved training.
(i) Successful completion of training
by an applicant consists of meeting all
attendance and conduct standards
issued in writing at the start of training;
meeting all performance standards
issued in writing at the start of training
for assignments, tests, and other
evaluation tools; and completing all
other training requirements established
by NMFS.
(ii) If a candidate fails training, he or
she will be notified in writing on or
before the last day of training. The
notification will indicate: The reasons
the candidate failed the training;
whether the candidate can retake the
training, and under what conditions.
(3) Have not been decertified as an
observer or catch monitor under
provisions in §§ 660.18, 660.140(h)(6),
660.150(g)(6), and 660.160(g)(6).
(4) Existing catch monitors as of 2010.
A catch monitor who has completed
sampling or monitoring activities in
2010 in NMFS-managed West Coast
groundfish fisheries, and has not had
his or her certification revoked during
or after that time, will be considered to
have met his or her certification
requirements under this section. These
catch monitors will be issued a new
catch monitor certification prior to their
first deployment to a first receiver after
December 31, 2010, unless NMFS
determines that he or she has not
completed any additional training
required for this program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(c) Catch monitor standards of
behavior. Catch monitors must do the
following:
(1) Perform authorized duties as
described in training and instructional
manuals or other written and oral
instructions provided by NMFS.
(2) Accurately record and submit the
required data, which includes fish
species composition, identification,
sorting, and weighing information.
(3) Write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
suspected violations of regulations.
(4) Keep confidential and not disclose
data and observations collected at the
first receiver to any person except,
NMFS staff or authorized officers or
others as specifically authorized by
NMFS.
(d) Catch monitor provider
certification. Persons seeking to provide
catch monitor services under this
section must obtain a catch monitor
provider certification from NMFS.
(1) Applications. Persons seeking to
provide catch monitor services must
submit a completed application by mail
to the NMFS Northwest Region, Permits
Office, ATTN: Catch Monitor
Coordinator, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE,
Seattle, WA 98115. An application for a
catch monitor provider permit shall
consist of a narrative that contains the
following:
(i) Identification of the management,
organizational structure, and ownership
structure of the applicant’s business,
including identification by name and
general function of all controlling
management interests in the company,
including but not limited to owners,
board members, officers, authorized
agents, and staff. If the applicant is a
corporation, the articles of incorporation
must be provided. If the applicant is a
partnership, the partnership agreement
must be provided.
(ii) Contact information. (A) The
owner’s permanent mailing address,
telephone, and fax numbers.
(B) The business mailing address,
including the physical location, e-mail
address, telephone and fax numbers.
(C) Any authorized agent’s mailing
address, physical location, e-mail
address, telephone and fax numbers. An
authorized agent means a person
appointed and maintained within the
United States who is authorized to
receive and respond to any legal process
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78377
§ 660.150,
§ 660.160,
§ 660.216,
§ 660.316,
subpart
subpart
subpart
subpart
D.
D.
E.
F.
issued in the United States to an owner
or employee of a catch monitor
provider.
(iii) Prior experience. A statement
identifying prior relevant experience in
recruiting, hiring, deploying, and
providing support for individuals in
marine work environments in the
groundfish fishery or other fisheries of
similar scale.
(iv) Ability to perform or carry out
responsibilities of a catch monitor
provider. A description of the
applicant’s ability to carry out the
responsibilities of a catch monitor
provider is set out under paragraph (e)
of this section.
(v) A statement describing any
criminal convictions of each owner and
board member, officer, authorized agent,
and staff; a list of Federal contracts held
and related performance ratings; and, a
description of any previous
decertification actions that may have
been taken while working as an observer
or observer provider.
(vi) A statement describing each
owner and board member, officer,
authorized agent, and staff indicating
that they are free from conflict of
interest as described under § 660.18(d).
(2) Application review. (i) The
certification official, described in
§ 660.18(a), may issue catch monitor
provider certifications upon
determination that the application
submitted by the candidate meets all
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Issuance of the certification will,
at a minimum, be based on the
completeness of the application, as well
as the following criteria:
(A) The applicant’s ability to carry out
the responsibilities and relevant
experience;
(B) Satisfactory performance ratings
on any Federal contracts held by the
applicant.
(C) Absence of a conflict of interest.
(D) Absence of relevant criminal
convictions.
(3) Agency determination. The
certification official will make a
determination to approve or deny the
application and notify the applicant by
letter via certified return receipt mail,
within 60 days of receipt of the
application. Additional certification
procedures are specified in § 660.18,
subpart C.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78378
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Existing catch monitor providers
as of 2010. NMFS-certified providers
who deployed catch monitors in a
NMFS-managed West Coast groundfish
fishery or observers under the North
Pacific Groundfish Program in 2010, are
exempt from the requirement to apply
for a permit for 2011 and will be issued
a catch monitor provider permit
effective through December 31, 2011,
except that a change in ownership of an
existing catch monitor provider or
observer provider after January 1, 2011,
requires a new permit application under
this section. To receive catch monitor
certification for 2012 and beyond, these
exempted catch monitor providers must
follow application procedures otherwise
set forth in this section.
(e) Catch monitor provider
responsibilities. (1) Provide qualified
candidates to serve as catch monitors.
To be qualified a candidate must:
(i) Be a U.S. citizen or have
authorization to work in the United
States;
(ii) Be at least 18 years of age;
(iii) Have a high school diploma and;
(A) At least two years of study from
an accredited college with a major study
in natural resource management, natural
sciences, earth sciences, natural
resource anthropology, law
enforcement/police science, criminal
justice, public administration,
behavioral sciences, environmental
sociology, or other closely related
subjects pertinent to the management
and protection of natural resources, or;
(B) One year of specialized experience
performing duties which involved
communicating effectively and
obtaining cooperation, identifying and
reporting problems or apparent
violations of regulations concerning the
use of protected or public land areas,
and carrying out policies and
procedures within a recreational area or
natural resource site.
(iv) Computer skills that enable the
candidate to work competently with
standard database software and
computer hardware.
(v) Have a current and valid driver’s
license.
(vi) Have had a background
investigation and been found to have
had no criminal or civil convictions that
would affect their performance or
credibility as a catch monitor.
(vii) Have had health and physical
fitness exams and been found to be fit
for the job duties and work conditions;
(A) Physical fitness exams shall be
conducted by a medical doctor who has
been provided with a description of the
job duties and work conditions and who
provides a written conclusion regarding
the candidate’s fitness relative to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
required duties and work conditions. A
signed and dated statement from a
licensed physician that he or she has
physically examined a catch monitor or
catch monitor candidate. The statement
must confirm that, based on that
physical examination, the catch monitor
or catch monitor candidate does not
have any health problems or conditions
that would jeopardize that individual’s
safety or the safety of others while
deployed, or prevent the catch monitor
or catch monitor candidate from
performing his or her duties
satisfactorily. The physician’s statement
must be submitted to the catch monitor
program office prior to certification of a
catch monitor. The physical exam must
have occurred during the 12 months
prior to the catch monitor’s or catch
monitor candidate’s deployment. The
physician’s statement will expire 12
months after the physical exam
occurred. A new physical exam must be
performed, and accompanying
statement submitted, prior to any
deployment occurring after the
expiration of the statement.
(B) Physical exams may include
testing for illegal drugs.
(C) Certificates of insurance. Copies of
‘‘certificates of insurance’’, that names
the NMFS Catch Monitor Program
leader as the ‘‘certificate holder’’, shall
be submitted to the Catch Monitor
Program Office by February 1 of each
year. The certificates of insurance shall
verify the following coverage provisions
and state that the insurance company
will notify the certificate holder if
insurance coverage is changed or
canceled.
(1) Coverage under the U.S. Longshore
and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act
($1 million minimum).
(2) States Worker’s Compensation as
required.
(3) Commercial General Liability.
(viii) Have signed a statement
indicating that they are free from
conflict of interest as described under
§ 660.18(c).
(2) Standards. Provide to the
candidate a copy of the standards of
conduct, responsibilities, conflict of
interest standards and drug and alcohol
policy.
(3) Contract. Provide to the candidate
a copy of a written contract signed by
the catch monitor and catch monitor
provider that shows among other factors
the following provisions for
employment:
(i) Compliance with the standards of
conduct, responsibilities, conflict of
interest standards and drug and alcohol
policy;
(ii) Willingness to complete all
responsibilities of current deployment
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
prior to performing jobs or duties which
are not part of the catch monitor
responsibilities.
(iii) Commitment to return all
sampling or safety equipment issued for
the deployment.
(4) Catch monitors provided to a first
receiver.
(i) Must have a valid catch monitor
certification;
(ii) Must not have informed the
provider prior to the time of assignment
that he or she is experiencing a mental
illness or a physical ailment or injury
developed since submission of the
physician’s statement, as required in
paragraph (e)(1)(vii)(A) of this section
that would prevent him or her from
performing his or her assigned duties;
and
(iii) Must have successfully
completed all NMFS required training
and briefing before assignment.
(5) Respond to industry requests for
catch monitors. A catch monitor
provider must provide a catch monitor
for assignment pursuant to the terms of
the contractual relationship with the
first receiver to fulfill first receiver
requirements for catch monitor coverage
under paragraph (e)(10)(i)(C)(1)(ii) of
this section. An alternate catch monitor
must be supplied in each case where
injury or illness prevents the catch
monitor from performing his or her
duties or where the catch monitor
resigns prior to completion of his or her
duties. If the catch monitor provider is
unable to respond to an industry request
for catch monitor coverage from a first
receiver for whom the provider is in a
contractual relationship due to the lack
of available catch monitors, the provider
must report it to NMFS at least 4 hours
prior to the expected assignment time.
(6) Ensure that catch monitors
complete duties in a timely manner.
Catch monitor providers must ensure
that catch monitors employed by that
provider do the following in a complete
and timely manner:
(i) Submit to NMFS all data, logbooks
and reports as required under the catch
monitor program deadlines.
(ii) Report for his or her scheduled
debriefing and complete all debriefing
responsibilities.
(7) Provide catch monitor salaries and
benefits. A catch monitor provider must
provide to its catch monitor employees
salaries and any other benefits and
personnel services in accordance with
the terms of each catch monitor’s
contract.
(8) Provide catch monitor assignment
logistics.
(i) A catch monitor provider must
ensure each of its catch monitors under
contract:
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(A) Has an individually assigned
mobile or cell phones, in working order,
for all necessary communication. A
catch monitor provider may
alternatively compensate catch monitors
for the use of the catch monitor’s
personal cell phone or pager for
communications made in support of, or
necessary for, the catch monitor’s
duties.
(B) Has Internet access for catch
monitor program communications and
data submission
(C) Remains available to NOAA Office
for Law Enforcement and the catch
monitor program until the completion of
the catch monitors’ debriefing.
(D) Receives all necessary
transportation, including arrangements
and logistics, of catch monitors to the
location of assignment, to all subsequent
assignments during that assignment,
and to the debriefing location when an
assignment ends for any reason; and
(E) Receives lodging, per diem, and
any other services necessary to catch
monitors assigned to first receivers, as
specified in the contract between the
catch monitor and catch monitor
provider.
(F) While under contract with a
permitted catch monitor provider, catch
monitor shall be provided with
accommodations in accordance with the
contract between the catch monitor and
the catch monitor provider. If the catch
monitor provider is responsible for
providing accommodations under the
contract with the catch monitor, the
accommodations must be at a licensed
hotel, motel, bed and breakfast, or other
accommodations that have an assigned
bed for each catch monitor that no other
person may be assigned to for the
duration of that catch monitor’s stay.
(ii) [Reserved]
(9) Catch monitor assignment
limitations and workload.
(i) Not assign a catch monitor to the
same first receiver for more than 90
calendar days in a 12-month period,
unless otherwise authorized by NMFS.
(ii) Not exceed catch monitor
assignment limitations and workload as
outlined in § 660.140(i)(3)(ii), subpart D.
(10) Maintain communications with
catch monitors. A catch monitor
provider must have an employee
responsible for catch monitor activities
on call 24 hours a day to handle
emergencies involving catch monitors or
problems concerning catch monitor
logistics, whenever catch monitors are
assigned, or in transit, or awaiting first
receiver reassignment.
(11) Maintain communications with
the catch monitor program office. A
catch monitor provider must provide all
of the following information by
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
electronic transmission (e-mail), fax, or
other method specified by NMFS.
(i) Catch monitor training, briefing,
and debriefing registration materials.
This information must be submitted to
the catch monitor program at least 7
business days prior to the beginning of
a scheduled catch monitor certification
training or briefing session.
(A) Training registration materials
consist of the following:
(1) Date of requested training;
(2) A list of catch monitor candidates
that includes each candidate’s full name
(i.e., first, middle and last names), date
of birth, and gender;
(3) A copy of each candidate’s
academic transcripts and resume;
(4) A statement signed by the
candidate under penalty of perjury
which discloses the candidate’s
criminal convictions;
(5) Projected candidate assignments.
Prior to the completion of the training
session, the catch monitor provider
must submit to the catch monitor
program a statement of projected catch
monitor assignments that includes each
catch monitor’s name and length of
catch monitors contract.
(B) Briefing registration materials
consist of the following:
(1) Date and type of requested briefing
session;
(2) List of catch monitors to attend the
briefing session, that includes each
catch monitor’s full name (first, middle,
and last names);
(3) Projected catch monitor
assignments. Prior to the catch
monitor’s completion of the briefing
session, the catch monitor provider
must submit to the catch monitor
program a statement of projected catch
monitor assignments that includes each
catch monitor’s name and length of
observer contract.
(C) Debriefing. The catch monitor
program will notify the catch monitor
provider which catch monitors require
debriefing and the specific time period
the provider has to schedule a date,
time, and location for debriefing. The
catch monitor provider must contact the
catch monitor program within 5
business days by telephone to schedule
debriefings.
(1) Catch monitor providers must
immediately notify the catch monitor
program when catch monitors end their
contract earlier than anticipated.
(2) [Reserved]
(ii) Catch monitor provider contracts.
If requested, catch monitor providers
must submit to the catch monitor
program a completed and unaltered
copy of each type of signed and valid
contract (including all attachments,
appendices, addendums, and exhibits
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78379
incorporated into the contract) between
the catch monitor provider and those
entities requiring catch monitor services
under § 660.140(i)(1), subpart D. Catch
monitor providers must also submit to
the catch monitor program upon
request, a completed and unaltered copy
of the current or most recent signed and
valid contract (including all
attachments, appendices, addendums,
and exhibits incorporated into the
contract and any agreements or policies
with regard to catch monitor
compensation or salary levels) between
the catch monitor provider and the
particular entity identified by the catch
monitor program or with specific catch
monitors. The copies must be submitted
to the catch monitor program via e-mail,
fax, or mail within 5 business days of
the request. Signed and valid contracts
include the contracts a catch monitor
provider has with:
(A) First receivers required to have
catch monitor coverage as specified at
paragraph § 660.140(i)(1), subpart D;
and
(B) Catch monitors.
(iii) Change in catch monitor provider
management and contact information.
A catch monitor provider must submit
to the catch monitor program any
change of management or contact
information submitted on the provider’s
permit application under paragraphs
(d)(1) of this section within 30 days of
the effective date of such change.
(iv) Catch monitor status report. Each
Tuesday, catch monitor providers must
provide NMFS with an updated list of
contact information for all catch
monitors that includes the catch
monitor’s name, mailing address, e-mail
address, phone numbers, first receiver
assignment for the previous week and
whether or not the catch monitor is ‘‘in
service’’, indicating when the catch
monitor has requested leave and/or is
not currently working for the provider.
(v) Informational materials. Providers
must submit to NMFS, if requested,
copies of any information developed
and used by the catch monitor providers
and distributed to first receivers,
including, but not limited to,
informational pamphlets, payment
notification, and description of catch
monitor duties.
(vi) Other reports. Reports of the
following must be submitted in writing
to the catch monitor program by the
catch monitor provider via fax or e-mail
address designated by the catch monitor
program within 24 hours after the catch
monitor provider becomes aware of the
information:
(A) Any information regarding
possible catch monitor harassment;
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78380
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(B) Any information regarding any
action prohibited under § 660.12(f);
(C) Any catch monitor illness or
injury that prevents the catch monitor
from completing any of his or her duties
described in the catch monitor manual;
and
(D) Any information, allegations or
reports regarding catch monitor conflict
of interest or breach of the standards of
behavior described in catch monitor
provider policy.
(12) Replace lost or damaged gear. A
catch monitor provider must replace all
lost or damaged gear and equipment
issued by NMFS to a catch monitor
under contract to that provider.
(13) Confidentiality of information. A
catch monitor provider must ensure that
all records on individual catch monitor
performance received from NMFS under
the routine use provision of the Privacy
Act or as otherwise required by law
remain confidential and are not further
released to anyone outside the employ
of the catch monitor provider company
to whom the catch monitor was
contracted except with written
permission of the catch monitor.
(14) Catch monitor program training
and certification—(i) A training
certification signifies the successful
completion of the training course
required to obtain catch monitor
certification. This endorsement expires
when the catch monitor has not been
deployed and performed sampling
duties as required by the catch monitor
program office for a period of time,
specified by the catch monitor program,
after his or her most recent debriefing.
The catch monitor can renew the
certification by successfully completing
training once more.
(ii) Catch monitor program annual
briefing. Each catch monitor must attend
an annual briefing prior to his or her
first deployment within any calendar
year subsequent to a year in which a
training certification is obtained. To
maintain certification, a catch monitor
must successfully complete the annual
briefing, as specified by the catch
monitor program. All briefing
attendance, performance, and conduct
standards required by the catch monitor
program must be met.
(iii) Maintaining the validity of a
catch monitor certification. After initial
issuance, a catch monitor must keep
their certification valid by meeting all of
the following requirements specified
below:
(A) Successfully perform their
assigned duties as described in the
Catch Monitor Manual or other written
instructions from the catch monitor
program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(B) Accurately record their data, write
complete reports, and report accurately
any observations of suspected violations
of regulations relevant to conservation
of marine resources or their
environment.
(C) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
or in the first receiver facility to any
person except the owner or operator of
the observed vessel, first receiver
management or an authorized officer or
NMFS.
(D) Successfully complete NMFSapproved annual briefings as prescribed
by the catch monitor program.
(E) Successful completion of a
briefing by a catch monitor consists of
meeting all attendance and conduct
standards issued in writing at the start
of training; meeting all performance
standards issued in writing at the start
of training for assignments, tests, and
other evaluation tools; and completing
all other briefing requirements
established by the catch monitor
program.
(F) Successfully meet all expectations
in all debriefings including reporting for
assigned debriefings.
(G) Submit all data and information
required by the catch monitor program
within the program’s stated guidelines.
■ 11. Section 660.18 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 660.18 Certification and decertification
procedures for catch monitors and catch
monitor providers.
(a) Certification official. The Regional
Administrator (or a designee) will
designate a NMFS catch monitor
certification official who will make
decisions on whether to issue or deny
catch monitor or catch monitor provider
certification pursuant to the regulations
at §§ 660.17 and 660.18, subpart C.
(b) Agency determinations on
certifications. (1) Issuance of
certifications—Certification may be
issued upon determination by the
certification official that the candidate
has successfully met all requirements
for certification as specified in:
(i) § 660.17(b) for catch monitors; and
(ii) § 660.17(d) for catch monitor
providers.
(2) Denial of a certification. The
NMFS certification official will issue a
written determination identifying the
reasons for denial of a certification.
(c) Limitations on conflict of interest
for catch monitors. (1) Catch monitors
must not have a direct financial interest,
other than the provision of observer or
catch monitor services, in a North
Pacific fishery managed pursuant to an
FMP for the waters off the coast of
Alaska, Alaska state waters, or in a
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Pacific Coast fishery managed by either
the state or Federal Governments in
waters off Washington, Oregon, or
California, including but not limited to:
(i) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel,
shore-based or floating stationary
processor facility involved in the
catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(ii) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any
vessel, shore-based or floating stationary
processing facility; or
(iii) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel, shore-based or floating
stationary processing facilities.
(2) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value from anyone who either
conducts activities that are regulated by
NMFS or has interests that may be
substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
catch monitor’s official duties.
(3) May not serve as a catch monitor
at any shoreside or floating stationary
processing facility owned or operated
where a person was previously
employed in the last two years.
(4) May not solicit or accept
employment as a crew member or an
employee of a vessel, or shoreside
processor while employed by a catch
monitor provider.
(5) Provisions for remuneration of
catch monitors under this section do not
constitute a conflict of interest.
(d) Limitations on conflict of interest
for catch monitor providers. Catch
monitor providers must not have a
direct financial interest, other than the
provision of observer or catch monitor
services, in a North Pacific fishery
managed pursuant to an FMP for the
waters off the coast of Alaska, Alaska
state waters, or in a Pacific Coast fishery
managed by either the state or Federal
Governments in waters off Washington,
Oregon, or California, including but not
limited to:
(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel,
shore-based or floating stationary
processor facility involved in the
catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(2) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any
vessel, shore-based or floating stationary
processing facility; or
(3) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel, shore-based or floating
stationary processing facilities.
(e) Decertification. (1) Decertification
review official—The Regional
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Administrator (or a designee) will
designate a decertification review
official(s), who will have the authority
to review certifications and issue IADs
of decertification.
(2) Causes for decertification. The
decertification official may initiate
decertification proceedings when it is
alleged that any of the following acts or
omissions have been committed:
(i) Failed to satisfactorily perform the
specified duties and responsibilities;
(ii) Failed to abide by the specified
standards of conduct;
(iii) Upon conviction of a crime or
upon entry of a civil judgment for:
(A) Commission of fraud or other
violation in connection with obtaining
or attempting to obtain certification, or
in performing the duties and
responsibilities specified in this section;
(B) Commission of embezzlement,
theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(C) Commission of any other offense
indicating a lack of integrity or honesty
that seriously and directly affects the
fitness of catch monitors.
(3) Issuance of IAD. Upon
determination that decertification is
warranted under § 660.17(c) or (e), the
decertification official will issue a
written IAD. The IAD will identify the
specific reasons for the action taken.
Decertification is effective 30 calendar
days after the date on the IAD, unless
there is an appeal.
(4) Appeals. A certified catch monitor
who receives an IAD that suspends or
revokes his or her catch monitor
certification may appeal the
determination within 30 calendar days
after the date on the IAD to the Office
of Administrative Appeals pursuant to
§ 679.43.
■ 12. In § 660.25, paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A)
and (B) are removed; paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(F) is added; the heading to
paragraph (b)(4) and paragraphs
(b)(4)(iv)(A), (b)(4)(v)(A) through (C), the
heading to paragraph (b)(4)(vi), and
paragraphs (b)(4)(vi)(A), (b)(4)(vi)(C),
and (g)(4) are revised; and paragraph (e)
is added to read as follows:
§ 660.25
Permits.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) Limited entry permit actions—
renewal, combination, stacking, change
of permit ownership or permit
holdership, and change in vessel
registration—
(i) * * *
(F) A limited entry permit will not be
renewed until a complete economic data
collection form is submitted as required
under § 660.113(b), (c) and (d), subpart
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
D. The permit renewal will be marked
incomplete until the required
information is submitted.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) Changes in permit ownership and
permit holder—(A) General. The permit
owner may convey the limited entry
permit to a different person. The new
permit owner will not be authorized to
use the permit until the change in
permit ownership has been registered
with and approved by the SFD. The SFD
will not approve a change in permit
ownership for a limited entry permit
with a sablefish endorsement that does
not meet the ownership requirements
for such permit described at paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C) of this section. The SFD
will not approve a change in permit
ownership for a limited entry permit
with an MS/CV endorsement or an MS
permit that does not meet the ownership
requirements for such permit described
at § 660.150(g)(3), subpart D, and
§ 660.150(f)(3), subpart D, respectively.
Change in permit owner and/or permit
holder applications must be submitted
to SFD with the appropriate
documentation described at paragraph
(b)(4)(vii) of this section.
(1) During the initial issuance
application period for the trawl
rationalization program, NMFS will not
review or approve any request for a
change in limited entry trawl permit
owner, as specified at
§ 660.140(d)(8)(viii) for QS permit
applicants, at § 660.150(g)(6)(vii) for
MS/CV endorsement applicants, and at
§ 660.160(d)(7)(vii) for C/P endorsement
applicants. The initial issuance
application period for the trawl
rationalization program will begin on
either November 1, 2010, or the date
upon which the application is received
by NMFS, whichever occurs first.
(2) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
(v) Changes in vessel registration of
limited entry permits and gear
endorsements—(A) General. A permit
may not be used with any vessel other
than the vessel registered to that permit.
For purposes of this section, a permit
change in vessel registration occurs
when, through SFD, a permit owner
registers a limited entry permit for use
with a new vessel. Permit change in
vessel registration applications must be
submitted to SFD with the appropriate
documentation described at paragraph
(b)(4)(vii) of this section. Upon receipt
of a complete application, and following
review and approval of the application,
the SFD will reissue the permit
registered to the new vessel.
Applications to change vessel
registration on limited entry permits
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78381
with sablefish endorsements will not be
approved until SFD has received
complete documentation of permit
ownership as described at paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C)(4) and as required under
paragraph (b)(4)(vii) of this section.
Applications to change vessel
registration on limited entry permits
with trawl endorsements or MS permits
will not be approved until SFD has
received complete EDC forms as
required under § 660.114, subpart D.
(B) Application. A complete
application must be submitted to SFD in
order for SFD to review and approve a
change in vessel registration. At a
minimum, a permit owner seeking to
change vessel registration of a limited
entry permit shall submit to SFD a
signed application form and his/her
current limited entry permit before the
first day of the cumulative limit period
in which they wish to fish. If a permit
owner provides a signed application
and current limited entry permit after
the first day of a cumulative limit
period, the permit will not be effective
until the succeeding cumulative limit
period. SFD will not approve a change
in vessel registration until it receives a
complete application, the existing
permit, a current copy of the USCG
1270, and other required
documentation.
(C) Effective date. Changes in vessel
registration on permits will take effect
no sooner than the first day of the next
major limited entry cumulative limit
period following the date that SFD
receives the signed permit change in
vessel registration form and the original
limited entry permit, except that
changes in vessel registration on MS
permits and C/P-endorsed permits will
take effect immediately upon reissuance
to the new vessel, and a change in
vessel registration on MS/CV-endorsed
permits will take effect immediately
upon reissuance to the new vessel only
on the second transfer for the year. No
change in vessel registration is effective
until the limited entry permit has been
reissued as registered with the new
vessel.
*
*
*
*
*
(vi) Restriction on frequency of
changes in vessel registration—(A)
General. A permit owner may designate
the vessel registration for a permit as
‘‘unidentified,’’ meaning that no vessel
has been identified as registered for use
with that permit. No vessel is
authorized to use a permit with the
vessel registration designated as
‘‘unidentified.’’ A vessel owner who
removes a permit from his vessel and
registers that permit as ‘‘unidentified’’ is
not exempt from VMS requirements at
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78382
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
§ 660.14, subpart C unless specifically
authorized by that section. When a
permit owner requests that the permit’s
vessel registration be designated as
‘‘unidentified,’’ the transaction is not
considered a change in vessel
registration for purposes of this section.
Any subsequent request by a permit
owner to change from the ‘‘unidentified’’
status of the permit in order to register
the permit with a specific vessel will be
considered a change in vessel
registration and subject to the restriction
on frequency and timing of changes in
vessel registration.
*
*
*
*
*
(C) Limited entry MS permits and
limited entry permits with an MS/CV or
a C/P endorsement. Limited entry MS
permits and limited entry permits with
an MS/CV or a C/P endorsement may be
registered to another vessel up to two
times during the fishing season as long
as the second change in vessel
registration is back to the original
vessel. The original vessel is either the
vessel registered to the permit as of
January 1, or if no vessel is registered to
the permit as of January 1, the original
vessel is the first vessel to which the
permit is registered after January 1.
After the original vessel has been
established, the first change in vessel
registration would be to another vessel,
but any second change in vessel
registration must be back to the original
vessel. For an MS/CV-endorsed permit
on the second change in vessel
registration back to the original vessel,
that vessel must be used to fish
exclusively in the MS Coop Program
described § 660.150, and declare in to
the limited entry mid water trawl,
Pacific whiting mothership sector as
specified at § 660.13(d)(5)(iv).
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Coop permit—(1) MS coop permit.
An MS coop permit conveys a
conditional privilege to an eligible coop
entity to receive and manage a coop’s
allocation of designated species and
species groups. An MS coop permit is
not a limited entry permit. The
provisions for the MS coop permit,
including eligibility, annual registration,
fees, and appeals are described in the
MS Coop Program at § 660.150, subpart
D.
(2) C/P coop permit. A C/P coop
permit conveys a conditional privilege
to an eligible coop entity to receive and
manage a coop’s allocation of
designated species and species groups.
A C/P coop permit is not a limited entry
permit. The provisions for the C/P coop
permit, including eligibility, annual
registration, fees, and appeals are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
described in the C/P Coop Program at
§ 660.160, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(4) Timing of appeals. (i) For permit
actions related to the application and
initial issuance process for QS permits,
MS permits, MS/CV endorsements, and
C/P endorsements for the trawl
rationalization program listed in subpart
D of part 660, if an applicant appeals an
IAD, the appeal must be postmarked,
faxed, or hand delivered to NMFS no
later than 60 calendar days after the date
on the IAD. If the applicant does not
appeal the IAD within 60 calendar days,
the IAD becomes the final decision of
the Regional Administrator acting on
behalf of the Secretary of Commerce.
(ii) For all other permit actions, if an
applicant appeals an IAD, the appeal
must be postmarked, faxed, or hand
delivered to NMFS no later than 30
calendar days after the date on the IAD.
If the applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days, the IAD
becomes the final decision of the
Regional Administrator acting on behalf
of the Secretary of Commerce.
(iii) The time period to submit an
appeal begins with the date on the IAD.
If the last day of the time period is a
Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday,
the time period will extend to the close
of business on the next business day.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 660.26
[Removed]
13. Section 660.26 is removed.
14. In § 660.55, paragraph (i)(2) is
revised to read as follows:
■
■
§ 660.55
Allocations.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) * * *
(2) The commercial harvest guideline
for Pacific whiting is allocated among
three sectors, as follows: 34 percent for
the C/P Coop Program; 24 percent for
the MS Coop Program; and 42 percent
for the Shore based IFQ Program. No
more than 5 percent of the Shore based
IFQ Program allocation may be taken
and retained south of 42° N. lat. before
the start of the primary Pacific whiting
season north of 42° N. lat. Specific
sector allocations for a given calendar
year are found in Tables 1a and 2a of
this subpart. Set asides for other species
for the at-sea whiting fishery for a given
calendar year are found in Tables 1d
and 2d of this subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 15. In § 660.60, paragraph (d)(1),
paragraph (h)(2), and paragraph (h)(5)(ii)
are revised; and paragraphs (h)(5)(iii)
and (h)(5)(iv) are removed to read as
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 660.60 Specifications and management
measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) Automatic actions are used in the
Pacific whiting fishery to:
(i) Close an at-sea sector of the fishery
when that sector’s Pacific whiting
allocation is reached, or is projected to
be reached;
(ii) Close all at-sea sectors or a single
sector of the fishery when a non-whiting
groundfish species with allocations is
reached or projected to be reached;
(iii) Reapportion unused allocations
of non-whiting groundfish species from
one at-sea sector of the Pacific whiting
fishery to another.
(iv) Implement the Ocean Salmon
Conservation Zone, described at
§ 660.131(c)(3), subpart D, when NMFS
projects the Pacific whiting fishery may
take in excess of 11,000 Chinook within
a calendar year.
(v) Implement Pacific Whiting
Bycatch Reduction Areas, described at
§ 660.131(c)(4) Subpart D, when NMFS
projects a sector-specific bycatch limit
will be reached before the sector’s
whiting allocation.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(2) Landing. As stated at § 660.11,
subpart C (in the definition of
‘‘Landing’’), once the offloading of any
species begins, all fish aboard the vessel
are counted as part of the landing and
must be reported as such. All fish from
an IFQ landing must be offloaded from
the vessel before a new fishing trip
begins. Transfer of fish at sea is
prohibited under § 660.12, subpart C,
unless a vessel is participating in the
primary whiting fishery as part of the
mothership or catcher/processor sectors,
as described at § 660.131(a), subpart D.
Catcher vessels in the mothership sector
must transfer all catch from a haul to the
same vessel registered to an MS permit
prior to the gear being set for a
subsequent haul. Catch may not be
transferred to a tender vessel.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) * * *
(ii) Weight limits and conversions. To
determine the round weight, multiply
the processed weight times the
conversion factor. Federal commercial
groundfish regulations do not supersede
more restrictive state commercial
groundfish regulations, including
landings requirements regarding
groundfish species or the condition in
which they may be landed.
(A) Limited entry fixed gear or open
access fisheries. The weight limit
conversion factor established by the
state where the fish is or will be landed
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
will be used to convert the processed
weight to round weight for purposes of
applying the trip limit or other
allocation. Weight conversions provided
herein are those conversions currently
in use by the States of Washington,
Oregon, and California and may be
subject to change by those states.
Fishery participants should contact
fishery enforcement officials in the state
where the fish will be landed to
determine that state’s official conversion
factor.
(1) Sablefish. The following
conversion applies to both the limited
entry fixed gear and open access
fisheries when trip limits are in effect
for those fisheries. For headed and
gutted (eviscerated) sablefish the weight
conversion factor is 1.6 (multiply the
headed and gutted weight by 1.6 to
determine the round weight).
(2) Lingcod. The following
conversions apply in both limited entry
fixed gear and open access fisheries.
(i) North of 42° N. lat., for lingcod
with the head removed, the minimum
size limit is 18 inches (46 cm), which
corresponds to 22 inches (56 cm) total
length for whole fish.
(ii) South of 42° N. lat., for lingcod
with the head removed, the minimum
size limit is 19.5 inches (49.5 cm),
which corresponds to 24 inches (61 cm)
total length for whole fish.
(iii) The weight conversion factor for
headed and gutted lingcod is 1.5. The
conversion factor for lingcod that has
only been gutted with the head on is
1.1.
(B) Shorebased IFQ Program. For
vessels landing sorted catch, the weight
conversions for purposes of applying QP
are provided below.
(1) Sablefish. The weight conversion
factor for headed and gutted
(eviscerated) sablefish is 1.6.
(2) Lingcod. The following
conversions apply:
(i)The minimum size limit lingcod
North of 42° N. lat., with the head
removed, is 18 inches (46 cm), which
corresponds to 22 inches (56 cm) total
length for whole fish.
(ii) The minimum size limit for
lingcod South of 42° N. lat., with the
head removed, is 19.5 inches (49.5 cm),
which corresponds to 24 inches (61 cm)
total length for whole fish.
(iii) The weight conversion factor for
headed and gutted (eviscerated) lingcod
is 1.5; for lingcod that has only been
gutted with the head on, the weight
conversion factor is 1.1.
(3) Pacific whiting. For headed and
gutted Pacific whiting (head removed
just in front of the collar bone and
viscera removed,) the weight conversion
factor is 1.56; and for headed and gutted
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
Pacific whiting with the tail removed
the weight conversion factor is 2.0.
(4) Rockfish (including thornyheads),
except POP. For headed and gutted
(eviscerated), the weight conversion
factor is 1.75; for headed and gutted,
western cut (head removed just in front
of the collar bone and viscera removed,)
the weight conversion factor is 1.66; for
headed and gutted, eastern cut (head
removed just behind the collar bone and
viscera removed,) the weight conversion
factor is 2.0.
(5) Pacific ocean perch (POP). For
headed and gutted (eviscerated), the
weight conversion factor is 1.6.
(6) Pacific cod. For headed and gutted
(eviscerated), the weight conversion
factor is 1.58.
(7) Dover sole, English sole, and
‘‘other flatfish’’. For headed and gutted
(eviscerated), the weight conversion
factor is 1.53.
(8) Petrale sole. For headed and gutted
(eviscerated), the weight conversion
factor is 1.51.
(9) Arrowtooth flounder. For headed
and gutted (eviscerated), the weight
conversion factor is 1.35.
(10) Starry flounder. For headed and
gutted (eviscerated), the weight
conversion factor is 1.49.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 16. Section 660.100 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 660.100
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific coast
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery.
Under the trawl rationalization program,
the limited entry trawl fishery consists
of the Shorebased IFQ Program, the MS
Coop Program, and the C/P Coop
Program. Nothing in these regulations
shall be construed to modify, impair, or
supersede the operation of any of the
antitrust laws. The trawl rationalization
program creates limited access
privileges. These limited access
privileges, including the QS or IBQ, QP
or IBQ pounds, and catch history
assignments, may be revoked, limited or
modified at any time in accordance with
the MSA—and do not create any right
of compensation to the holder of the
limited access privilege if it is revoked,
limited, or modified. The trawl
rationalization program does not create
any right, title, or interest in or to any
fish before the fish is harvested by the
holder and shall be considered a grant
of permission to the holder of the
limited access privilege to engage in
activities permitted by the trawl
rationalization program.
■ 17. In § 660.111, the following
definitions are removed: ‘‘Pacific
whiting shoreside first receivers’’,
‘‘Pacific whiting shoreside or shore-
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78383
based fishery’’, ‘‘Pacific whiting
shoreside vessel,’’ and ‘‘Vessel limits’’;
the definition of ‘‘Pacific whiting IFQ
fishery’’ is revised; and new definitions
are added in alphabetical order for:
‘‘Accumulation limits,’’ ‘‘Charterer,’’
‘‘Complete economic data collection
(EDC) form,’’ ‘‘IFQ trip’’, ‘‘Lessee,’’ and
‘‘Pacific whiting IFQ trip’’.
§ 660.111
Trawl fishery—definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Accumulation limits mean the
maximum extent of permissible
ownership, control or use of a privilege
within the trawl rationalization
program, and include the following:
(1) Shorebased IFQ Program. (i)
Control limits means the maximum
amount of QS or IBQ that a person may
own or control, as described at
§ 660.140(d)(4).
(ii) Vessel limits means the maximum
amount of QP a vessel can hold, acquire,
and/or use during a calendar year, and
specify the maximum amount of QP that
may be registered to a single vessel
during the year (QP Vessel Limit) and,
for some species, the maximum amount
of unused QP registered to a vessel
account at any one time (Unused QP
Vessel Limit), as described at
§ 660.140(e)(4).
(2) MS Coop Program. (i) MS permit
usage limit means the maximum
amount of the annual mothership sector
Pacific whiting allocation that a person
owning an MS permit may cumulatively
process, no more than 45 percent, as
described at § 660.150(f)(3)(i).
(ii) MS/CV permit ownership limit
means the maximum amount of catch
history assignment that a person may
own, no more than 20 percent of the MS
sector’s allocation of Pacific whiting, as
described at § 660.150(g)(3)(i).
(iii) Catcher vessel usage limit means
the maximum amount of the annual
mothership sector Pacific whiting
allocation that a vessel may catch, no
more than 30 percent, as described at
§ 660.150(g)(3)(ii).
*
*
*
*
*
Charterer means, for the purpose of
economic data collection program, a
person, other than the owner of the
vessel, who: entered in to any agreement
or commitment by which the possession
or services of the vessel are secured for
a period of time for the purposes of
commercially harvesting or processing
fish. A long-term or exclusive contract
for the sale of all or a portion of the
vessel’s catch or processed products is
not considered a charter.
*
*
*
*
*
Complete economic data collection
(EDC) form means that a response is
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
78384
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
supplied for each question, subquestion, and answer-table cell. If
particular question or sub-question is
not applicable, ‘‘NA’’, must be entered in
the appropriate space on the form. The
form must also be signed and dated to
certify that the information is true and
complete to the best of the signatory’s
knowledge.
*
*
*
*
*
IFQ trip means a trip in which the
vessel has a valid fishing declaration for
any of the following: Limited entry
midwater trawl, non-whiting shorebased
IFQ; Limited entry midwater trawl,
Pacific whiting shorebased IFQ; Limited
entry bottom trawl, shorebased IFQ, not
including demersal trawl; Limited entry
demersal trawl, shorebased IFQ; or
Limited entry groundfish non-trawl,
shorebased IFQ.
*
*
*
*
*
Lessee means, for the purpose of
economic data collection program, a
person, other than the owner of the
vessel or facility, who: was identified as
the leaseholder, in a written lease, of the
vessel or facility, or paid expenses of the
vessel or facility, or claimed expenses
for the vessel or facility as a business
expense on a federal income tax return,
or on a state income tax return.
*
*
*
*
*
Pacific whiting IFQ fishery means the
Shorebased IFQ Program fishery
composed of vessels making Pacific
whiting IFQ trips pursuant to the
requirements at § 660.131 during the
primary whiting season fishery dates for
the Shorebased IFQ Program.
Pacific whiting IFQ trip means a trip
in which a vessel registered to a limited
entry permit uses legal midwater
groundfish trawl gear with a valid
declaration for limited entry midwater
trawl, Pacific whiting shorebased IFQ,
as specified at § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A)
during the dates for the Pacific whiting
IFQ fishery primary season.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 18. In § 660.112:
■ a. Paragraph (f) is removed;
■ b. Paragraph (a)(2) is added;
■ c. Paragraph (a)(3)(iii) is added;
■ d. Paragraph (a)(4) is redesignated as
paragraph (a)(5), and a new paragraph
(a)(4) is added; and
■ e. Paragraphs (b) through (e) are added
to read as follows:
§ 660.112
Trawl fishery—prohibitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(2) Sorting. Fail to sort catch
consistent with the requirements
specified at § 660.130(d).
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iii) Failure to submit a complete EDC
form to NMFS as required by § 660.113.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Observers.—(i) Fish (including
processing, as defined at § 600.10 of this
chapter) in the Shorebased IFQ Program,
the MS Coop Program, or the C/P Coop
Program if NMFS determines the vessel
is unsafe for an observer.
(ii) Fish in the Shorebased IFQ
Program, the MS Coop Program, or the
C/P Coop Program without observer
coverage.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Shorebased IFQ Program—(1)
General. (i) Own or control by any
means whatsoever an amount of QS or
IBQ that exceeds the Shorebased IFQ
Program accumulation limits.
(ii) Fish in the Shorebased IFQ
Program with a vessel that does not
have a valid vessel account or that has
a vessel account with a deficit (negative
balance) for any species/species group.
(iii) Have any IFQ species/species
group catch (landings and discards)
from an IFQ trip not covered by QP for
greater than 30 days from the date the
deficit (negative balance) from that trip
is documented, unless the deficit is
within the limits of the carryover
provision specified at § 660.140(e)(5),
subpart D, in which case the vessel has
30 days after the QP for the following
year are issued to eliminate the deficit.
(iv) Transfer the limited entry trawl
endorsed permit to another vessel or sell
the limited entry trawl endorsed permit
to another owner if the vessel registered
to the permit has an overage (catch not
covered by QP), until the overage is
covered, regardless of the amount of the
overage.
(v) Use QP by vessels not registered to
a limited entry trawl permit with a valid
vessel account.
(vi) Use QP in an area or for species/
species groups other than that for which
it is designated.
(vii) Fish in more than one IFQ
management area, specified at
§ 660.140(c)(2), on the same trip.
(viii) Fish on a Pacific whiting IFQ
trip with a gear other than legal
midwater groundfish trawl gear.
(ix) Fish on a Pacific whiting IFQ trip
without a valid declaration for limited
entry midwater trawl, Pacific whiting
shorebased IFQ, as specified at
§ 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A), subpart C.
(x) Use midwater trawl gear to fish for
Pacific whiting within an RCA outside
the Pacific whiting IFQ fishery primary
season as specified at
§ 660.131(b)(2)(iii).
(xi) Bring a haul on board before all
catch from the previous haul has been
stowed.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(xii) Process groundfish at-sea (‘‘at-sea
processing’’) by vessels in the
Shorebased IFQ Program regardless of
the type of gear used, with the following
exceptions:
(A) A vessel that is 75-ft (23-m) or less
LOA that harvests whiting and, in
addition to heading and gutting, cuts the
tail off and freezes the whiting, is not
considered to be a catcher/processor nor
is it considered to be processing fish,
and
(B) A vessel that has a sablefish at-sea
processing exemption, defined at
§ 660.25(b)(3)(iv)(D), subpart C may
process sablefish at-sea.
(xiii) Retain any IFQ species/species
group onboard a vessel unless the vessel
has observer coverage during the entire
trip and until all IFQ species from the
trip are offloaded. A vessel may deliver
IFQ species/species groups to more than
one IFQ first receiver, but must
maintain observer coverage until all IFQ
species from the trip are offloaded. Once
transfer of fish begins, all fish aboard
the vessel are counted as part of the
same landing as defined at § 660.11.
(xiv) Discard IFQ species/species
group at sea unless the observer has
documented or estimated the discards.
(xv) Begin a new fishing trip until all
fish from an IFQ landing have been
offloaded from the vessel.
(2) IFQ first receivers. (i) Accept an
IFQ landing without a valid first
receiver site license.
(ii) Fail to sort fish received from a
IFQ landing prior to first weighing after
offloading as specified at § 660.130(d)(2)
for the Shorebased IFQ Program, except
the vessels declared in to the limited
entry midwater trawl, Pacific whiting
shorebased IFQ at § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A),
subpart C may weigh catch on a bulk
scale before sorting as described at
§ 660.140(j)(2).
(iii) Process, sell, or discard any
groundfish received from an IFQ
landing that has not been weighed on a
scale that is in compliance with
requirements at § 660.15, subpart C.
(iv) Transport catch away from the
point of landing before that catch has
been sorted and weighed by federal
groundfish species or species group, and
recorded for submission on an
electronic fish ticket. (If fish will be
transported to a different location for
processing, all sorting and weighing to
federal groundfish species groups must
occur before transporting the catch away
from the point of landing).
(v) Receive an IFQ landing without
coverage by a catch monitor when one
is required by regulations, unless NMFS
has granted a written waiver exempting
the IFQ first receiver from the catch
monitor coverage requirements. On a
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
case-by-case basis, a temporary written
waiver may be granted by the Assistant
Regional Administrator or designee if
he/she determines that the failure to
obtain coverage of a catch monitor was
due to circumstances beyond the control
of the first receiver. The duration of the
waiver will be determined on a case-bycase basis.
(vi) Receive an IFQ landing without a
NMFS-accepted catch monitoring plan
or not in accordance with their NMFSaccepted catch monitoring plan.
(vii) Mix catch from more than one
IFQ landing prior to the catch being
sorted and weighed.
(viii) Fail to comply with the IFQ first
receiver responsibilities specified at
§ 660.140(b)(2).
(ix) Process, sell, or discard any
groundfish received from an IFQ
landing that has not been accounted for
on an electronic fish ticket with the
identification number for the vessel that
delivered the fish.
(x) Fail to submit, or submit
incomplete or inaccurate information on
any report, application, or statement
required under this part.
(c) MS and C/P Coop Programs. (1)
Process Pacific whiting in the fishery
management area during times or in
areas where at-sea processing is
prohibited for the sector in which the
vessel fishes, unless:
(i) The fish are received from a
member of a Pacific Coast treaty Indian
tribe fishing under § 660.50, subpart C;
(ii) The fish are processed by a wasteprocessing vessel according to
§ 660.131(h), subpart D; or
(iii) The vessel is completing
processing of Pacific whiting taken on
board prior to the close of that vessel’s
primary season.
(2) During times or in areas where atsea processing is prohibited, take and
retain or receive Pacific whiting, except
as cargo or fish waste, on a vessel in the
fishery management area that already
has processed Pacific whiting on board.
An exception to this prohibition is
provided if the fish are received within
the tribal U&A from a member of a
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribe fishing
under § 660.50, subpart C.
(3) Operate as a waste-processing
vessel within 48 hours of a primary
season for Pacific whiting in which that
vessel operates as a catcher/processor or
mothership, according to § 660.131(h),
subpart D.
(4) On a vessel used to fish for Pacific
whiting, fail to keep the trawl doors on
board the vessel, when taking and
retention is prohibited under
§ 660.131(b), subpart D.
(5) Sort or discard any portion of the
catch taken by a catcher vessel in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
mothership sector before the catcher
vessel observer completes sampling of
the catch, with the exception of minor
amounts of catch that are lost when the
codend is separated from the net and
prepared for transfer.
(d) MS Coop Program (coop and noncoop fisheries). (1) Catch, take, or
harvest fish in the mothership non-coop
fishery with a vessel that is not
registered to a current MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry trawl permit.
(2) Receive catch, process catch, or
otherwise fish as a mothership vessel if
it is not registered to a current MS
permit.
(3) Fish with a vessel in the
mothership sector, if that vessel was
used to fish in the C/P fishery in the
same calendar year.
(4) Catch, take, or harvest fish in the
MS Coop Program with a vessel that
does not have a valid VMS declaration
for limited entry midwater trawl, Pacific
whiting mothership sector, as specified
at § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A), subpart C.
(5) Transfer catch to a vessel that is
not registered to an MS permit. (i.e. a
tender vessel).
(6) Use a vessel registered to a limited
entry permit with a trawl endorsement
(with or without an MS/CV
endorsement) to catch more than 30
percent of the Pacific whiting allocation
for the mothership sector.
(7) Process more than 45 percent of
the annual mothership sector’s Pacific
whiting allocation.
(8) Catch, take, or harvest fish before
all catch from any previous haul has
been transferred to a single vessel
registered to an MS permit.
(9) Transfer catch from a single haul
to more than one permitted MS vessel.
(10) Catch, take, or harvest fish for a
MS coop with a vessel that has not been
identified by the coop as a vessel
authorized to harvest that coop’s
allocation.
(11) Catch, take, or harvest fish in the
non-coop fishery with a vessel
registered to an MS/CV-endorsed permit
in the same year the MS/CV-endorsed
permit was registered to a vessel that
fished as a member of a coop in the MS
Coop Program.
(12) Sort or discard any portion of the
catch taken by a catcher vessel in the
mothership sector before the catcher
vessel observer completes sampling of
the catch, except for minor operational
amounts of catch lost by a catcher vessel
provided the observer has accounted for
the discard (i.e., a maximized retention
fishery).
(13) Mix catch from more than one
haul before the observer completes their
collection of catch for sampling.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78385
(14) Take deliveries without a valid
scale inspection report signed by an
authorized scale inspector on board the
vessel.
(15) Sort, process, or discard catch
delivered to a mothership before the
catch is weighed on a scale that meets
the requirements of § 660.15(b),
including the daily test requirements.
(e) C/P Coop Program. (1) Fish with
a vessel in the catcher/processor sector
that is not registered to a current C/Pendorsed limited entry trawl permit.
(2) Fish as a catcher/processor vessel
in the same year that the vessel fishes
as a catcher vessel in the mothership
fishery.
(3) Fish as a catcher/processor vessel
in the same year that the vessel operates
as a mothership in the mothership
fishery.
(4) Fish in the C/P Coop Program with
a vessel that does not have a valid VMS
declaration for limited entry midwater
trawl, Pacific whiting catcher/processor
sector, as specified at
§ 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A).
(5) Fish in the C/P Coop Program with
a vessel that is not identified in the C/
P coop agreement.
(6) Fish in the C/P Coop Program
without a valid scale inspection report
signed by an authorized scale inspector
on board the vessel.
(7) Sort, process, or discard catch
before the catch is weighed on a scale
that meets the requirements of
§ 660.15(b), including the daily test
requirements.
(8) Discard any catch from the codend
or net (i.e. bleeding) before the observer
has completed their data collection.
(9) Mix catch from more than one
haul before the observer completes their
collection of catch for sampling.
■ 19. In § 660.113, paragraphs (a)
through (c) are added, and paragraph (d)
is revised, to read as follows:
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery—recordkeeping
and reporting.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) General requirements. (1) All
records or reports required by this
paragraph (a) must: be maintained in
English, be accurate, be legible, be based
on local time, and be submitted in a
timely manner.
(2) Retention of Records. All records
used in the preparation of records or
reports specified in this section or
corrections to these reports must be
maintained for a period of not less than
three years after the date of landing and
must be immediately available upon
request for inspection by NMFS or
authorized officers or others as
specifically authorized by NMFS.
Records used in the preparation of
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78386
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
required reports specified in this section
or corrections to these reports that are
required to be kept include, but are not
limited to, any written, recorded,
graphic, electronic, or digital materials
as well as other information stored in or
accessible through a computer or other
information retrieval system;
worksheets; weight slips; preliminary,
interim, and final tally sheets; receipts;
checks; ledgers; notebooks; diaries;
spreadsheets; diagrams; graphs; charts;
tapes; disks; or computer printouts. All
relevant records used in the preparation
of electronic fish ticket reports or
corrections to these reports must be
maintained for a period of not less than
three years after the date and must be
immediately available upon request for
inspection by NMFS or authorized
officers or others as specifically
authorized by NMFS.
(b) Shorebased IFQ Program. (1)
Economic data collection (EDC)
program. The following persons are
required to submit an EDC form as
specified at § 660.114:
(i) All owners, lessees, and charterers
of a catcher vessel registered to a limited
entry trawl endorsed permit.
(ii) All owners of a first receiver site
license.
(iii) All owners and lessees of a
shorebased processor.
(2) Electronic vessel logbook.
[Reserved]
(3) Gear switching declaration. Any
person with a limited entry trawl permit
participating in the Shorebased IFQ
Program using groundfish non-trawl
gear (i.e., gear switching) must submit a
valid gear declaration reporting such
participation as specified in
§ 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A).
(4) Electronic fish ticket. The IFQ first
receiver is responsible for compliance
with all reporting requirements
described in this paragraph.
(i) Required information. All IFQ first
receivers must provide the following
types of information: Date of landing,
vessel that made the delivery, vessel
account number, gear type used, catch
area, first receiver, actual weights of
species landed listed by species or
species group including species with no
value, condition landed, number of
salmon by species, number of Pacific
halibut, and any other information
deemed necessary by the Regional
Administrator as specified on the
appropriate electronic fish ticket form.
(ii) Submissions. The IFQ first
receiver must:
(A) Include as part of each electronic
fish ticket submission, the actual scale
weight for each groundfish species as
specified by requirements at § 660.15(c)
and the vessel identification number.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(B) Use for the purpose of submitting
electronic fish tickets, and maintain in
good working order, computer
equipment as specified at § 660.15(d)(1);
(C) Install, use, and update as
necessary, any NMFS-approved
software described at § 660.15(d)(3);
(D) Submit a completed electronic
fish ticket for every IFQ landing no later
than 24 hours after the date the fish are
received, unless a waiver of this
requirement has been granted under
provisions specified at paragraph
(b)(4)(iv) of this section.
(iii) Revising a submission. In the
event that a data error is found,
electronic fish ticket submissions may
be revised by resubmitting the revised
form. Electronic fish tickets are to be
used for the submission of final data.
Preliminary data, including estimates of
fish weights or species composition,
shall not be submitted on electronic fish
tickets.
(iv) Waivers for submission. On a
case-by-case basis, a temporary written
waiver of the requirement to submit
electronic fish tickets may be granted by
the Assistant Regional Administrator or
designee if he/she determines that
circumstances beyond the control of a
first receiver would result in inadequate
data submissions using the electronic
fish ticket system. The duration of the
waiver will be determined on a case-bycase basis.
(v) Reporting requirements when a
temporary waiver has been granted. IFQ
First receivers that have been granted a
temporary waiver from the requirement
to submit electronic fish tickets must
submit on paper the same data as is
required on electronic fish tickets
within 24 hours of the date received
during the period that the waiver is in
effect. Paper fish tickets must be sent by
facsimile to NMFS, Northwest Region,
Sustainable Fisheries Division, 206–
526– 6736 or by delivering it in person
to 7600 Sand Point Way, NE., Seattle,
WA 98115. The requirements for
submissions of paper tickets in this
paragraph are separate from, and in
addition to existing state requirements
for landing receipts or fish receiving
tickets.
(c) MS Coop Program (coop and noncoop fisheries)—(1) Economic data
collection (EDC) program. The following
persons are required to submit a
complete economic data collection form
as specified at § 660.114.
(i) All owners, lessees, and charterers
of a catcher vessel registered to a limited
entry trawl MS/CV-endorsed permit.
(ii) All owners, lessees, and charterers
of a vessel registered to an MS permit.
(2) NMFS-approved scales—(i) Scale
test report form. Mothership vessel
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operators are responsible for conducting
scale tests and for recording the scale
test information on the at-sea scale test
report form as specified at § 660.15(b),
subpart C, for mothership vessels.
(ii) Printed scale reports. Specific
requirements pertaining to printed scale
reports and scale weight print outs are
specified at § 660.15(b), subpart C, for
mothership vessels.
(iii) Retention of scale records and
reports. The vessel must maintain the
test report form on board until the end
of the fishing year during which the
tests were conducted, and make the
report forms available to observers,
NMFS staff, or authorized officers. In
addition, the vessel owner must retain
the scale test report forms for 3 years
after the end of the fishing year during
which the tests were performed. All
scale test report forms must be signed by
the vessel operator.
(3) Annual coop report—(i) The
designated coop manager for the
mothership coop must submit an annual
report to the Pacific Fishery
Management Council for their
November meeting each year. The
annual coop report will contain
information about the current year’s
fishery, including:
(A) The mothership sector’s annual
allocation of Pacific whiting and the
permitted mothership coop allocation;
(B) The mothership coop’s actual
retained and discarded catch of Pacific
whiting, salmon, Pacific halibut,
rockfish, groundfish, and other species
on a vessel-by-vessel basis;
(C) A description of the method used
by the mothership coop to monitor
performance of coop vessels that
participated in the fishery;
(D) A description of any actions taken
by the mothership coop in response to
any vessels that exceed their allowed
catch and bycatch; and
(E) Plans for the next year’s
mothership coop fishery, including the
companies participating in the
cooperative, the harvest agreement, and
catch monitoring and reporting
requirements.
(ii) The annual coop report submitted
to the Pacific Fishery Management
Council must be finalized to capture any
additional fishing activity that year and
submitted to NMFS by March 31 of the
following year before a coop permit is
issued for the following year.
(4) Cease fishing report. As specified
at § 660.150(c)(4)(ii), the designated
coop manager, or in the case of an intercoop agreement, all of the designated
coop managers must submit a cease
fishing report to NMFS indicating that
harvesting has concluded for the year.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(d) C/P Coop Program—(1) Economic
data collection (EDC) program. All
owners, lessees, and charterers of a
vessel registered to a C/P-endorsed
limited entry trawl permit are required
to submit a complete economic data
collection form as specified at § 660.114.
(2) NMFS-approved scales—(i) Scale
test report form. Catcher/processor
vessel operators are responsible for
conducting scale tests and for recording
the scale test information on the at-sea
scale test report form as specified at
§ 660.15(b), subpart C, for C/P vessels.
(ii) Printed scale reports. Specific
requirements pertaining to printed scale
reports and scale weight print outs are
specified at § 660.15(b), subpart C, for C/
P vessels.
(iii) Retention of scale records and
reports. The vessel must maintain the
test report form on board until the end
of the fishing year during which the
tests were conducted, and make the
report forms available to observers,
NMFS staff, or authorized officers. In
addition, the vessel owner must retain
the scale test report forms for 3 years
after the end of the fishing year during
which the tests were performed. All
Fishery
participant
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
(1) Limited entry trawl catcher vessels.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
scale test report forms must be signed by
the vessel operator.
(3) Annual coop report—(i) The
designated coop manager for the C/P
coop must submit an annual report to
the Pacific Fishery Management Council
for their November meeting each year.
The annual coop report will contain
information about the current year’s
fishery, including:
(A) The C/P sector’s annual allocation
of Pacific whiting;
(B) The C/P coop’s actual retained and
discarded catch of Pacific whiting,
salmon, Pacific halibut, rockfish,
groundfish, and other species on a
vessel-by-vessel basis;
(C) A description of the method used
by the C/P coop to monitor performance
of cooperative vessels that participated
in the fishery;
(D) A description of any actions taken
by the C/P coop in response to any
vessels that exceed their allowed catch
and bycatch; and
(E) Plans for the next year’s C/P coop
fishery, including the companies
participating in the cooperative, the
harvest agreement, and catch
monitoring and reporting requirements.
(ii) The annual coop report submitted
to the Pacific Fishery Management
Economic data collection
(i) Baseline (2009 and
2010) economic data.
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Who is required to submit
an EDC?
All owners, lessees, and
charterers of a catcher
vessel registered to a
limited entry trawl endorsed permit at any
time in 2009 or 2010.
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78387
Council must be finalized to capture any
additional fishing activity that year and
submitted to NMFS by March 31 of the
following year before a coop permit is
issued for the following year.
(4) Cease fishing report. As specified
at § 660.160(c)(5), the designated coop
manager must submit a cease fishing
report to NMFS indicating that
harvesting has concluded for the year.
■ 20. Section 660.114 is added to read
as follows:
§ 660.114 Trawl fishery—economic data
collection program.
(a) General. The economic data
collection (EDC) program collects
mandatory economic data from
participants in the trawl rationalization
program. NMFS requires submission of
an EDC form to gather ongoing, annual
data for 2011 and beyond, as well as a
onetime collection in 2011 of baseline
economic data from 2009 through 2010.
(b) Economic data collection program
requirements. The following fishery
participants in the limited entry
groundfish trawl fisheries are required
to comply with the following EDC
program requirements:
Consequence for failure to submit (In addition to consequences listed below, failure to submit an EDC may
be a violation of the MSA.)
(A) For permit owner, a limited entry trawl permit application (including MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
trawl permit) will not be considered complete until
the required EDC for that permit owner associated
with that permit is submitted, as specified at
§ 660.25(b)(4)(i), subpart C.
(B) For a vessel owner, participation in the groundfish
fishery (including, but not limited to, changes in vessel registration, vessel account actions, or if own
QS permit, issuance of annual QP or IBQ pounds)
will not be authorized until the required EDC for that
owner for that vessel is submitted, as specified, in
part, at § 660.25(b)(4)(v), subpart C and
§ 660.140(e), subpart D.
(C) For a vessel lessee or charterer, participation in
the groundfish fishery (including, but not limited to,
issuance of annual QP or IBQ pounds if own QS or
IBQ) will not be authorized, until the required EDC
for their operation of that vessel is submitted.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
78388
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Fishery
participant
Economic data collection
(ii) Annual/ongoing (2011
and beyond) economic
data.
(2) Motherships ....................
(i) Baseline (2009 and
2010) economic data.
(ii) Annual/ongoing (2011
and beyond) economic
data.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
(3) Catcher processors ........
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
(i) Baseline (2009 and
2010) economic data.
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Who is required to submit
an EDC?
Consequence for failure to submit (In addition to consequences listed below, failure to submit an EDC may
be a violation of the MSA.)
All owners, lessees, and
(A) For permit owner, a limited entry trawl permit apcharterers of a catcher
plication (including MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
vessel registered to a
trawl permit) will not be considered complete until
limited entry trawl enthe required EDC for that permit owner associated
dorsed permit at any
with that permit is submitted, as specified at
time in 2011 and beyond.
§ 660.25(b)(4)(i), subpart C.
(B) For a vessel owner, participation in the groundfish
fishery (including, but not limited to, changes in vessel registration, vessel account actions, or if own
QS permit, issuance of annual QP or IBQ pounds)
will not be authorized until the required EDC for that
owner for that vessel is submitted, as specified, in
part, at § 660.25(b)(4)(v), subpart C and
§ 660.140(e), subpart D.
(C) For a vessel lessee or charterer, participation in
the groundfish fishery (including, but not limited to,
issuance of annual QP or IBQ pounds if own QS or
IBQ) will not be authorized, until the required EDC
for their operation of that vessel is submitted.
All owners, lessees, and
(A) For permit owner, an MS permit application will not
charterers of a
be considered complete until the required EDC for
mothership vessel that
that permit owner associated with that permit is subreceived whiting in 2009
mitted, as specified at § 660.25(b)(4)(i), subpart C.
or 2010 as recorded in
(B) For a vessel owner, participation in the groundfish
NMFS’ NORPAC datafishery (including, but not limited to, changes in vesbase.
sel registration) will not be authorized until the required EDC for that owner for that vessel is submitted, as specified, in part, at § 660.25(b)(4)(v),
subpart C.
(C) For a vessel lessee or charterer, participation in
the groundfish fishery will not be authorized, until
the required EDC for their operation of that vessel is
submitted.
All owners, lessees, and
(A) For permit owner, an MS permit application will not
charterers of a
be considered complete until the required EDC for
mothership vessel regthat permit owner associated with that permit is subistered to an MS permit
mitted, as specified at § 660.25(b)(4)(i), subpart C.
at any time in 2011 and
(B) For a vessel owner, participation in the groundfish
beyond.
fishery (including, but not limited to, changes in vessel registration) will not be authorized until the required EDC for that owner for that vessel is submitted, as specified, in part, at § 660.25(b)(4)(v),
subpart C.
(C) For a vessel lessee or charterer, participation in
the groundfish fishery will not be authorized, until
the required EDC for their operation of that vessel is
submitted.
All owners, lessees, and
(A) For permit owner, a C/P-endorsed limited entry
charterers of a catcher
trawl permit application will not be considered comprocessor vessel that
plete until the required EDC for that permit owner
harvested whiting in
associated with that permit is submitted, as speci2009 or 2010 as refied at § 660.25(b)(4)(i), subpart C.
corded in NMFS’
(B) For a vessel owner, participation in the groundfish
NORPAC database.
fishery (including, but not limited to, changes in vessel registration) will not be authorized until the required EDC for that owner for that vessel is submitted, as specified, in part, at § 660.25(b)(4)(v),
subpart C.
(C) For a vessel lessee or charterer, participation in
the groundfish fishery will not be authorized, until
the required EDC for their operation of that vessel is
submitted.
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
78389
(4) First receivers/
shorebased processors.
Who is required to submit
an EDC?
Consequence for failure to submit (In addition to consequences listed below, failure to submit an EDC may
be a violation of the MSA.)
(ii) Annual/ongoing (2011
and beyond) economic
data.
Fishery
participant
All owners, lessees, and
charterers of a catcher
processor vessel registered to a catcher processor permit at any time
in 2011 and beyond.
(i) Baseline (2009 and
2010) economic data.
All owners and lessees of
a shorebased processor
and all buyers that received groundfish or
whiting harvested with a
limited entry trawl permit
as listed in the PacFIN
database in 2009 or
2010.
(A) All owners of a first receiver site license in
2011 and beyond.
(A) For permit owner, a C/P-endorsed limited entry
trawl permit application will not be considered complete until the required EDC for that permit owner
associated with that permit is submitted, as specified at § 660.25(b)(4)(i), subpart C.
(B) For a vessel owner, participation in the groundfish
fishery (including, but not limited to, changes in vessel registration) will not be authorized until the required EDC for that owner for that vessel is submitted, as specified, in part, at § 660.25(b)(4)(v),
subpart C.
(C) For a vessel lessee or charterer, participation in
the groundfish fishery will not be authorized, until
the required EDC for their operation of that vessel is
submitted.
A first receiver site license application for a particular
physical location for processing and buying will not
be considered complete until the required EDC for
the applying processor or buyer is submitted, as
specified at § 660.140(f)(3), subpart D.
Economic data collection
(ii) Annual/ongoing (2011
and beyond) economic
data.
A first receiver site license application will not be considered complete until the required EDC for that license owner associated with that license is submitted, as specified at § 660.140(f)(3), subpart D.
See paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this table.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
(B) All owners and lessees
of a shore-based processor (as defined under
‘‘processor’’ at § 660.11,
subpart C, for purposes
of EDC) that received
round or headed-andgutted IFQ species
groundfish or whiting
from a first receiver in
2011 and beyond.
(c) Submission of the EDC form and
deadline—(1) Submission of the EDC
form. The complete, certified EDC form
must be submitted to ATTN: Economic
Data Collection Program (FRAM
Division), NMFS, Northwest Fisheries
Science Center, 2725 Montlake
Boulevard East, Seattle, WA 98112. A
complete EDC form contains responses
for all data fields, which include but are
not limited to costs, labor, earnings,
activity in a fishery, vessel or plant
characteristics, value, quota, operational
information, location of expenditures
and earnings, ownership information
and leasing information.
(2) Deadline. Complete, certified EDC
forms must be mailed and postmarked
by or hand-delivered to NMFS NWFSC
no later than September 1, 2011, for
baseline data, and, for the annual/
ongoing data collection beginning
September 1, 2012, September 1 each
year for the prior year’s data.
(d) Confidentiality of information.
Information received on an EDC form
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
will be considered confidential under
applicable law and guidance.
(e) EDC audit procedures—(1) NMFS
reserves the right to conduct verification
of economic data with the submitter of
the form. NMFS may employ a third
party agent to conduct the audits.
(2) The submitter of the EDC form
must respond to any inquiry by NMFS
or a NMFS agent within 20 days of the
date of issuance of the inquiry, unless
an extension is granted by NMFS.
(3) The submitter of the form must
provide copies of additional data to
facilitate verification by NMFS or
NMFS’ agent upon request. The NMFS
auditor may review and request copies
of additional data provided by the
submitter, including but not limited to,
previously audited or reviewed
financial statements, worksheets, tax
returns, invoices, receipts, and other
original documents substantiating the
economic data submitted.
§ 660.116
■
[Removed]
21. Section 660.116 is removed.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22. In § 660.130, paragraphs (a) and
(d) are revised to read as follows:
■
§ 660.130 Trawl fishery—management
measures.
(a) General. Limited entry trawl
vessels are those vessels registered to a
limited entry permit with a trawl
endorsement and those vessels
registered to an MS permit. Most species
taken in limited entry trawl fisheries
will be managed with quotas (see
§ 660.140), allocations or set-asides (see
§ 660.150 or § 660.160), or cumulative
trip limits (see trip limits in Tables 1
(North) and 1 (South) of this subpart),
size limits (see § 660.60 (h)(5), subpart
C), seasons (see Pacific whiting at
§ 660.131(b), subpart D), gear
restrictions (see paragraph (b) of this
section) and closed areas (see paragraph
(e) of this section and §§ 660.70 through
660.79, subpart C). The trawl fishery has
gear requirements and harvest limits
that differ by the type of trawl gear on
board and the area fished. Groundfish
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78390
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
vessels operating south of Point
Conception must adhere to CCA
restrictions (see paragraph (e)(1) of this
section and § 660.70, subpart C). The
trip limits in Tables 1 (North) and 1
(South) of this subpart apply to vessels
participating in the limited entry
groundfish trawl fishery and may not be
exceeded. Federal commercial
groundfish regulations are not intended
to supersede any more restrictive state
commercial groundfish regulations
relating to federally-managed
groundfish.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Sorting. Under § 660.12(a)(8),
subpart C, it is unlawful for any person
to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to the first weighing
after offloading, those groundfish
species or species groups for which
there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY, if the vessel fished or
landed in an area during a time when
such trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY applied.’’ The states of
Washington, Oregon, and California
may also require that vessels record
their landings as sorted on their state
landing receipt.
(1) Species and areas—(i) Coastwide.
Widow rockfish, canary rockfish,
darkblotched rockfish, yelloweye
rockfish, shortbelly rockfish, black
rockfish, blue rockfish, minor nearshore
rockfish, minor shelf rockfish, minor
slope rockfish, shortspine and longspine
thornyhead, Dover sole, arrowtooth
flounder, petrale sole, starry flounder,
English sole, other flatfish, lingcod,
sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny dogfish,
other fish, longnose skate, and Pacific
whiting;
(ii) North of 40°10′ N. lat. POP,
yellowtail rockfish;
(iii) South of 40°10′ N. lat. Minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, chilipepper rockfish,
bocaccio rockfish, splitnose rockfish,
Pacific sanddabs, cowcod,
bronzespotted rockfish and cabezon.
(2) Sorting requirements for the
Shorebased IFQ Program—(i) First
receivers. Fish landed at IFQ first
receivers (including shoreside
processing facilities and buying stations
that intend to transport catch for
processing elsewhere) must be sorted,
prior to first weighing after offloading
from the vessel and prior to transport
away from the point of landing, except
the vessels declared in to the limited
entry midwater trawl, Pacific whiting
shorebased IFQ at § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A),
subpart C, may weigh catch on a bulk
scale before sorting as described at
§ 660.140(j)(2).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(ii) Catcher vessels. All catch must be
sorted to the species groups specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section for
vessels with limited entry permits,
except those retaining all catch during
a Pacific whiting IFQ trip. The catch
must not be discarded from the vessel
and the vessel must not mix catch from
hauls until the observer has sampled the
catch. Prohibited species must be sorted
according to the following species
groups: Dungeness crab, Pacific halibut,
Chinook salmon, other salmon. Nongroundfish species must be sorted as
required by the state of landing.
(3) Sorting requirements for the at-sea
sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery.
(i) Pacific whiting at-sea processing
vessels may use an accurate in-line
conveyor or hopper type scale to derive
an accurate total catch weight prior to
sorting. Immediately following weighing
of the total catch, the catch must be
sorted to the species groups specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section and all
incidental catch (groundfish and nongroundfish species) must be accurately
accounted for and the weight of
incidental catch deducted from the total
catch weight to derive the weight of
target species.
(ii) Catcher vessels in the MS sector.
If sorting occurs on the catcher vessel,
the catch must not be discarded from
the vessel and the vessel must not mix
catch from hauls until the observer has
sampled the catch.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 23. In § 660.131:
■ a. Paragraphs (a) and (b), the
introductory text of paragraph (c), and
paragraphs (e) and (f) are revised;
■ b. Paragraphs (g), (h), (i) and (k) are
removed;
■ c. Paragraph (j) is redesignated as
paragraph (g) to read as follows:
§ 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Sectors—(1) The catcher/processor
sector, or C/P Coop Program, is
composed of catcher/processors
registered to a limited entry permit with
a C/P endorsement.
(2) The mothership sector, or MS
Coop Program, is composed of
motherships and catcher vessels that
harvest Pacific whiting for delivery to
motherships. Motherships are vessels
registered to an MS permit, and catcher
vessels are vessels registered to a
limited entry permit with an MS/CV
endorsement or vessels registered to a
limited entry permit without an MS/CV
endorsement if the vessel is authorized
to harvest the coop’s allocation.
(3) The Pacific whiting IFQ fishery is
composed of vessels that harvest Pacific
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
whiting for delivery shoreside to IFQ
first receivers during the primary
season.
(b) Pacific whiting seasons—(1)
Primary seasons. The primary seasons
for the Pacific whiting fishery are:
(i) For the Shorebased IFQ Program,
Pacific whiting IFQ fishery, the
period(s) of the large-scale target fishery
is conducted after the season start date;
(ii) For catcher/processors, the
period(s) when catching and at-sea
processing is allowed for the catcher/
processor sector (after the season closes
at-sea processing of any fish already on
board the processing vessel is allowed
to continue); and
(iii) For vessels delivering to
motherships, the period(s) when
catching and at-sea processing is
allowed for the mothership sector (after
the season closes at-sea processing of
any fish already on board the processing
vessel is allowed to continue).
(2) Different primary season start
dates. North of 40°30′ N. lat., different
starting dates may be established for the
catcher/processor sector, the mothership
sector, and in the Pacific whiting IFQ
fishery for vessels delivering to IFQ first
receivers north of 42° N. lat. and vessels
delivering to IFQ first receivers between
42° through 40°30′ N. lat.
(i) Procedures. The primary seasons
for the whiting fishery north of 40°3′ N.
lat. generally will be established
according to the procedures of the
PCGFMP for developing and
implementing harvest specifications and
apportionments. The season opening
dates remain in effect unless changed,
generally with the harvest specifications
and management measures.
(ii) Criteria. The start of a primary
season may be changed based on a
recommendation from the Council and
consideration of the following factors, if
applicable: Size of the harvest
guidelines for whiting and bycatch
species; age/size structure of the whiting
population; expected harvest of bycatch
and prohibited species; availability and
stock status of prohibited species;
expected participation by catchers and
processors; the period between when
catcher vessels make annual processor
obligations and the start of the fishery;
environmental conditions; timing of
alternate or competing fisheries;
industry agreement; fishing or
processing rates; and other relevant
information.
(iii) Primary whiting season start
dates and duration. After the start of a
primary season for a sector of the
whiting fishery, the season remains
open for that sector until the sector
allocation of whiting or non-whiting
groundfish (with allocations) is reached
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
or projected to be reached and the
fishery season for that sector is closed
by NMFS. The starting dates for the
primary seasons for the whiting fishery
are as follows:
(A) Catcher/processor sector—May 15.
(B) Mothership sector—May 15.
(C) Shorebased IFQ Program, Pacific
whiting IFQ fishery.
(1) North of 42° N. lat.—June 15;
(2) Between 42°–40°30′ N. lat.—April
1; and
(3) South of 40°30′ N. lat.—April 15.
(3) Trip limits in the whiting fishery.
The ‘‘per trip’’ limit for whiting before
the regular (primary) season for the
shorebased sector is announced in Table
1 of this subpart, and is a routine
management measure under § 660.60(c).
This trip limit includes any whiting
caught shoreward of 100–fm (183–m) in
the Eureka, CA area. The ‘‘per trip’’ limit
for other groundfish species for the
shorebased sector are announced in
Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South) of
this subpart and apply as follows:
(i) During the groundfish cumulative
limit periods both before and after the
primary whiting season, vessels may use
either small and/or large footrope gear,
but are subject to the more restrictive
trip limits for those entire cumulative
periods.
(ii) If, during a primary whiting
season, a whiting vessel harvests a
groundfish species other than whiting
for which there is a midwater trip limit,
then that vessel may also harvest up to
another footrope-specific limit for that
species during any cumulative limit
period that overlaps the start or end of
the primary whiting season.
(c) Closed areas. Vessels fishing in the
Pacific whiting primary seasons for the
Shorebased IFQ Program, MS Coop
Program, or C/P Coop Program shall not
target Pacific whiting with midwater
trawl gear in the following portions of
the fishery management area:
*
*
*
*
*
(e) At-sea processing. Whiting may
not be processed at sea south of 42°00′
N. lat. (Oregon-California border),
unless by a waste-processing vessel as
authorized under paragraph (g) of this
section.
(f) Time of day. Vessels fishing in the
Pacific whiting primary seasons for the
Shorebased IFQ Program, MS Coop
Program or C/P Coop Program shall not
target Pacific whiting with midwater
trawl gear in the fishery management
area south of 42°00′ N. lat. between 0001
hours to one-half hour after official
sunrise (local time). During this time
south of 42°00′N. lat., trawl doors must
be on board any vessel used to fish for
whiting and the trawl must be attached
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
to the trawl doors. Official sunrise is
determined, to the nearest 5° lat., in The
Nautical Almanac issued annually by
the Nautical Almanac Office, U.S. Naval
Observatory, and available from the U.S.
Government Printing Office.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 24. In § 660.140:
■ a. Paragraphs (a), (d)(1), (d)(4)(i)(C),
(d)(4)(iv), and (d)(8)(ix) are revised;
■ b. The heading of paragraph (b) is
revised, and text is added to paragraph
(b).
■ c. The heading of paragraph (c) and
paragraph (c)(1) are revised, paragraph
(c)(2) is redesignated as paragraph (c)(3)
and a new paragraph (c)(2) is added,
and the newly redesignated paragraph
(c)(3)(vi) is revised;
■ d. Paragraphs (c)(3)(vii), (d)(2), (d)(3),
(d)(5), and (e) through (h) are added;
and
■ e. Paragraphs (j) through (m) are
redesignated as paragraphs (i) through
(l), the headings of newly designated
paragraphs (i) and (k) are revised, and
text is added to the newly redesignated
paragraphs (i) through (l) to read as
follows:
§ 660.140
Shorebased IFQ Program.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) General. The Shorebased IFQ
Program requirements in this section
will be effective beginning January 1,
2011, except for paragraphs (d)(4),
(d)(6), and (d)(8) of this section, which
are effective immediately. The
Shorebased IFQ Program applies to
qualified participants in the Pacific
Coast Groundfish fishery and includes a
system of transferable QS for most
groundfish species or species groups,
IBQ for Pacific halibut, and trip limits
or set-asides for the remaining
groundfish species or species groups.
NMFS will issue a QS permit to eligible
participants and will establish a QS
account for each QS permit owner to
track the amount of QS or IBQ and QP
or IBQ pounds owned by that owner. QS
permit owners may own QS or IBQ for
IFQ species, expressed as a percent of
the allocation to the Shorebased IFQ
Program for that species. NMFS will
issue QP or IBQ pounds to QS permit
owners, expressed in pounds, on an
annual basis, to be deposited in the
corresponding QS account. NMFS will
establish a vessel account for each
eligible vessel owner participating in
the Shorebased IFQ Program, which is
independent of the QS permit and QS
account. In order to use QP or IBQ
pounds, a QS permit owner must
transfer the QP or IBQ pounds from the
QS account into the vessel account for
the vessel to which the QP or IBQ
pounds is to be assigned. Harvests of
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78391
IFQ species may only be delivered to an
IFQ first receiver with a first receiver
site license. In addition to the
requirements of this section, the
Shorebased IFQ Program is subject to
the following groundfish regulations of
subparts C and D:
(1) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart C: § 660.11
Definitions, § 660.12 Prohibitions,
§ 660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting,
§ 660.14 VMS requirements, § 660.15
Equipment requirements, § 660.16
Groundfish observer program, § 660.20
Vessel and gear identification, § 660.25
Permits, § 660.55 Allocations, § 660.60
Specifications and management
measures, § 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications, and §§ 660.70 through
660.79 Closed areas.
(2) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart D:
§ 660.111 Trawl fishery definitions,
§ 660.112 Trawl fishery prohibitions,
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery recordkeeping
and reporting, § 660.120 Trawl fishery
crossover provisions, § 660.130 Trawl
fishery management measures, and
§ 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
(3) The Shorebased IFQ Program may
be restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the
Shorebased IFQ Program, the MS Coop
Program, or the C/P Coop Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sector in aggregate
or the individual trawl sectors
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation specified in the PCGFMP or
regulation at § 660.55, subpart C, or
§§ 660.140, 660.150, or 660.160, subpart
D.
(b) Participation requirements and
responsibilities—(1) IFQ vessels. (i)
Vessels must be registered to a
groundfish limited entry permit,
endorsed for trawl gear with no C/P
endorsement.
(ii) To start a fishing trip in the
Shorebased IFQ Program, a vessel and
its owner(s) (as described on the USCG
documentation or state registration
document) must be registered to the
same vessel account established by
NMFS with no deficit (negative balance)
for any species/species group.
(iii) All IFQ species/species group
catch (landings and discards) must be
covered by QP or IBQ pounds. Any
deficit (negative balance in a vessel
account) must be cured within 30
calendar days from the date the deficit
from that trip is documented in the
vessel account, unless the deficit is
within the limits of the carryover
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78392
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
provision at paragraph (e)(5) of this
section, in which case the vessel may
declare out of the IFQ fishery for the
remainder of the year in which the
deficit occurred, and must cure the
deficit within 30 days after the issuance
of QP or IBQ pounds for the following
year.
(iv) Any vessel with a deficit (negative
balance) in its vessel account is
prohibited from fishing that is within
the scope of the Shorebased IFQ
Program until sufficient QP or IBQ
pounds are transferred into the vessel
account to remove any deficit,
regardless of the amount of the deficit.
(v) A vessel account may not have QP
or IBQ pounds (used and unused
combined) in excess of the QP Vessel
Limit in any year, and for species
covered by Unused QP Vessel Limit,
may not have QP or IBQ pounds in
excess of the Unused QP Vessel Limit at
any time. These amounts are specified
at paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
(vi) Vessels must use either trawl gear
as specified at § 660.130(b), or a legal
non-trawl groundfish gear under the
gear switching provisions as specified at
§ 660.140(k).
(vii) Vessels that are registered to MS/
CV-endorsed permits may be used to
fish in the Shorebased IFQ Program
provided that the vessel is registered to
a valid Shorebased IFQ Program vessel
account.
(viii) In the same calendar year, a
vessel registered to a trawl endorsed
limited entry permit with no MS/CV or
C/P endorsements may be used to fish
in the Shorebased IFQ Program if the
vessel has a valid vessel account, and to
fish in the mothership sector for a
permitted MS coop as authorized by the
MS coop.
(ix) Vessels that are registered to C/Pendorsed permits may not be used to
fish in the Shorebased IFQ Program.
(2) IFQ first receivers. The IFQ first
receiver must:
(i) Ensure that all catch removed from
a vessel making an IFQ delivery is
weighed on a scale or scales meeting the
requirements described in § 660.15(c),
subpart C;
(ii) Ensure that all catch is landed,
sorted, and weighed in accordance with
a valid catch monitoring plan as
described in § 660.140(f)(3)(iii),
subpart D.
(iii) Ensure that all catch is sorted,
prior to first weighing, by species or
species groups as specified at
§ 660.130(d), except the vessels declared
in to the limited entry midwater trawl,
Pacific whiting shorebased IFQ at
§ 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A), subpart C may
weigh catch on a before sorting as
described at § 660.140(j)(2).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iv) Provide uninhibited access to all
areas where fish are or may be sorted or
weighed to NMFS staff, NMFSauthorized personnel, or authorized
officer at any time when a delivery of
IFQ species, or the processing of those
species, is taking place.
(v) Ensure that each scale produces a
complete and accurate printed record of
the weight of all catch in a delivery,
unless exempted in the NMFS-accepted
catch monitoring plan.
(vi) Retain and make available to
NMFS staff, NMFS-authorized
personnel, or an authorized officer, all
printed output from any scale used to
weigh catch, and any hand tally sheets,
worksheets, or notes used to determine
the total weight of any species.
(vii) Ensure that each delivery of IFQ
catch is monitored by a catch monitor
and that the catch monitor is on site the
entire time the delivery is being
weighed or sorted.
(viii) Ensure that sorting and weighing
is completed prior to catch leaving the
area that can be monitored from the
observation area.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) IFQ species, management areas,
and allocations.
(1) IFQ species. IFQ species are those
groundfish species and Pacific halibut
in the exclusive economic zone or
adjacent state waters off Washington,
Oregon and California, under the
jurisdiction of the Pacific Fishery
Management Council, for which QS and
IBQ will be issued. Groupings and area
subdivisions for IFQ species are those
groupings and area subdivisions for
which OYs are specified in the Tables
1a through 2d, subpart C, and those for
which there is an area-specific
precautionary harvest policy. The lists
of individual groundfish species
included in the minor shelf complex
north of 40°10′ N. lat., minor shelf
complex south of 40°10′ N. lat., minor
slope complex north 40°10′ N. lat.,
minor slope complex south of 40°10′ N.
lat., and in the other flatfish complex
are specified under the definition of
‘‘groundfish’’ at § 660.11. The following
are the IFQ species:
IFQ SPECIES
ROUNDFISH
Lingcod
Pacific cod
Pacific whiting
Sablefish N. of 36°
Sablefish S. of 36°
FLATFISH
Dover sole
English sole
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
IFQ SPECIES—Continued
Petrale sole
Arrowtooth flounder
Starry flounder
Other flatfish stock complex
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of 40°10′
ROCKFISH
Pacific ocean perch N. of 40°10′
Widow rockfish
Canary rockfish
Chilipepper rockfish S. of 40°10′
Bocaccio S. of 40°10′
Splitnose rockfish S. of 40°10′
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 40°10′
Shortspine thornyhead N. of 34°27′
Shortspine thornyhead S. of 34°27′
Longspine thornyhead N. of 34°27′
Cowcod S. of 40°10′
Darkblotched rockfish
Yelloweye rockfish
Minor shelf rockfish complex N. of 40°10′
Minor shelf rockfish complex S. of 40°10′
Minor slope rockfish complex N. of 40°10′
Minor slope rockfish complex S. of 40°10′
(2) IFQ management areas. A vessel
participating in the Shorebased IFQ
Program may not fish in more than one
IFQ management area during a trip. IFQ
management areas are as follows:
(i) Between the US/Canada border and
40°10′ N. lat.,
(ii) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat.,
(iii) Between 36° N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat., and
(iv) Between 34°27′ N. lat. and the
US/Mexico border.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(vi) For each IFQ species, NMFS will
determine annual sub-allocations to
individual QS accounts by multiplying
the percent of QS or IBQ registered to
the account by the amount of each
respective IFQ species allocated to the
Shorebased IFQ Program for that year.
For each IFQ species, NMFS will
deposit QP or IBQ pounds in the
respective QS account in the amount of
each sub-allocation determined.
(vii) Reallocations—(A) Reallocation
with changes in management areas.
(1) Area subdivision. If at any time
after the initial allocation, an IFQ
species is geographically subdivided,
those holding QS or IBQ for the IFQ
species being subdivided will receive an
amount of QS or IBQ for each newly
created area that is equivalent to the
amount they held for the area before it
was subdivided.
(2) Area recombination. When two
areas are combined for an IFQ species,
the QS or IBQ held by individuals in
each area will be adjusted
proportionally such that:
(i) The total QS or IBQ for the area
sums to 100 percent, and
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) A person holding QS or IBQ in the
newly created area will receive the same
amount of total QP or IBQ pounds as
they would if the areas had not been
combined.
(3) Area line movement. When a
management area boundary line is
moved for an IFQ species, the QS or IBQ
held by individuals in each area will be
adjusted proportionally such that they
each maintain their same share of the
trawl allocation on a coastwide basis
(a fishing area may expand or decrease,
but the individual’s QP or IBQ pounds
for both areas combined wouldn’t
change because of the change in areas).
In order to achieve this end, the holders
of QS or IBQ in the area being reduced
will receive QS or IBQ for the area being
expanded, such that the total QP or IBQ
pounds they would be issued will not
be reduced as a result of the area
reduction. Those holding QS or IBQ in
the area being expanded will have their
QS or IBQ reduced such that the total
QP or IBQ pounds they receive in the
year of the line movement will not
increase as a result of the expansion
(nor will it be reduced).
(B) Reallocation with subdivision of a
species group. If at any time after the
initial allocation an IFQ species which
is a species group is subdivided, each
species or species group resulting from
the subdivision will be an IFQ species.
QS owners for the species group being
subdivided will receive an amount of
QS for each newly created IFQ species
that is equivalent to the amount they
held for the species group before it was
subdivided. For example, if a person
holds one percent of a species group
before the subdivision, that person will
hold one percent of the QS for each IFQ
species resulting from the subdivision.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) QS permits and QS accounts—(1)
General. In order to obtain QS and/or
IBQ, a person must apply for a QS
permit. NMFS will determine if the
applicant is eligible to own QS and/or
IBQ in accordance with paragraph (d)(2)
of this section. If eligible, NMFS will
issue a QS permit, and will establish a
QS account to track QS and IBQ
balances for all IFQ species identified at
§ 660.140(c)(1). NMFS will issue initial
allocations of QS and IBQ in accordance
with paragraph (d)(8) of this section.
Transfers of QS and IBQ, and of QP or
IBQ pounds, are subject to provisions at
paragraph (d)(3) of this section. QS
permit owners can monitor the status of
their QS and IBQ, and associated QP
and IBQ pounds, throughout the year in
their QS account.
(i) Annual QS adjustments. On or
about January 1 each year, QS permit
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
owners will be notified, via the IFQ Web
site and their QS account, of any
adjustments to their QS and/or IBQ
allocations, for each of the IFQ species.
Updated QS and/or IBQ values, if
applicable, will reflect the results of:
any recalculation of initial allocation
formulas resulting from changes in
provisional OYs used in the allocation
formulas or appeals, any redistribution
of QS and IBQ (e.g., resulting from
permanent revocation of applicable
permits, subject to accumulation limits),
and any transfers of QS and/or IBQ
made during the prior year.
(ii) Annual QP and IBQ pound
allocations. QP and IBQ pounds will be
deposited into QS accounts annually.
QS permit owners will be notified of QP
deposits via the IFQ Web site and their
QS account. QP and IBQ pounds will be
issued to the nearest whole pound using
standard rounding rules (i.e. decimal
amounts less than 0.5 round down and
0.5 and greater round up), except that in
the first year of the Shorebased IFQ
Program, issuance of QP for overfished
species greater than zero but less than
one pound will be rounded up to one
pound. QS permit owners must transfer
their QP and IBQ pounds from their QS
account to a vessel account in order for
those QP and IBQ pounds to be fished.
QP and IBQ pounds must be transferred
in whole pounds (i.e. no fraction of a QP
or IBQ pound can be transferred). All
QP and IBQ pounds in a QS account
must be transferred to a vessel account
by September 1 of each year in order to
be fished.
(A) Nonwhiting QP annual suballocations. NMFS will issue QP for IFQ
species other than Pacific whiting and
Pacific halibut annually by multiplying
the QS permit owner’s QS for each such
IFQ species by that year’s shorebased
trawl allocation for that IFQ species.
Deposits to QS accounts for IFQ species
other than Pacific whiting and Pacific
halibut will be made on or about
January 1 each year.
(B) Pacific whiting QP annual
allocation. NMFS will issue QP for
Pacific whiting annually by multiplying
the QS permit owner’s QS for Pacific
whiting by that year’s shorebased trawl
allocation for Pacific whiting.
(1) In years where the Pacific whiting
harvest specification is known by
January 1, deposits to QS accounts for
Pacific whiting will be made on or about
January 1.
(2) In years where the Pacific whiting
harvest specification is not known by
January 1, NMFS will issue Pacific
whiting QP in two parts. On or about
January 1, NMFS will deposit Pacific
whiting QP based on the shorebased
trawl allocation multiplied by the lower
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78393
end of the range of potential harvest
specifications for Pacific whiting for
that year. After the final Pacific whiting
harvest specifications are established
later in the year, NMFS will deposit
additional QP to the QS account so that
the total QP issued for that year is equal
to the QS permit owner’s QS for Pacific
whiting multiplied by that year’s
shorebased trawl allocation for Pacific
whiting.
(C) Pacific halibut IBQ pounds annual
allocation. NMFS will issue IBQ pounds
for Pacific halibut annually by
multiplying the QS permit owner’s IBQ
percent by the shorebased component of
the trawl mortality limit for that year
(expressed in net weight), and dividing
by 0.75 to convert to round weight
pounds. Consistent with § 660.55(m),
the shorebased component of the trawl
mortality limit will be calculated by
multiplying the total constant
exploitation yield of the prior year by 15
percent, not to exceed 130,000 pounds
in the first four years of the Shorebased
IFQ Program and not to exceed 100,000
pounds starting in the fifth year of the
Shorebased IFQ Program, less the setaside amount of Pacific halibut to
accommodate the incidental catch in the
trawl fishery south of 40°10′ N. latitude
and in the at-sea whiting fishery.
Deposits to QS accounts for Pacific
halibut IBQ pounds will be made on or
about January 1 each year.
(D) [Reserved]
(2) Eligibility and registration—(i)
Eligibility. Only the following persons
are eligible to own QS permits:
(A) A United States citizen, that is
eligible to own and control a U.S.
fishing vessel with a fishery
endorsement pursuant to 46 U.S.C.
12113 (general fishery endorsement
requirements and 75 percent citizenship
requirement for entities);
(B) A permanent resident alien, that is
eligible to own and control a U.S.
fishing vessel with a fishery
endorsement pursuant to 46 U.S.C.
12113 (general fishery endorsement
requirements and 75 percent citizenship
requirement for entities); or
(C) A corporation, partnership, or
other entity established under the laws
of the United States or any State, that is
eligible to own and control a U.S.
fishing vessel with a fishery
endorsement pursuant to 46 U.S.C.
12113 (general fishery endorsement
requirements and 75 percent citizenship
requirement for entities). However,
there is an exception for any entity that
owns a mothership that participated in
the west coast groundfish fishery during
the allocation period and is eligible to
own or control that U.S. fishing vessel
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78394
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
with a fishery endorsement pursuant to
sections 203(g) and 213(g) of the AFA.
(ii) Registration. A QS account will be
established by NMFS with the issuance
of a QS permit. The administrative
functions associated with the
Shorebased IFQ Program (e.g., account
registration, landing transactions, and
transfers) are designed to be
accomplished online; therefore, a
participant must have access to a
computer with Internet access and must
set up online access to their QS account
to participate. The computer must have
Internet browser software installed (e.g.,
Internet Explorer, Netscape, Mozilla
Firefox); as well as the Adobe Flash
Player software version 9.0 or greater.
NMFS will mail initial QS permit
owners instructions to set up online
access to their QS account. NMFS may
require QS account owners that are
business entities to designate an account
manager that may act on behalf of the
entity and their contact information.
NMFS will use the QS account to send
messages to QS permit owners; it is
important for QS permit owners to
monitor their online QS account and all
associated messages.
(3) Renewal, change of permit
ownership, and transfers—(i) Renewal.
(A) QS permits expire at the end of each
calendar year, and must be renewed
between October 1 and November 30 of
each year in order to remain in force the
following year. A complete QS permit
renewal package must be received by
SFD no later than November 30 to be
accepted by NMFS.
(B) Notification to renew QS permits
will be sent by SFD by September 1
each year to the QS permit owner’s most
recent address in the SFD record. The
QS permit owner shall provide SFD
with notice of any address change
within 15 days of the change.
(C) Any QS permit for which SFD
does not receive a QS permit renewal
request by November 30 will have its
QS account inactivated by NMFS at the
end of the calendar year and the QS
permit will not be renewed by NMFS for
the following year. NMFS will not issue
QP or IBQ pounds to the inactivated QS
account associated with the nonrenewed QS permit for that year. Any
QP or IBQ pounds derived from the QS
or IBQ in the inactivated QS account
will be redistributed among all other QS
permit owners that renewed their
permit by the deadline. Redistribution
of QP or IBQ pounds to QS permit
owners will be proportional to the QS
or IBQ for each IFQ species. A nonrenewed QS permit may be renewed in
a subsequent year by submission of a
complete QS permit renewal package
during the permit renewal period for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
that year, and NMFS will issue the
associated QP or IBQ pounds for that
year.
(D) QS permits will not be renewed
until SFD has received a complete
application for a QS permit renewal,
which includes payment of required
fees, complete documentation of QS
permit ownership on the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form as required under paragraph
(d)(4)(iv) of this section, a complete
economic data collection form if
required under § 660.114, subpart D.
The QS permit renewal will be
considered incomplete until the
required information is submitted.
NMFS may require QS account owners
that are business entities to designate an
account manager and their contact
information through the QS permit
renewal process.
(E) Effective Date. A QS permit is
effective on the date given on the permit
and remains effective until the end of
the calendar year.
(F) IAD and appeals. QS permit
renewals are subject to the permit
appeals process specified at § 660.25(g),
subpart C.
(ii) Change of permit ownership and
transfer restrictions—(A) Restriction on
the transfer of ownership for QS
permits. A QS permit cannot be
transferred to another individual or
entity. The QS permit owner cannot
change or add additional individuals or
entities as owners of the permit (i.e.,
cannot change the registered permit
owners as given on the permit). Any
change to the owner of the QS permit
requires the new owner(s) to apply for
a QS permit, and is subject to
accumulation limits and approval by
NMFS.
(B) Transfers of QS or IBQ or QP or
IBQ pounds. (1) General. Transfers of
QS or IBQ from one QS account to
another QS account and transfers of QP
or IBQ pounds from a QS account to a
vessel account must be accomplished
via the online QS account. During the
year there may be situations where
NMFS deems it necessary to prohibit
transfers (i.e., account reconciliation,
system maintenance, or for emergency
fishery management reasons). To make
a transfer, a QS permit owner must
initiate a transfer request by logging
onto the online QS account. Following
the instructions provided on the Web
site, the QS permit owner must enter
pertinent information regarding the
transfer request including, but not
limited to: IFQ species, amount of QS,
IBQ, QP, or IBQ pounds to be
transferred for each IFQ species; name
and any other identifier of the eligible
transferee (e.g., QS permit number,
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
vessel account number); and the value
of the transferred QS, IBQ, QP, or IBQ
pounds for each IFQ species. The online
system will verify whether all
information has been entered and
whether the transfer complies with
ownership limits or vessel limits, as
applicable. If the information is not
accepted, an electronic message will
record as much in the transferor’s QS
account explaining the reason(s). If the
information is accepted, the online
system will record the pending transfer
in both the transferor’s QS account and
the transferee’s QS account or vessel
account. The transferee must approve
the transfer by electronic signature in
order for the transfer to be completed.
If the transferee accepts the transfer, the
online system will record the transfer
and confirm the transaction in both the
transferor’s QS account and the
transferee’s QS account or vessel
account through a transaction
confirmation notice. Once the transferee
accepts the transaction, the transaction
is final and permanent.
(2) Transfer of QS or IBQ between QS
accounts. After the second year of the
trawl rationalization program, QS
permit owners may transfer QS or IBQ
to another QS permit owner, subject to
accumulation limits and approval by
NMFS. QS or IBQ is transferred as a
percent, divisible to one-thousandth of
a percent (i.e., greater than or equal to
0.001%). During the first 2 years after
implementation of the program, QS or
IBQ cannot be transferred to another QS
permit owner, except under U.S. court
order or authorization and as approved
by NMFS. QS or IBQ may not be
transferred between December 1 through
December 31 each year. QS or IBQ may
not be transferred to a vessel account.
(3) Transfer of QP or IBQ pounds from
a QS account to a vessel account. QP or
IBQ pounds must be transferred in
whole pounds (i.e. no fraction of a QP
can be transferred). QP or IBQ pounds
must be transferred to a vessel account
in order to be used. Transfers of QP or
IBQ pounds from a QS account to a
vessel account are subject to vessel
accumulation limits and NMFS’
approval. All QP or IBQ pounds from a
QS account must be transferred to one
or more vessel accounts by September 1
each year. Once QP or IBQ pounds are
transferred from a QS account to a
vessel account (accepted by the
transferee/vessel owner), they cannot be
transferred back to a QS account and
may only be transferred to another
vessel account. QP or IBQ pounds may
not be transferred from one QS account
to another QS account.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(C) Effective date—(1) Transfer of QS
or IBQ between QS accounts is effective
on the date approved by NMFS.
(2) Transfer of QP or IBQ pounds from
a QS account to a vessel account is
effective on the date approved by
NMFS.
(D) IAD and appeals. Transfers are
subject to the permit appeals process
specified at § 660.25 (g), subpart C.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) The Shorebased IFQ Program
accumulation limits are as follows:
Species category
QS and IBQ
control limit
(in percent)
Non-whiting groundfish species
Lingcod—coastwide ..................
Pacific cod ................................
Pacific whiting (shoreside) ........
Sablefish:
N. of 36° (Monterey north) ....
S. of 36° (Conception area) ..
Pacific ocean perch N. of
40°10′ ....................................
Widow rockfish .........................
Canary rockfish .........................
Chilipepper rockfish S. of
40°10′ ....................................
Bocaccio S. of 40°10′ ...............
Splitnose rockfish S. of 40°10′
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 40°10′
Shortspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ ...........................
S. of 34°27′ ...........................
Longspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ ...........................
Cowcod S. of 40°10′ ................
Darkblotched rockfish ...............
Yelloweye rockfish ....................
Minor rockfish complex N. of
40°10′:
Shelf species .........................
Slope species ........................
Minor rockfish complex S. of
40°10′:
Shelf species .........................
Slope species ........................
Dover sole ................................
English sole ..............................
Petrale sole ...............................
Arrowtooth flounder ..................
Starry flounder ..........................
Other flatfish stock complex .....
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of
40°10′ ....................................
2.7
2.5
12.0
10.0
3.0
10.0
4.0
5.1
4.4
10.0
13.2
10.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
17.7
4.5
5.7
5.0
5.0
9.0
6.0
2.6
5.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
5.4
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that owns a
limited entry trawl permit and that is
applying for or renewing a QS permit
shall document those persons that have
an ownership interest in the limited
entry trawl or QS permit greater than or
equal to 2 percent. This ownership
interest must be documented with the
SFD via the Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form. For renewal,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
if the limited entry trawl permit and QS
permit have identical ownership
interest, only one form need be
submitted attesting to such ownership.
SFD will not issue a QS permit unless
the Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest Form has been completed.
Further, if SFD discovers through
review of the Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form that a person
owns or controls more than the
accumulation limits and is not
authorized to do so under paragraph
(d)(4)(v) of this section, the person will
be notified and the QS permit will be
issued up to the accumulation limit
specified in the QS or IBQ control limit
table from paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this
section. NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to verify compliance with
accumulation limits.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) Appeals. An appeal to a QS permit
or QS account action follows the same
process as the general permit appeals
process as defined at § 660.25(g),
subpart C.
*
*
*
*
*
(8) * * *
(ix) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of QS
and IBQ, the applicant will receive a QS
permit specifying the amounts of QS
and IBQ for which the applicant has
qualified and the applicant will be
registered to a QS account. If NMFS
disapproves or partially disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons. As part of the IAD, NMFS will
indicate whether the QS permit owner
qualifies for QS or IBQ in amounts that
exceed the accumulation limits and are
subject to divestiture provisions given at
paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section, or
whether the QS permit owner qualifies
for QS or IBQ that exceed the
accumulation limits and does not
qualify to receive the excess under
paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section. If the
applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 60 calendar days of the date on
the IAD, the IAD becomes the final
decision of the Regional Administrator
acting on behalf of the Secretary of
Commerce.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Vessel accounts—(1) General. In
order to participate in the Shorebased
IFQ Program, a vessel must be registered
to an eligible limited entry trawl permit.
A vessel account will be established on
request for an owner of a vessel
registered to an eligible limited entry
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78395
trawl permit in order to track QP and
IBQ pounds. QP or IBQ pounds will
have the same species/species groups
and area designations as the QS or IBQ
from which it was issued. Annually, QS
or IBQ (expressed as a percent) are
converted to QP or IBQ pounds
(expressed as a weight) in a QS account.
QP or IBQ pounds may be transferred
from a QS account to a vessel account
or from one vessel account to another
vessel account. QP or IBQ pounds are
required to cover catch (landings and
discards) by limited entry trawl vessels
of all IFQ species/species groups, except
for:
(i) Gear exception. Vessels with a
limited entry trawl permit using the
following gears would not be required to
cover groundfish catch with QP or
Pacific halibut catch with IBQ pounds:
Non-groundfish trawl, gear types
defined in the coastal pelagic species
FMP, gear types defined in the highly
migratory species FMP, salmon troll,
crab pot, and limited entry fixed gear
when the vessel also has a limited entry
permit endorsed for fixed gear and has
declared that they are fishing in the
limited entry fixed gear fishery.
(ii) Species exception. QP are not
required for the following species:
Longspine thornyheads south of 34°27′
N. lat., minor nearshore rockfish (north
and south), black rockfish (coastwide),
California scorpionfish, cabezon, kelp
greenling, shortbelly rockfish, and
‘‘other fish’’ (as defined at § 660.11,
subpart C, under the definition of
‘‘groundfish’’). For these species, trip
limits remain in place as specified in
the trip limit tables at Table 1 (North)
and Table 1 (South) of this subpart.
(2) Eligibility and registration—(i)
Eligibility. To establish a registered
vessel account, a person must own a
vessel and that vessel must be registered
to a groundfish limited entry permit
endorsed for trawl gear.
(ii) Registration. A vessel account
must be registered with the NMFS SFD
Permits Office. A vessel account may be
established at any time during the year.
An eligible vessel owner must submit a
request in writing to NMFS to establish
a vessel account. The request must
include the vessel name; USCG vessel
registration number (as given on USCG
Form 1270) or state registration number,
if no USCG documentation; all vessel
owner names (as given on USCG Form
1270, or on state registration, as
applicable); and business contact
information, including: Address, phone
number, fax number, and e-mail. NMFS
may require vessel account owners that
are business entities to designate an
account manager that may act on behalf
of the entity and their contact
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78396
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
information. Requests for a vessel
account must also include the following
information: A complete economic data
collection form as required under
§ 660.113(b), (c) and (d), subpart D, and
a complete Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form as required
under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section.
The request for a vessel account will be
considered incomplete until the
required information is submitted. Any
change in the legal name of the vessel
owner(s) will require the new owner to
register with NMFS for a vessel account.
A participant must have access to a
computer with Internet access and must
set up online access to their vessel
account to participate. The computer
must have Internet browser software
installed (e.g., Internet Explorer,
Netscape, Mozilla Firefox); as well as
the Adobe Flash Player software version
9.0 or greater. NMFS will mail vessel
account owners instructions to set up
online access to their vessel account.
NMFS may require vessel account
owners that are business entities to
designate an account manager that may
act on behalf of the entity and their
contact information. NMFS will use the
vessel account to send messages to
vessel owners in the Shorebased IFQ
Program; it is important for vessel
owners to monitor their online vessel
account and all associated messages.
(3) Renewal, change of account
ownership, and transfer of QP or IBQ
pounds—(i) Renewal. (A) Vessel
accounts expire at the end of each
calendar year, and must be renewed
between October 1 and November 30 of
each year in order to ensure the vessel
account is active on January 1 of the
following year. A complete vessel
account renewal package must be
received by SFD no later than November
30 to be accepted by NMFS.
(B) Notification to renew vessel
accounts will be issued by SFD prior to
September 1 each year to the vessel
account owner’s most recent address in
the SFD record. The vessel account
owner shall provide SFD with notice of
any address change within 15 days of
the change.
(C) Any vessel account for which SFD
does not receive a vessel account
renewal request by November 30 will
have its vessel account inactivated by
NMFS at the end of the calendar year.
NMFS will not issue QP or IBQ pounds
to the inactivated vessel account. Any
QP or IBQ pounds in the vessel account
will expire and surplus QP or IBQ
pounds will not be available for
carryover. A non-renewed vessel
account may be renewed in a
subsequent year by submission of a
complete vessel account renewal
package.
(D) Vessel accounts will not be
renewed until SFD has received a
complete application for a vessel
account renewal, which includes
payment of required fees, a complete
documentation of permit ownership on
the Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest Form as required under (e)(4)(ii)
of this section, and a complete
economic data collection form as
required under § 660.114, subpart D.
The vessel account renewal will be
considered incomplete until the
required information is submitted.
NMFS may require vessel account
owners that are business entities to
designate an account manager that may
act on behalf of the entity and their
contact information.
(E) Effective Date. A vessel account is
effective on the date issued by NMFS
and remains effective until the end of
the calendar year.
(F) IAD and appeals. Vessel account
renewals are subject to the appeals
process specified at § 660.25(g),
subpart C.
(ii) Change in vessel account
ownership. Vessel accounts are nontransferable and ownership of a vessel
account cannot change. If the ownership
of a vessel changes, then a new vessel
account must be opened by the new
owner in order for the vessel to
participate in the Shorebased IFQ
Program.
(iii) Transfer of QP or IBQ pounds—
(A) General. QP or IBQ pounds may
only be transferred from a QS account
to a vessel account or between vessel
accounts. QP or IBQ pounds cannot be
transferred from a vessel account to a
QS account. Transfers of QP or IBQ
pounds are subject to accumulation
limits. QP or IBQ pounds in a vessel
account may only be transferred to
another vessel account. QP or IBQ
pounds must be transferred in whole
pounds (i.e., no fraction of a QP or IBQ
pound can be transferred). During the
year there may be situations where
NMFS deems it necessary to prohibit
transfers (i.e., account reconciliation,
system maintenance, or for emergency
fishery management reasons).
(B) Transfer procedures. QP or IBQ
pound transfers from one vessel account
to another vessel account must be
accomplished via the online vessel
account. To make a transfer, a vessel
account owner must initiate a transfer
request by logging onto the online vessel
account. Following the instructions
provided on the Web site, the vessel
account owner must enter pertinent
information regarding the transfer
request including, but not limited to:
IFQ species, amount of QP or IBQ
pounds to be transferred for each IFQ
species (in whole pound increments);
name and any other identifier of the
eligible transferee (e.g., USCG
documentation number or state
registration number, as applicable) of
the eligible vessel account receiving the
transfer; and the value of the transferred
QP or IBQ pounds. The online system
will verify whether all information has
been entered and whether the transfer
complies with vessel limits, as
applicable. If the information is not
accepted, an electronic message will
record as much in the transferor’s vessel
account explaining the reason(s). If the
information is accepted, the online
system will record the pending transfer
in both the transferor’s and the
transferee’s vessel accounts. The
transferee must approve the transfer by
electronic signature. If the transferee
accepts the transfer, the online system
will record the transfer and confirm the
transaction in both accounts through a
transaction confirmation notice. Once
the transferee accepts the transaction,
the transaction is final and permanent.
QP or IBQ pounds may be transferred to
vessel accounts at any time during
January 1 through December 14 each
year unless otherwise notified by
NMFS. QP or IBQ pounds may not be
transferred between December 15 and
December 31 each year.
(4) Accumulation limits—(i) Vessel
limits. Vessel accounts may not have QP
or IBQ pounds in excess of the QP
Vessel Limit in any year, and, for
species covered by Unused QP Vessel
Limits, may not have QP or IBQ pounds
in excess of the Unused QP Vessel Limit
at any time. These amounts are as
follows:
QP vessel
limit
(annual
limit)
(in percent)
Species category
Non-whiting groundfish species .......................................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Unused
QP vessel
limit
(daily limit)
(in percent)
3.2
....................
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
QP vessel
limit
(annual
limit)
(in percent)
Species category
Lingcod—coastwide .........................................................................................................................................................
Pacific cod .......................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific whiting (shoreside) ...............................................................................................................................................
Sablefish:
N. of 36° (Monterey north) .......................................................................................................................................
S. of 36° (Conception area) .....................................................................................................................................
Pacific ocean perch N. of 40°10′ .....................................................................................................................................
Widow rockfish 1 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Canary rockfish ................................................................................................................................................................
Chilipepper rockfish S. of 40°10′ .....................................................................................................................................
Bocaccio S. of 40°10′ ......................................................................................................................................................
Splitnose rockfish S. of 40°10′ ........................................................................................................................................
Yellowtail rockfish N. of 40°10′ ........................................................................................................................................
Shortspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ ..............................................................................................................................................................
S. of 34°27′ ...............................................................................................................................................................
Longspine thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ ..............................................................................................................................................................
Cowcod S. of 40°10′ ........................................................................................................................................................
Darkblotched rockfish ......................................................................................................................................................
Yelloweye rockfish ...........................................................................................................................................................
Minor rockfish complex N. of 40°10′:
Shelf species ............................................................................................................................................................
Slope species ...........................................................................................................................................................
Minor rockfish complex S. of 40°10′:
Shelf species ............................................................................................................................................................
Slope species ...........................................................................................................................................................
Dover sole ........................................................................................................................................................................
English sole .....................................................................................................................................................................
Petrale sole ......................................................................................................................................................................
Arrowtooth flounder .........................................................................................................................................................
Starry flounder .................................................................................................................................................................
Other flatfish stock complex ............................................................................................................................................
Pacific halibut (IBQ) N. of 40°10′ ....................................................................................................................................
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
1 If
78397
Unused
QP vessel
limit
(daily limit)
(in percent)
3.8
20.0
15.0
....................
....................
....................
4.5
15.0
6.0
8.5
10.0
15.0
15.4
15.0
7.5
....................
....................
4.0
5.1
4.4
....................
13.2
....................
....................
9.0
9.0
....................
....................
9.0
17.7
6.8
11.4
....................
17.7
4.5
5.7
7.5
7.5
....................
....................
13.5
9.0
3.9
7.5
4.5
20.0
20.0
15.0
14.4
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
5.4
widow rockfish is rebuilt before initial allocation of QS, the vessel limit will be set at 1.5 times the control limit.
(ii) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that owns a
vessel registered to a limited entry trawl
permit and that is applying for or
renewing a vessel account shall
document those persons that have an
ownership interest in the vessel greater
than or equal to 2 percent. This
ownership interest must be documented
with the SFD via the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form. SFD will not issue a vessel
account unless the Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest Form has been
completed. NMFS may request
additional information of the applicant
as necessary to verify compliance with
accumulation limits.
(5) Carryover. The carryover provision
allows a limited amount of surplus QP
or IBQ pounds in a vessel account to be
carried over from one year to the next
or allows a deficit in a vessel account in
one year to be covered with QP or IBQ
pounds from a subsequent year, up to a
carryover limit. The carryover limit is
calculated by multiplying the carryover
percentage by the cumulative total of QP
or IBQ pounds (used and unused) in a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
vessel account for the base year, less any
transfers out of the vessel account or
any previous carryover amounts. The
percentage used for the carryover
provision may be changed during the
biennial specifications and management
measures process.
(i) Surplus QP or IBQ pounds. A
vessel account with a surplus of QP or
IBQ pounds (unused QP or IBQ pounds)
for any IFQ species at the end of the
fishing year may carryover for use in the
immediately following year an amount
of unused QP or IBQ pounds up to its
carryover limit. The carryover limit for
the surplus is calculated as 10 percent
of the cumulative total QP or IBQ
pounds (used and unused, less any
transfers or any previous carryover
amounts) in the vessel account at the
end of the year. NMFS will credit the
carryover amount to the vessel account
in the immediately following year. If
there is a decline in the OY between the
base year and the following year in
which the QP or IBQ pounds would be
carried over, the carryover amount will
be reduced in proportion to the
reduction in the OY. Surplus QP or IBQ
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
pounds may not be carried over for
more than one year. Any amount of QP
or IBQ pounds in a vessel account and
in excess of the carryover amount will
expire on December 31 each year and
will not be available for any future use.
(ii) Deficit QP or IBQ pounds. A vessel
account with a deficit (negative balance)
of QP or IBQ pounds for any IFQ species
in the current year may cover that
deficit with QP or IBQ pounds from the
following year without incurring a
violation if all of the following
conditions are met:
(A) The vessel declares out of the
Shorebased IFQ Program for the year in
which the deficit occurred. To declare
out of the Shorebased IFQ Program, the
vessel owner must submit a signed,
dated, and notarized letter to the NMFS
Office of Law Enforcement, declaring
the vessel owner’s intent to declare out
of the Shorebased IFQ Program for the
remainder of the year and invoke the
carryover provision to cover the deficit.
(If the deficit occurs less than 30 days
before the end of the calendar year,
declaring out of the Shorebased IFQ
Program for the remainder of the year is
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78398
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
not required, however, the vessel owner
must notify the NMFS Office of Law
Enforcement of the owner’s intent to
invoke the carryover provision to cover
the deficit.)
(B) The amount of QP or IBQ pounds
required to cover the deficit from the
current fishing year is less than or equal
to the vessel’s carryover limit for a
deficit. The carryover limit for a deficit
is calculated as 10 percent of the total
cumulative QP or IBQ pounds (used and
unused, less any transfers or any
previous carryover amounts) in the
vessel account 30 days after the date the
deficit is documented; and
(C) Sufficient QP or IBQ pounds are
transferred in to the vessel account to
cure the deficit within 30 days of
NMFS’ issuance of QP or IBQ pounds to
QS accounts in the following year.
(6) Appeals. An appeal to a vessel
account action follows the appeals
process defined at § 660.25(g), subpart
C.
(7) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with the
vessel accounts consistent with the
provisions given at § 660.25(f), subpart
C.
(8) Cost recovery. [Reserved]
(f) First receiver site license—(1)
General. Any IFQ first receiver that
receives IFQ landings must hold a valid
first receiver site license. The first
receiver site license authorizes the
holder to receive, purchase, or take
custody, control, or possession of an
IFQ landing at a specific physical site
onshore directly from a vessel. Once the
trawl rationalization program is
implemented, a temporary, interim first
receiver site license will be available by
application to NMFS and will be valid
until June 30, 2011, or until an
application for a first receiver site
license as specified in paragraph (f)(3) of
this section is approved by NMFS,
whichever comes first. An application
for an interim first receiver site license
is subject to all of the requirements in
this paragraph (f) including the
submission of a catch monitoring plan,
except that the catch monitoring plan in
paragraph (f)(3)(iii) does not have to
have been previously accepted by
NMFS and the site does not have to
have been previously inspected.
(2) Issuance. (i) First receiver site
licenses will only be issued to a person
registered to a valid license issued by
the state of Washington, Oregon, or
California, and that authorizes the
person to receive fish from a catcher
vessel.
(ii) A first receiver may apply for a
first receiver site license at any time
during the calendar year.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iii) A first receiver site license is
valid for one year from the date it was
issued by NMFS, or until the state
license required by paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
this section is no longer effective,
whichever occurs first. IFQ first
receivers must reapply for a first
receiver site license each year and
whenever a change in the ownership
occurs.
(3) Application process. Persons
interested in being licensed as an IFQ
first receiver must submit a complete
application for a first receiver site
license to NMFS, Northwest Region,
Permits Office, ATTN: Catch Monitor
Coordinator, Bldg. 1, 7600 Sand Point
Way NE, Seattle, WA 98115. NMFS will
only consider complete applications for
approval. A complete application
includes:
(i) State license. A copy of a valid
license issued by the state in which they
operate which allows the person to
receive fish from a catcher vessel.
(ii) Contact information. (A) The
name of the first receiver,
(B) The physical location of the first
receiver, including the street address
where the IFQ landings will be received
and/or processed.
(C) The name and phone number of
the plant manager and any other
authorized representative who will
serve as a point of contact with NMFS.
(iii) A NMFS-accepted catch
monitoring plan. All IFQ first receivers
must prepare and operate under a
NMFS-accepted catch monitoring plan.
NMFS will not issue a first receiver site
license to a processor that does not have
a current, NMFS-accepted catch
monitoring plan.
(A) Catch monitoring plan review
process. NMFS will accept a catch
monitoring plan if it meets all the
requirements specified in paragraph
(f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section. The site
must be inspected by NMFS staff or a
NMFS designated inspector prior to
acceptance to ensure that the first
receiver conforms to the elements
addressed in the catch monitoring plan.
If NMFS does not accept a catch
monitoring plan for any reason, a new
or revised catch monitoring plan may be
submitted.
(B) Arranging an inspection. The time
and place of a monitoring plan
inspection must be arranged by
submitting a written request for an
inspection as part of the application for
a first receiver site license. After
receiving a complete application for a
first receiver site license, NMFS will
contact the applicant to schedule a site
inspection. The inspection request must
include:
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) Name and signature of the person
submitting the application and the date
of the application;
(2) Address, telephone number, fax
number, and email address (if available)
of the person submitting the
application;
(3) A proposed catch monitoring plan
detailing how the IFQ first receiver will
meet each of the performance standards
in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section.
(C) Contents of a catch monitoring
plan. The catch monitoring plan must:
(1) Catch sorting. Describe the amount
and location of all space used for sorting
catch, the number of staff assigned to
catch sorting, and the maximum rate
that catch will flow through the sorting
area.
(2) Monitoring for complete sorting.
Detail how IFQ first receiver staff will
ensure that sorting is complete; what
steps will be taken to prevent unsorted
catch from entering the factory or other
areas beyond the location where catch
sorting and weighing can be monitored
from the observation area; and what
steps will be taken if unsorted catch
enters the factory or other areas beyond
the location where catch sorting and
weighing can be monitored from the
observation area.
(3) Scales used for weighing IFQ
landings. Identify each scale that will be
used to weigh IFQ landings by the type
and capacity and describe where it is
located and what it will be used for.
Each scale must be appropriate for its
intended use.
(4) Printed record. Identify all scales
that will be used to weigh IFQ landings
that cannot produce a complete printed
record as specified at § 660.15(c),
subpart C. State how the scale will be
used, and how the plant intends to
produce a complete and accurate record
of the total weight of each delivery.
(5) Weight monitoring. Detail how the
IFQ first receiver will ensure that all
catch is weighed and the process used
to meet the catch weighing requirements
specified at paragraph (j) of this section.
If a catch monitoring plan proposes the
use of totes in which IFQ species will
be weighed, or a deduction for the
weight of ice, the catch monitoring plan
must detail how the process will
accurately account for the weight of ice
and/or totes.
(6) Delivery points. Identify specific
delivery points where catch is removed
from an IFQ vessel. The delivery point
is the first location where fish removed
from a delivering catcher vessel can be
sorted or diverted to more than one
location. If the catch is pumped from
the hold of a catcher vessel or a codend,
the delivery point will be the location
where the pump first discharges the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
catch. If catch is removed from a vessel
by brailing, the delivery point normally
will be the bin or belt where the brailer
discharges the catch.
(7) Observation area. Designate and
describe the observation area. The
observation area is a location where a
catch monitor may monitor the flow of
fish during a delivery, including: Access
to the observation area, the flow of fish,
and lighting used during periods of
limited visibility. Standards for the
observation area are specified at
paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of this section.
(8) Lockable cabinet. Identify the
location of a secure, dry, and lockable
cabinet or locker with the minimum
interior dimensions of two feet wide by
two feet tall by two feet deep for the
exclusive use of the catch monitor,
NMFS staff, or authorized officers.
(9) Plant liaison. Identify the
designated plant liaison. The plant
liaison responsibilities are specified at
paragraph (i)(6) of this section.
(10) First receiver diagram. The catch
monitoring plan must be accompanied
by a diagram of the plant showing:
(i) The delivery point(s);
(ii) The observation area;
(iii) The lockable cabinet;
(iv) The location of each scale used to
weigh catch; and
(v) Each location where catch is
sorted.
(D) Catch monitoring plan acceptance
period and changes. NMFS will accept
a catch monitoring plan if it meets the
performance standards specified in
paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section.
For the first receiver site license to
remain in effect, an owner or manager
must notify NMFS in writing of any and
all changes made in IFQ first receiver
operations or layout that do not conform
to the catch monitoring plan.
(E) Changing a NMFS-accepted catch
monitoring plan. An owner and
manager may change an accepted catch
monitoring plan by submitting a plan
addendum to NMFS. NMFS will accept
the modified catch monitoring plan if it
continues to meet the performance
standards specified in paragraph
(f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section. Depending
on the nature and magnitude of the
change requested, NMFS may require an
additional catch monitoring plan
inspection. A catch monitoring plan
addendum must contain:
(1) Name and signature of the person
submitting the addendum;
(2) Address, telephone number, fax
number and email address (if available)
of the person submitting the addendum;
(3) A complete description of the
proposed catch monitoring plan change.
(iv) Completed EDC form. A first
receiver site license application must
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
include a complete economic data
collection form as required under
§ 660.113(b), subpart D. The application
for a first receiver site license will be
marked incomplete until the required
information is submitted.
(4) Initial administrative
determination. For all complete
applications, NMFS will issue an IAD
that either approves or disapproves the
application. If approved, the IAD will
include a first receiver site license. If
disapproved, the IAD will provide the
reasons for this determination.
(5) Effective date. The first receiver
site license is effective upon approval
and issuance by NMFS and will be
effective for one year from the date of
NMFS issuance.
(6) Reissuance in subsequent years.
Existing license holders must reapply
annually. If the existing license holder
fails to reapply, the first receiver’s site
license will expire one year from the
date of NMFS issuance of the license.
The first receiver will not be authorized
to receive or process groundfish IFQ
species if their first receiver site license
has expired.
(7) Change in ownership of an IFQ
first receiver. If there are any changes to
the owner of a first receiver registered
to a first receiver site license during a
calendar year, the first receiver site
license is void. The new owner of the
first receiver must apply to NMFS for a
first receiver site license. A first receiver
site license is not transferrable by the
license holder to any other person.
(8) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with
processing the application consistent
with the provisions given at § 660.25(f),
subpart C.
(9) Appeals. If NMFS does not accept
the first receiver site license application
through an IAD, the applicant may
appeal the IAD consistent with the
general permit appeals process defined
at § 660.25(g), subpart C.
(g) Retention requirements (whiting
and non-whiting vessels)—(1) Nonwhiting vessels. Vessels participating in
the Shoreside IFQ Program other than
vessels participating in the Pacific
whiting IFQ fishery (non-whiting
vessels) may discard IFQ species/
species groups, provided such discards
are accounted for and deducted from QP
in the vessel account. Non-whiting
vessels must discard Pacific halibut and
the discard mortality must be accounted
for and deducted from IBQ pounds in
the vessel account. Non-whiting vessels
may discard non-IFQ species and nongroundfish species. The sorting of catch,
the weighing and discarding of any IBQ
and IFQ species, and the retention of
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78399
IFQ species must be monitored by the
observer.
(2) Whiting maximized retention
vessels. Maximized retention vessels
participating in the Pacific whiting IFQ
fishery may discard minor operational
amounts of catch at sea if the observer
has accounted for the discard (i.e., a
maximized retention fishery).
(3) Whiting vessels sorting at-sea.
Vessels participating in the Pacific
whiting IFQ fishery that sort their catch
at sea (whiting vessels sorting at-sea)
may discard IFQ species/species groups,
provided such discards are accounted
for and deducted from QP in the vessel
account. Whiting vessels sorting at sea
must discard Pacific halibut and such
discard mortality must be accounted for
and deducted from IBQ pounds in the
vessel account. Whiting vessels sorting
at-sea may discard non-IFQ species and
non-groundfish species. The sorting of
catch, weighing and discarding of any
IFQ or IBQ species must be monitored
by the observer.
(h) Observer requirements—(1)
Observer coverage requirements. (i) Any
vessel participating in the Shorebased
IFQ Program must carry a NMFScertified observer during any trip until
all fish from that trip have been
offloaded. If a vessel delivers fish from
an IFQ trip to more than one IFQ first
receiver, the observer must remain
onboard the vessel during any transit
between delivery points.
(ii) Observer deployment limitations
and workload. Observer must not be
deployed for more than 22 calendar
days in a calendar month. The observer
program may issue waivers to allow
observers to work more than 22 calendar
days per month when it’s anticipated
one trip will last over 20 days or for
issues with observer availability due
illness or injury of other observers.
(A) If an observer is unable to perform
their duties for any reason, the vessel is
required to be in port within 36 hours
of the last haul sampled by the observer.
(B) [Reserved]
(iii) Refusal to board. Any boarding
refusal on the part of the observer or
vessel must be immediately reported to
the observer program and NOAA OLE
by the observer provider. The observer
must be available for an interview with
the observer program or NOAA OLE if
necessary.
(2) Vessel responsibilities. An
operator and/or crew of a vessel
required to carry an observer must
provide:
(i) Accommodations and food. (A)
Accommodations and food for trips less
than 24 hours must be equivalent to
those provided for the crew.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78400
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(B) Accommodations and food for
trips of 24 hours or more must be
equivalent to those provided for the
crew and must include berthing space,
a space that is intended to be used for
sleeping and is provided with installed
bunks and mattresses. A mattress or
futon on the floor or a cot is not
acceptable if a regular bunk is provided
to any crew member, unless other
arrangements are approved in advance
by the Regional Administrator or their
designee.
(ii) Safe conditions. (A) Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observers including
adherence to all U.S. Coast Guard and
other applicable rules, regulations,
statutes, and guidelines pertaining to
safe operation of the vessel, including,
but not limited to rules of the road,
vessel stability, emergency drills,
emergency equipment, vessel
maintenance, vessel general condition
and port bar crossings. An observer may
refuse boarding or reboarding a vessel
and may request a vessel to return to
port if operated in an unsafe manner or
if unsafe conditions are identified.
(B) Have on board a valid Commercial
Fishing Vessel Safety Decal that certifies
compliance with regulations found in
33 CFR Chapter I and 46 CFR Chapter
I, a certificate of compliance issued
pursuant to 46 CFR 28.710 or a valid
certificate of inspection pursuant to 46
U.S.C. 3311.
(iii) Computer hardware and software.
[Reserved]
(iv) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to the vessel’s navigation
equipment and personnel, on request, to
determine the vessel’s position.
(v) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working deck, holding
bins, sorting areas, cargo hold, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish at any time.
(vi) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board to allow
sampling the catch.
(vii) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(viii) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(A) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(B) Providing a designated working
area on deck for the observer(s) to
collect, sort and store catch samples.
(C) Collecting samples of catch.
(D) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(E) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(F) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(G) Providing time between hauls to
sample and record all catch.
(H) Sorting retained and discarded
catch into quota pound groupings.
(I) Stowing all catch from a haul
before the next haul is brought aboard.
(ix) Sampling station. To allow the
observer to carry out the required
duties, the vessel owner must provide
an observer sampling station that is:
(A) Accessible. The observer sampling
station must be available to the observer
at all times.
(B) Limits hazards. To the extent
possible, the area should be free and
clear of hazards including, but not
limited to, moving fishing gear, stored
fishing gear, inclement weather
conditions, and open hatches.
(x) Transfers at sea. Transfers at-sea
are prohibited.
(3) Procurement of observer services—
(i) Owners of vessels required to carry
observers under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section must arrange for observer
services from a permitted observer
provider, except that:
(A) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
when NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or an individual authorized
by NMFS in lieu of an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(B) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
and a permitted observer provider when
NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff and/or individuals
authorized by NMFS, in addition to an
observer provided by a permitted
observer provider.
(ii) [Reserved]
(4) Application to become an observer
provider. Any observer provider holding
a valid permit issued by the North
Pacific observer program in 2010 can
supply observer services to the west
coast trawl fishery and will be issued a
West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program permit.
(5) Observer provider responsibilities.
(i) Provide qualified candidates to
serve as observers. Observer providers
must provide qualified candidates to
serve as observers. To be qualified, a
candidate must have:
(A) A Bachelor’s degree or higher
from an accredited college or university
with a major in one of the natural
sciences;
(B) Successfully completed a
minimum of 30 semester hours or
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
equivalent in applicable biological
sciences with extensive use of
dichotomous keys in at least one course;
(C) Successfully completed at least
one undergraduate course each in math
and statistics with a minimum of 5
semester hours total for both; and
(D) Computer skills that enable the
candidate to work competently with
standard database software and
computer hardware.
(ii) Hiring an observer candidate—(A)
The observer provider must provide the
candidate a copy of NMFS-provided
pamphlets, information and other
literature describing observer duties, for
example, the West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program’s sampling manual.
Observer job information is available
from the Observer Program Office’s web
site at https://www.nwfsc.noaa.gov/
research/divisions/fram/observer/
index.cfm.
(B) Observer contracts. The observer
provider must have a written contract or
a written contract addendum signed by
the observer and observer provider prior
to the observer’s deployment with the
following clauses:
(1) That all the observer’s in-season
messages and catch reports required to
be sent while deployed are delivered to
the Observer Program Office as specified
by written Observer Program
instructions;
(2) That the observer inform the
observer provider prior to the time of
embarkation if he or she is experiencing
any new mental illness or physical
ailments or injury since submission of
the physician’s statement as required as
a qualified observer candidate that
would prevent him or her from
performing their assigned duties; and
(3) That every observer completes a
basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation/
first aid course prior to the end of the
NMFS West Coast Groundfish Observer
Training class.
(iii) Ensure that observers complete
duties in a timely manner. An observer
provider must ensure that observers
employed by that observer provider do
the following in a complete and timely
manner:
(A) Submit to NMFS all data,
logbooks and reports and biological
samples as required under the observer
program policy deadlines.
(B) Report for his or her scheduled
debriefing and complete all debriefing
responsibilities; and
(C) Return all sampling and safety
gear to the Observer Program Office at
the termination of their contract.
(D) Immediately report to the
Observer Program Office and the NOAA
OLE any refusal to board an assigned
vessel.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(iv) Observers provided to vessel. (A)
Must have a valid West Coast
Groundfish observer certification
endorsement;
(B) Must not have informed the
provider prior to the time of
embarkation that he or she is
experiencing a mental illness or a
physical ailment or injury developed
since submission of the physician’s
statement, as required in paragraph
(h)(5)(xi)(B) of this section that would
prevent him or her from performing his
or her assigned duties; and
(C) Must have successfully completed
all NMFS required training and briefing
before deployment.
(v) Respond to industry requests for
observers. An observer provider must
provide an observer for deployment
pursuant to the terms of the contractual
relationship with the vessel to fulfill
vessel requirements for observer
coverage under paragraphs (h)(5)(xi)(D)
of this section. An alternate observer
must be supplied in each case where
injury or illness prevents the observer
from performing his or her duties or
where the observer resigns prior to
completion of his or her duties. If the
observer provider is unable to respond
to an industry request for observer
coverage from a vessel for whom the
provider is in a contractual relationship
due to the lack of available observers by
the estimated embarking time of the
vessel, the provider must report it to
NMFS at least 4 hours prior to the
vessel’s estimated embarking time.
(vi) Provide observer salaries and
benefits. An observer provider must
provide to its observer employees
salaries and any other benefits and
personnel services in accordance with
the terms of each observer’s contract.
(vii) Provide observer deployment
logistics. (A) An observer provider must
ensure each of its observers under
contract:
(1) Has an individually assigned
mobile or cell phones, in working order,
for all necessary communication. An
observer provider may alternatively
compensate observers for the use of the
observer’s personal cell phone or pager
for communications made in support of,
or necessary for, the observer’s duties.
(2) Calls into the NMFS deployment
hotline upon departing and arriving into
port for each trip to leave the following
information: observer name, phone
number, vessel departing on, expected
trip end date and time.
(3) Remains available to NOAA Office
for Law Enforcement and the Observer
Program until the conclusion of
debriefing.
(4) Receives all necessary
transportation, including arrangements
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
and logistics, of observers to the initial
location of deployment, to all
subsequent vessel assignments during
that deployment, and to the debriefing
location when a deployment ends for
any reason; and
(5) Receives lodging, per diem, and
any other services necessary to
observers assigned to fishing vessels.
(i) An observer under contract may be
housed on a vessel to which he or she
is assigned: Prior to their vessel’s initial
departure from port; for a period not to
exceed twenty-four hours following the
completion of an offload when the
observer has duties and is scheduled to
disembark; or for a period not to exceed
twenty-four hours following the vessel’s
arrival in port when the observer is
scheduled to disembark.
(ii) During all periods an observer is
housed on a vessel, the observer
provider must ensure that the vessel
operator or at least one crew member is
aboard.
(iii) Otherwise, each observer between
vessels, while still under contract with
a permitted observer provider, shall be
provided with accommodations in
accordance with the contract between
the observer and the observer provider.
If the observer provider is responsible
for providing accommodations under
the contract with the observer, the
accommodations must be at a licensed
hotel, motel, bed and breakfast, or other
shoreside accommodations that has an
assigned bed for each observer that no
other person may be assigned to for the
duration of that observer’s stay.
Additionally, no more than four beds
may be in any room housing observers
at accommodations meeting the
requirements of this section.
(viii) Observer deployment limitations
and workload. (A) Not deploy an
observer on the same vessel more than
90 calendar days in a 12-month period,
unless otherwise authorized by NMFS.
(B) Not exceed observer deployment
limitations and workload as outlined in
paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section.
(ix) Verify vessel’s safety decal. An
observer provider must verify that a
vessel has a valid USCG safety decal as
required under paragraph (h)(2)(ii)(B) of
this section before an observer may get
underway aboard the vessel. One of the
following acceptable means of
verification must be used to verify the
decal validity:
(A) An employee of the observer
provider, including the observer,
visually inspects the decal aboard the
vessel and confirms that the decal is
valid according to the decal date of
issuance; or
(B) The observer provider receives a
hard copy of the USCG documentation
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78401
of the decal issuance from the vessel
owner or operator.
(x) Maintain communications with
observers. An observer provider must
have an employee responsible for
observer activities on call 24 hours a
day to handle emergencies involving
observers or problems concerning
observer logistics, whenever observers
are at sea, in transit, or in port awaiting
vessel reassignment.
(xi) Maintain communications with
the Observer Program Office. An
observer provider must provide all of
the following information by electronic
transmission (e-mail), fax, or other
method specified by NMFS.
(A) Observer training, briefing, and
debriefing registration materials. This
information must be submitted to the
Observer Program Office at least 7
business days prior to the beginning of
a scheduled West Coast groundfish
observer certification training or briefing
session.
(1) Training registration materials
consist of the following:
(i) Date of requested training;
(ii) A list of observer candidates that
includes each candidate’s full name
(i.e., first, middle and last names), date
of birth, and gender;
(iii) A copy of each candidate’s
academic transcripts and resume;
(iv) A statement signed by the
candidate under penalty of perjury
which discloses the candidate’s
criminal convictions;
(v) Projected observer assignments.
Prior to the observer’s completion of the
training or briefing session, the observer
provider must submit to the Observer
Program Office a statement of projected
observer assignments that includes each
observer’s name, current mailing
address, e-mail address, phone numbers
and port of embarkation (‘‘home port’’);
and
(vi) Length of each observer’s contract.
(2) Briefing registration materials
consist of the following:
(i) Date and type of requested briefing
session;
(ii) List of observers to attend the
briefing session, that includes each
observer’s full name (first, middle, and
last names);
(iii) Projected observer assignments.
Prior to the observer’s completion of the
training or briefing session, the observer
provider must submit to the Observer
Program Office a statement of projected
observer assignments that includes each
observer’s name, current mailing
address, e-mail address, phone numbers
and port of embarkation (‘‘home port’’);
and
(iv) Length of each observer’s contract.
(3) Debriefing. The West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program will
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78402
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
notify the observer provider which
observers require debriefing and the
specific time period the provider has to
schedule a date, time, and location for
debriefing. The observer provider must
contact the West Coast Groundfish
Observer program within 5 business
days by telephone to schedule
debriefings.
(i) Observer providers must
immediately notify the observer
program when observers end their
contract earlier than anticipated.
(ii) [Reserved]
(B) Physical examination. A signed
and dated statement from a licensed
physician that he or she has physically
examined an observer or observer
candidate. The statement must confirm
that, based on that physical
examination, the observer or observer
candidate does not have any health
problems or conditions that would
jeopardize that individual’s safety or the
safety of others while deployed, or
prevent the observer or observer
candidate from performing his or her
duties satisfactorily. The statement must
declare that, prior to the examination,
the physician was made aware of the
duties of the observer and the
dangerous, remote, and rigorous nature
of the work by reading the NMFSprepared information. The physician’s
statement must be submitted to the
Observer Program Office prior to
certification of an observer. The
physical exam must have occurred
during the 12 months prior to the
observer’s or observer candidate’s
deployment. The physician’s statement
will expire 12 months after the physical
exam occurred. A new physical exam
must be performed, and accompanying
statement submitted, prior to any
deployment occurring after the
expiration of the statement.
(C) Certificates of insurance. Copies of
‘‘certificates of insurance’’, that name the
NMFS Observer Program leader as the
‘‘certificate holder’’, shall be submitted
to the Observer Program Office by
February 1 of each year. The certificates
of insurance shall verify the following
coverage provisions and state that the
insurance company will notify the
certificate holder if insurance coverage
is changed or canceled.
(1) Maritime Liability to cover
‘‘seamen’s’’ claims under the Merchant
Marine Act (Jones Act) and General
Maritime Law ($1 million minimum).
(2) Coverage under the U.S. Longshore
and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act
($1 million minimum).
(3) States Worker’s Compensation as
required.
(4) Commercial General Liability.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(D) Observer provider contracts. If
requested, observer providers must
submit to the Observer Program Office
a completed and unaltered copy of each
type of signed and valid contract
(including all attachments, appendices,
addendums, and exhibits incorporated
into the contract) between the observer
provider and those entities requiring
observer services under paragraph
(h)(1)(i) of this section. Observer
providers must also submit to the
Observer Program Office upon request,
a completed and unaltered copy of the
current or most recent signed and valid
contract (including all attachments,
appendices, addendums, and exhibits
incorporated into the contract and any
agreements or policies with regard to
observer compensation or salary levels)
between the observer provider and the
particular entity identified by the
Observer Program or with specific
observers. The copies must be submitted
to the Observer Program Office via email, fax, or mail within 5 business days
of the request. Signed and valid
contracts include the contracts an
observer provider has with:
(1) Vessels required to have observer
coverage as specified at paragraph
(h)(1)(i) of this section; and
(2) Observers.
(E) Change in observer provider
management and contact information.
An observer provider must submit to the
Observer Program Office any change of
management or contact information
submitted on the provider’s permit
application under paragraph (h)(4) of
this section within 30 days of the
effective date of such change.
(F) Biological samples. The observer
provider must ensure that biological
samples are stored/handled properly
prior to delivery/transport to NMFS.
(G) Observer status report. Each
Tuesday, observer providers must
provide NMFS with an updated list of
contact information for all observers
that includes the observer’s name,
mailing address, e-mail address, phone
numbers, port of embarkation (‘‘home
port’’), fishery deployed the previous
week and whether or not the observer is
‘‘in service’’, indicating when the
observer has requested leave and/or is
not currently working for the provider.
(H) Providers must submit to NMFS,
if requested, copies of any information
developed and used by the observer
providers distributed to vessels, such as
informational pamphlets, payment
notification, description of observer
duties, etc.
(I) Other reports. Reports of the
following must be submitted in writing
to the West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program Office by the observer provider
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
via fax or e-mail address designated by
the Observer Program Office within 24
hours after the observer provider
becomes aware of the information:
(1) Any information regarding
possible observer harassment;
(2) Any information regarding any
action prohibited under § 660.112 or
§ 600.725(o), (t) and (u);
(3) Any concerns about vessel safety
or marine casualty under 46 CFR 4.05–
1(a)(1) through (7);
(4) Any observer illness or injury that
prevents the observer from completing
any of his or her duties described in the
observer manual; and
(5) Any information, allegations or
reports regarding observer conflict of
interest or breach of the standards of
behavior described in observer provider
policy.
(xii) Replace lost or damaged gear. An
observer provider must replace all lost
or damaged gear and equipment issued
by NMFS to an observer under contract
to that provider. All replacements must
be in accordance with requirements and
procedures identified in writing by the
Observer Program Office.
(xiii) Maintain confidentiality of
information. An observer provider must
ensure that all records on individual
observer performance received from
NMFS under the routine use provision
of the Privacy Act or as otherwise
required by law remain confidential and
are not further released to anyone
outside the employ of the observer
provider company to whom the observer
was contracted except with written
permission of the observer.
(xiv) Limitations on conflict of
interest. Observer providers:
(A) Must not have a direct financial
interest, other than the provision of
observer services, in the North Pacific or
Pacific coast fishery managed under an
FMP for the waters off the coasts of
Alaska, Washington, Oregon, and
California, including, but not limited to:
(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel or
shoreside processor facility involved in
the catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(2) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any vessel
or shoreside processors participating in
a fishery managed pursuant to an FMP
in the waters off the coasts of Alaska,
California, Oregon, and Washington, or
(3) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel or shoreside processor
participating in a fishery managed
pursuant to an FMP in the waters off the
coasts of Alaska, California, Oregon, and
Washington.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(B) Must assign observers without
regard to any preference by
representatives of vessels other than
when an observer will be deployed.
(C) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value except for compensation
for providing observer services from
anyone who conducts fishing or fish
processing activities that are regulated
by NMFS in the Pacific coast or North
Pacific regions, or who has interests that
may be substantially affected by the
performance or non-performance of the
official duties of observer providers.
(xv) Observer conduct and behavior.
An observer provider must develop and
maintain a policy addressing observer
conduct and behavior for their
employees that serve as observers.
(A) The policy shall address the
following behavior and conduct
regarding:
(1) Observer use of alcohol;
(2) Observer use, possession, or
distribution of illegal drugs; and;
(3) Sexual contact with personnel of
the vessel or processing facility to
which the observer is assigned, or with
any vessel or processing plant personnel
who may be substantially affected by
the performance or non-performance of
the observer’s official duties.
(B) An observer provider shall
provide a copy of its conduct and
behavior policy to each observer
candidate and to the Observer Program
by February 1 of each year.
(xvi) Refusal to deploy an observer.
Observer providers may refuse to deploy
an observer on a requesting vessel if the
observer provider has determined that
the requesting vessel is inadequate or
unsafe pursuant to those described at
§ 600.746 or U.S. Coast Guard and other
applicable rules, regulations, statutes, or
guidelines pertaining to safe operation
of the vessel.
(6) Observer certification and
responsibilities—(i) Applicability.
Observer certification authorizes an
individual to fulfill duties as specified
in writing by the NMFS Observer
Program Office while under the employ
of a NMFS-permitted observer provider
and according to certification
requirements as designated under
paragraph (h)(6)(iii) of this section.
(ii) Observer certification official. The
Regional Administrator will designate a
NMFS observer certification official
who will make decisions for the
Observer Program Office on whether to
issue or deny observer certification.
(iii) Certification requirements—(A)
Initial certification. NMFS may certify
individuals who, in addition to any
other relevant considerations:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(1) Are employed by an observer
provider company permitted pursuant
to § 660.140(h) at the time of the
issuance of the certification;
(2) Have provided, through their
observer provider:
(i) Information identified by NMFS at
§ 679.50 regarding an observer
candidate’s health and physical fitness
for the job;
(ii) Meet all observer candidate
education and health standards as
specified in § 679.50; and
(iii) Have successfully completed
NMFS-approved training as prescribed
by the At-Sea Hake and/or West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program.
Successful completion of training by an
observer applicant consists of meeting
all attendance and conduct standards
issued in writing at the start of training;
meeting all performance standards
issued in writing at the start of training
for assignments, tests, and other
evaluation tools; and completing all
other training requirements established
by the Observer Program.
(iv) Have not been decertified under
paragraph (h)(6)(ix) of this section, or
pursuant to § 679.50.
(B) [Reserved]
(iv) Denial of a certification. The
NMFS observer certification official will
issue a written determination denying
observer certification if the candidate
fails to successfully complete training,
or does not meet the qualifications for
certification for any other relevant
reason.
(v) Issuance of an observer
certification. An observer certification
may be issued upon determination by
the observer certification official that
the candidate has successfully met all
requirements for certification as
specified at paragraph (h)(6)(iii) of this
section. The following endorsements
must be obtained in addition to observer
certification, in order for an observer to
deploy.
(A) West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program training certification
endorsement. A training certification
endorsement signifies the successful
completion of the training course
required to obtain observer certification.
This endorsement expires when the
observer has not been deployed and
performed sampling duties as required
by the Observer Program Office for a
period of time, specified by the
Observer Program, after his or her most
recent debriefing. The Observer can
renew the endorsement by successfully
completing training once more.
(B) West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program annual general endorsement.
Each observer must obtain an annual
general endorsement to their
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78403
certification prior to his or her first
deployment within any calendar year
subsequent to a year in which a training
certification endorsement is obtained.
To obtain an annual general
endorsement, an observer must
successfully complete the annual
briefing, as specified by the Observer
Program. All briefing attendance,
performance, and conduct standards
required by the Observer Program must
be met.
(C) West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program deployment endorsement. Each
observer who has completed an initial
deployment after their certification or
annual briefing must receive a
deployment endorsement to their
certification prior to any subsequent
deployments for the remainder of that
year. An observer may obtain a
deployment endorsement by
successfully completing all briefing
requirements, when applicable. The
type of briefing the observer must attend
and successfully complete will be
specified in writing by the Observer
Program during the observer’s most
recent debriefing.
(vi) Maintaining the validity of an
observer certification. After initial
issuance, an observer must keep their
certification valid by meeting all of the
following requirements specified below:
(A) Successfully perform their
assigned duties as described in the
Observer Manual or other written
instructions from the Observer Program
Office including calling in to the NMFS
deployment hotline upon departing and
arriving in to port each trip to leave the
following information: Observer name,
phone number, vessel name departing
on, date and time of departure and date
and time of expected return.
(B) Accurately record their sampling
data, write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
suspected violations of regulations
relevant to conservation of marine
resources or their environment.
(C) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
or in the processing facility to any
person except the owner or operator of
the observed vessel or an authorized
officer or NMFS.
(D) Successfully complete NMFSapproved annual briefings as prescribed
by the West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program.
(E) Successful completion of briefing
by an observer applicant consists of
meeting all attendance and conduct
standards issued in writing at the start
of training; meeting all performance
standards issued in writing at the start
of training for assignments, tests, and
other evaluation tools; and completing
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78404
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
all other briefing requirements
established by the Observer Program.
(F) Hold current basic
cardiopulmonary resuscitation/first aid
certification as per American Red Cross
Standards.
(G) Successfully meet all expectations
in all debriefings including reporting for
assigned debriefings.
(H) Submit all data and information
required by the Observer Program
within the program’s stated guidelines.
(I) Meet the minimum annual
deployment period of 3 months at least
once every 12 months.
(vii) Limitations on conflict of
interest. Observers:
(A) Must not have a direct financial
interest, other than the provision of
observer services, in a fishery managed
pursuant to an FMP for the waters off
the coast of Alaska, or in a Pacific Coast
fishery managed by either the state or
Federal Governments in waters off
Washington, Oregon, or California,
including but not limited to:
(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel,
shore-based or floating stationary
processor facility involved in the
catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(2) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any
vessel, shore-based or floating stationary
processing facility; or
(3) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel, shore-based or floating
stationary processing facilities.
(B) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value from anyone who either
conducts activities that are regulated by
NMFS in the Pacific coast or North
Pacific regions or has interests that may
be substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
observers’ official duties.
(C) May not serve as observers on any
vessel or at any shore-based owned or
operated by a person who employed the
observer in the last two years.
(D) May not solicit or accept
employment as a crew member or an
employee of a vessel or shore-based
processor while employed by an
observer provider.
(E) Provisions for remuneration of
observers under this section do not
constitute a conflict of interest.
(viii) Standards of behavior.
Observers must:
(A) Perform their duties as described
in the Observer Manual or other written
instructions from the Observer Program
Office.
(B) Immediately report to the
Observer Program Office and the NOAA
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
OLE any time they refuse to board a
vessel.
(C) Accurately record their sampling
data, write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
suspected violations of regulations
relevant to the conservation of marine
resources of their environment.
(D) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
to any person except the owner or
operator of the observed vessel, an
authorized officer, or NMFS.
(ix) Suspension and decertification—
(A) Suspension and decertification
review official. The Regional
Administrator (or a designee) will
designate an observer suspension and
decertification review official(s), who
will have the authority to review
observer certifications and issue initial
administrative determinations of
observer certification suspension and/or
decertification.
(B) Causes for suspension or
decertification. The suspension and
decertification official may initiate
suspension or decertification
proceedings against an observer:
(1) When it is alleged that the
observer has not met applicable
standards, including any of the
following:
(i) Failed to satisfactorily perform
duties as described or directed by the
observer program; or
(ii) Failed to abide by the standards of
conduct for observers, including
conflicts of interest;
(2) Upon conviction of a crime or
upon entry of a civil judgment for:
(i) Commission of fraud or other
violation in connection with obtaining
or attempting to obtain certification, or
in performing the duties as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
(ii) Commission of embezzlement,
theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(iii) Commission of any other offense
indicating a lack of integrity or honesty
that seriously and directly affects the
fitness of observers.
(C) Issuance of initial administrative
determination. Upon determination that
suspension or decertification is
warranted, the suspension/
decertification official will issue a
written IAD to the observer via certified
mail at the observer’s most current
address provided to NMFS. The IAD
will identify whether a certification is
suspended or revoked and will identify
the specific reasons for the action taken.
Decertification is effective 30 calendar
days after the date on the IAD, unless
there is an appeal.
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(D) Appeals. A certified observer who
receives an IAD that suspends or
revokes his or her observer certification
may appeal the determination within 30
calendar days after the date on the IAD
to the Office of Administrative Appeals
pursuant to § 679.43.
(i) Catch monitor requirements for
IFQ first receivers—(1) Catch monitor
coverage requirements. A catch monitor
is required be present at each IFQ first
receiver whenever an IFQ landing is
received, unless the first receiver has
been granted a written waiver from the
catch monitor requirements by NMFS.
(2) Procurement of catch monitor
services. Owners or managers of each
IFQ first receiver must arrange for catch
monitor services from a certified catch
monitor provider prior to accepting IFQ
landings.
(3) Catch monitor safety. (i) Each IFQ
first receiver must adhere to all
applicable rules, regulations, or statutes
pertaining to safe operation and
maintenance of a processing and/or
receiving facility.
(ii) The working hours of each
individual catch monitor will be limited
as follows:
(A) An individual catch monitor shall
not be required or permitted to work
more than 16 hours per calendar day,
with maximum of 14 hours being work
other than the summary and submission
of catch monitor data.
(B) Following monitoring shift of
more than 10 hours, each catch monitor
must be provided with a minimum 6
hours break before they may resume
monitoring.
(4) Catch monitor access. (i) Each IFQ
first receiver must allow catch monitors
free and unobstructed access to the
catch throughout the sorting process
and the weighing process.
(ii) The IFQ first receiver must ensure
that there is an observation area
available to the catch monitor that meets
the following standards:
(A) Access to the observation area.
The observation area must be freely
accessible to NMFS staff, NMFSauthorized personnel, or authorized
officers at any time a valid catch
monitoring plan is required.
(B) Monitoring the flow of fish. The
catch monitor must have an
unobstructed view or otherwise be able
to monitor the entire flow of fish
between the delivery point and a
location where all sorting has takes
place and each species has been
weighed.
(C) Adequate lighting. Adequate
lighting must be provided during
periods of limited visibility.
(iii) Each IFQ first receiver must allow
catch monitors free and unobstructed
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
access to any documentation required
by regulation including fish tickets,
scale printouts and scale test results.
(5) Lockable cabinet. Each IFQ first
receiver must provide a secure, dry, and
lockable cabinet or locker with the
minimum interior dimensions of two
feet wide by two feet tall by two feet
deep for the exclusive use the catch
monitor and NMFS staff or NMFSauthorized agents.
(6) Plant liaison for the catch monitor.
Each IFQ first receiver must designate a
plant liaison. The plant liaison is
responsible for:
(i) Orienting new catch monitors to
the facility;
(ii) Assisting in the resolution of catch
monitoring concerns; and
(iii) Informing NMFS if changes must
be made to the catch monitoring plan.
(7) Reasonable assistance. Each IFQ
first receiver must provide reasonable
assistance to the catch monitors to
enable each catch monitor to carry out
his or her duties. Reasonable assistance
includes, but is not limited to:
informing the monitor when bycatch
species will be weighed, and providing
a secure place to store equipment and
gear.
(j) Catch weighing requirements—(1)
Catch monitoring plan. All first
receivers must operate under a NMFSaccepted catch monitoring plan.
(2) Sorting and weighing IFQ
landings—(i) Approved scales. The IFQ
first receiver must ensure that all IFQ
species received from a vessel making
an IFQ landing are weighed on a scale(s)
that meets the requirements specified at
§ 660.15(c).
(ii) Printed record. All scales
identified in the catch monitoring plan
accepted by NMFS during the first
receiver site license application process,
must produce a printed record for each
delivery, or portion of a delivery,
weighed on that scale, with the
following exception: If approved by
NMFS as part of the catch monitoring
plan, scales not designed for automatic
bulk weighing may be exempted from
part or all of the printed record
requirements. The printed record must
include:
(A) The first receiver’s name;
(B) The weight of each load in the
weighing cycle;
(C) The total weight of fish in each
landing, or portion of the landing that
was weighed on that scale;
(D) The date the information is
printed; and
(E) The name and vessel registration
or documentation number of the vessel
making the delivery. The scale operator
may write this information on the scale
printout in ink at the time of printing.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iii) Scales that may be exempt from
printed report. An IFQ first receiver that
receives no more than 200,000 pounds
of groundfish in any calendar month
will be exempt from the requirement to
produce a printed record provided that:
(A) The first receiver has not
previously operated under a catch
monitoring plan where a printed record
was required;
(B) The first receiver ensures that all
catch is weighed; and
(C) The catch monitor, NMFS staff, or
authorized officer can verify that all
catch is weighed.
(iv) Retention of printed records. An
IFQ first receiver must maintain
printouts on site until the end of the
fishing year during which the printouts
were made and make them available
upon request by NMFS staff or an
authorized officer for 3 years after the
end of the fishing year during which the
printout was made.
(v) Weight monitoring. An IFQ first
receiver must ensure that it is possible
for the catch monitor, NMFS staff, or
authorized officer to verify the weighing
of all catch.
(vi) Catch sorting. All fish delivered to
the plant must be sorted and weighed by
species as specified at § 660.130(d).
(vii) Complete sorting. Sorting and
weighing must be completed prior to
catch leaving the area that can be
monitored from the catch monitor’s
observation area.
(viii) Pacific whiting. For Pacific
Whiting taken with midwater trawl gear,
IFQ first receivers may use an in-line
conveyor or hopper type scale to derive
an accurate total catch weight prior to
sorting. Immediately following weighing
of the total catch and prior to processing
or transport away from the point of
landing, the catch must be sorted to the
species groups specified at § 660.130(d)
and all incidental catch (groundfish and
non groundfish species) must be
accurately weighed and the weight of
incidental catch deducted from the total
catch weight to derive the weight of
target species.
(ix) For all other IFQ landings the
following weighing standards apply:
(A) A belt or automatic hopper scale
may be used to weigh all of the catch
prior to sorting. All but a single
predominant species must then be
reweighed.
(B) An in-line conveyor or automatic
hopper scale may be used to weigh the
predominant species after catch has
been sorted. Other species must be
weighed in a manner that facilitates
tracking of the weights of those species.
(C) IFQ species or species group may
be weighed in totes on a platform scale
capable of printing a label or tag and
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78405
recording the label or tag information to
memory for printing a report as
specified at § 660.15. The label or tag
must remain affixed to the tote until the
tote is emptied. The label or tag must
show the following information:
(1) The species or species group;
(2) The weight of the fish in the tote;
(3) The date the label or tag was
printed; and
(4) The vessel name.
(D) Totes and ice. If a catch
monitoring plan proposes the use of
totes in which fish will be weighed, or
a deduction for the weight of ice, the
deduction must be accurately accounted
for. No deduction may be made for the
weight of water or slime. This standard
may be met by:
(1) Taring the empty or pre-iced tote
on the scale prior to filling with fish;
(2) Labeling each tote with an
individual tare weight. This weight
must be accurate within 500 grams (1
pound if scale is denominated in
pounds) for any given tote and the
average error for all totes may not
exceed 200 grams (8 ounces for scales
denominated in pounds);
(3) An alternate approach accepted by
NMFS. NMFS will only accept
approaches that do not involve the
estimation of the weight of ice or the
weight of totes and allow NMFS staff or
an authorized officer to verify that the
deduction or tare weight is accurate.
(E) An alternate approach accepted by
NMFS in the catch monitoring plan.
(3) IFQ first receiver responsibilities
relative to catch weighing and
monitoring of catch weighing. The IFQ
first receiver must:
(i) General. (A) Ensure that all IFQ
landings are sorted and weighed as
specified at § 660.130(d) and in
accordance with an approved catch
monitoring plan.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Catch monitors, NMFS staff, and
authorized officers. (A) Have a catch
monitor on site the entire time an IFQ
landing is being offloaded, sorted, or
weighed.
(B) Notify the catch monitor of the
offloading schedule.
(C) Provide catch monitors, NMFS
staff, or an authorized officer with
unobstructed access to any areas where
IFQ species are or may be sorted or
weighed at any time IFQ species are
being landed or processed.
(D) Ensure that catch monitors, NMFS
staff, or an authorized officer are able to
simultaneously observe the weighing of
catch on the scale and read the scale
display at any time.
(E) Ensure that printouts of the scale
weight of each delivery or offload are
made available to catch monitors, NMFS
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78406
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
staff, or an authorized officer at the time
printouts are generated.
(4) Scale tests. (i) All testing must
meet the scale test standards specified at
§ 660.15(c).
(ii) Inseason scale testing. First
receivers must allow, and provide
reasonable assistance to a catch monitor,
NMFS staff or an authorized officer to
test scales used to weigh IFQ catch. A
scale that does not pass an inseason test
may not be used to weigh IFQ catch
until the scale passes an inseason test or
is approved for continued use by the
weights and measures authorities of the
state in which the scale is located.
(k) Gear switching. (1) Participants in
the Shorebased IFQ Program may take
IFQ species using any legal groundfish
non-trawl gear (i.e., gear switching) and
are exempt from the gear endorsements
at § 660.25(b)(3) for limited entry fixed
gear permits, provided the following
requirements are met:
(i) The vessel must be registered to a
limited entry trawl permit.
(ii) The vessel must be registered to a
vessel account that is not in deficit on
any IFQ species.
(iii) The vessel operator must have
submitted a valid gear declaration for
the trip that declares ‘‘Limited entry
groundfish non-trawl, shorebased IFQ,’’
as specified in § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A), and
does not declare any other designation
(a Shorebased IFQ Program trip may not
be combined with any other
designation).
(iv) The vessel must comply with
prohibitions applicable to limited entry
fixed gear fishery as specified at
§ 660.212, gear restrictions applicable to
limited entry fixed gear as specified in
§§ 660.219 and 660.230(b), and
management measures specified in
§ 660.230(d), including restrictions on
the fixed gear allowed onboard, its
usage, and applicable fixed gear
groundfish conservation area
restrictions, except that the vessel will
not be subject to limited entry fixed gear
trip limits when fishing in the
Shorebased IFQ Program.
(v) The vessel must comply with the
limited entry trawl trip limits for
species/species groups not covered
under the Shorebased IFQ Program or
whiting trip limits outside the primary
season.
(vi) The vessel must comply with
recordkeeping and reporting
requirements applicable to limited entry
trawl gear as specified in § 660.113.
(vii) The vessel must comply with and
observer requirements and all other
provisions of the Shoreside IFQ Program
as specified in this section.
(2) [Reserved]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(l) Adaptive management program—
(1) General. The adaptive management
program (AMP) is a set-aside of 10
percent of the non-whiting QS to
address the following objectives:
(i) Community stability;
(ii) Processor stability;
(iii) Conservation;
(iv) Unintended/unforeseen
consequences of IFQ management; or
(v) Facilitating new entrants.
(2) Years one and two. The 10 percent
of non-whiting QS will be reserved for
the AMP during years one and two of
the Shorebased IFQ Program, but the
resulting AMP QP will be issued to all
QS permit owners in proportion to their
non-whiting QS during years one and
two.
■ 25. In § 660.150;
■ a. Paragraph (a) introductory text and
paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), (d), (f)(3),
(f)(6)(vi), (g)(3)(i)(C), and (g)(6)(viii) are
revised;
■ b. The headings of paragraphs (b), (c),
(e), (g)(1)(iv), (g)(2), and (k) are revised,
and text is added to paragraphs (b), (c),
(e), (g)(1)(iv), (g)(2), and (k).
■ c. Paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(4), (g)(3)(ii),
(g)(4), and (h) through (j) are added; and
■ d. Paragraph (g)(1) introductory text is
revised, and paragraph (g)(1)(v) is
removed;
■ e. Paragraph (l) is removed to read as
follows:
§ 660.150
Mothership (MS) Coop Program.
(a) General. The MS Coop Program
requirements in this section will be
effective beginning January 1, 2011. The
MS Coop Program is a general term to
describe the limited access program that
applies to eligible harvesters and
processors in the mothership sector of
the Pacific whiting at-sea trawl fishery.
Eligible harvesters and processors,
including coop and non-coop fishery
participants, must meet the
requirements set forth in this section of
the Pacific Coast groundfish regulations.
Each year a vessel registered to an MS/
CV-endorsed permit may fish in either
the coop or non-coop portion of the MS
Coop Program, but not both. In addition
to the requirements of this section, the
MS Coop Program is subject to the
following groundfish regulations of
subparts C and D of this part:
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart C: § 660.11
Definitions, § 660.12 Prohibitions,
§ 660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting,
§ 660.14 VMS requirements, § 660.15
Equipment requirements, § 660.16
Groundfish Observer Program, § 660.20
Vessel and gear identification, § 660.25
Permits, § 660.55 Allocations, § 660.60
Specifications and management
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
measures, § 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications, and §§ 660.70 through
660.79 Closed areas.
(4) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart D:
§ 660.111 Trawl fishery definitions,
§ 660.112 Trawl fishery prohibitions,
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery recordkeeping
and reporting, § 660.120 Trawl fishery
crossover provisions, § 660.130 Trawl
fishery management measures, and
§ 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Participation requirements and
responsibilities—(1) Mothership vessels.
(i) Mothership vessel participation
requirements. A vessel is eligible to
receive and process catch as a
mothership in the MS Coop Program if:
(A) The vessel is registered to an MS
permit;
(B) The vessel is not used to fish as
a catcher vessel in the mothership sector
of the Pacific whiting fishery in the
same calendar year; and
(C) The vessel is not used to fish as
a C/P in the Pacific whiting fishery in
the same calendar year.
(ii) Mothership vessel responsibilities.
The owner and operator of a mothership
vessel must:
(A) Recordkeeping and reporting.
Maintain a valid declaration as specified
at § 660.13(d), subpart C; and, maintain
and submit all records and reports
specified at § 660.113(c) including,
economic data, scale tests records, and
cease fishing reports.
(B) Observers. As specified at
paragraph (j) of this section, procure
observer services, maintain the
appropriate level of coverage, and meet
the vessel responsibilities.
(C) Catch weighing requirements. The
owner and operator of a MS vessel must:
(1) Ensure that all catch is weighed in
its round form on a NMFS-approved
scale that meets the requirements
described in section § 660.15(b), subpart
C;
(2) Provide a NMFS-approved
platform scale, belt scale, and test
weights that meet the requirements
described in section § 660.15(b), subpart
C.
(2) Mothership catcher vessels—(i)
Mothership catcher vessel participation
requirements—(A) A vessel is eligible to
harvest in the MS Coop Program if the
following conditions are met:
(1) If the vessel is used to fish as a
mothership catcher vessel for a
permitted MS coop, the vessel is
registered to a limited entry permit with
a trawl endorsement and NMFS has
been notified that the vessel is
authorized to fish for the coop.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(2) If the vessel is used to harvest fish
in the non-coop fishery, the vessel is
registered to an MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit.
(3) The vessel is not used to harvest
fish or process as a mothership or
catcher/processor vessel in the same
calendar year.
(4) The vessel does not catch more
than 30 percent of the Pacific whiting
allocation for the mothership sector.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Mothership catcher vessel
responsibilities—(A) Observers. As
specified at paragraph (j) of this section,
procure observer services, maintain the
appropriate level of coverage, and meet
the vessel responsibilities.
(B) Recordkeeping and reporting.
Maintain a valid declaration as specified
at § 660.13(d), subpart C; and, maintain
and submit all records and reports
specified at § 660.113(c) including,
economic data and scale tests records, if
applicable.
(3) MS coops—(i) MS coop
participation requirements. For a MS
coop to participate in the Pacific
whiting mothership sector fishery it
must:
(A) Be issued a MS coop permit;
(B) Be composed of MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit owners;
(C) Be formed voluntarily;
(D) Be a legally recognized entity that
represents its members;
(E) Designate an individual as a coop
manager; and
(F) Include at least 20 percent of all
MS/CV-endorsed permits as members.
The coop membership percentage will
be interpreted by rounding to the
nearest whole permit (i.e. less than 0.5
rounds down and 0.5 and greater rounds
up).
(ii) MS coop responsibilities. A MS
coop is responsible for:
(A) Applying for and being registered
to a MS coop permit;
(B) Organizing and coordinating
harvest activities of vessels authorized
to fish for the coop;
(C) Reassigning catch history
assignments for use by coop members;
(D) Organizing and coordinating the
transfer and leasing of catch allocations
with other permitted coops through
inter-coop agreements;
(E) Monitoring harvest activities and
enforcing the catch limits of coop
members;
(F) Submitting an annual report.
(G) Having a designated coop
manager. The designated coop manager
must:
(1) Serve as the contact person
between NMFS, the Council, and other
coops;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) Be responsible for the annual
distribution of catch and bycatch
allocations among coop members;
(3) Oversee reassignment of catch
allocations within the coop;
(4) Oversee inter-coop catch
allocation reassignments;
(5) Prepare and submit an annual
report on behalf of the coop;
(6) Be authorized to receive or
respond to any legal process in which
the coop is involved; and
(7) Notify NMFS if the coop dissolves.
(iii) MS coop compliance and joint/
several liability. An MS coop must
comply with the provisions of this
section. The MS coop, member limited
entry permit owners, and owners and
operators of vessels registered to
member limited entry permits, are
jointly and severally responsible for
compliance with the provisions of this
section. Pursuant to 15 CFR part 904,
each MS coop, member permit owner,
and owner and operator of a vessel
registered to a coop member permit may
be charged jointly and severally for
violations of the provisions of this
section. For purposes of enforcement, an
MS coop is a legal entity that can be
subject to NOAA enforcement action for
violations of the provisions of this
section.
(c) MS Coop Program species and
allocations—(1) MS Coop Program
species. MS Coop Program species are
as follows:
(i) Species with formal allocations to
the MS Coop Program are Pacific
whiting, canary rockfish, darkblotched
rockfish, Pacific Ocean perch, and
widow rockfish;
(ii) Species with set-asides for the MS
and C/P Coop Programs combined, as
described in Tables 1d and 2d, subpart
C.
(2) Annual mothership sector suballocations. Annual allocation
amount(s) will be determined using the
following procedure:
(i) MS/CV catch history assignments.
Catch history assignments will be based
on catch history using the following
methodology:
(A) Pacific whiting catch history
assignment. For each MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit, the permit’s entire
catch history assignment of Pacific
whiting will be annually allocated to a
single permitted MS coop or to the noncoop fishery. An MS/CV-endorsed
permit owner cannot divide the permit’s
catch history assignment between more
than one MS coop or between a coop
and the non-coop fishery for that year.
Once assigned to a permitted MS coop
or to the non-coop fishery, the permit’s
catch history assignment remains with
that permitted MS coop or non-coop
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78407
fishery for that calendar year. When the
mothership sector allocation is
established through the final Pacific
whiting specifications, the information
for the conversion of catch history
assignment to pounds will be made
available to the public through a
Federal Register announcement and/or
public notice and/or the NMFS Web
site. The amount of whiting from the
catch history assignment will be issued
to the nearest whole pound using
standard rounding rules (i.e. less than
0.5 rounds down and 0.5 and greater
rounds up).
(B) Non-whiting groundfish species
catch—(1) Non-whiting groundfish
species with a mothership sector
allocation will be divided annually
between the permitted coops and the
non-coop fishery. The pounds
associated with each permitted MS coop
will be provided when the coop permit
is issued.
(2) Groundfish species with at-sea
sector set-asides will be managed on an
annual basis unless there is a risk of a
harvest specification being exceeded,
unforeseen impact on another fisheries,
or conservation concerns in which case
inseason action may be taken. Set asides
may be adjusted through the biennial
specifications and management
measures process as necessary.
(3) Groundfish species not addressed
in paragraph (1) or (2) above, will be
managed on an annual basis unless
there is a risk of a harvest specification
being exceeded, unforeseen impact on
another fisheries, or conservation
concerns in which case inseason action
may be taken.
(4) Halibut set-asides. Annually a
specified amount of the Pacific halibut
will be held in reserve as a shared setaside for bycatch in the at-sea Pacific
whiting fisheries and the shorebased
trawl sector south of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ii) Annual coop allocations—(A)
Pacific whiting. Each permitted MS
coop is authorized to harvest a quantity
of Pacific whiting that is based on the
sum of the catch history assignments for
each member MS/CV-endorsed permit
identified in the NMFS-accepted coop
agreement for a given calendar year.
Other limited entry permits registered to
vessels that will fish for the coop do not
bring catch allocation to a permitted MS
coop.
(B) Non-whiting groundfish with
allocations. Sub-allocations of nonwhiting groundfish species with
allocations to permitted MS coops will
be in proportion to the Pacific whiting
catch history assignments assigned to
each permitted MS coop.
(iii) Annual non-coop allocation—(A)
Pacific whiting. The non-coop whiting
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78408
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
fishery is authorized to harvest a
quantity of Pacific whiting that is
remaining in the mothership sector
annual allocation after the deduction of
all coop allocations.
(B) Non-whiting groundfish with
allocations. The sub-allocation to the
non-coop fishery will be in proportion
to the mothership catcher vessel Pacific
whiting catch history assignments for
the non-coop fishery.
(C) Announcement of the non-coop
fishery allocations. Information on the
amount of Pacific whiting and nonwhiting groundfish with allocations that
will be made available to the non-coop
fishery when the final Pacific whiting
specifications for the mothership sector
is established and will be announced to
the public through a Federal Register
announcement and/or public notice
and/or the NMFS Web site.
(3) Reaching an allocation or suballocation. When the mothership sector
Pacific whiting allocation, Pacific
whiting sub-allocation, or non-whiting
groundfish catch allocation is reached
or is projected to be reached, the
following action may be taken:
(i) Further harvesting, receiving or atsea processing by a mothership or
catcher vessel in the mothership sector
is prohibited when the mothership
sector Pacific whiting allocation or nonwhiting groundfish allocation is
projected to be reached. No additional
unprocessed groundfish may be brought
on board after at-sea processing is
prohibited, but a mothership may
continue to process catch that was on
board before at-sea processing was
prohibited. Pacific whiting may not be
taken and retained, possessed, or landed
by a catcher vessel participating in the
mothership sector.
(ii) When a permitted MS coop suballocation of Pacific whiting or nonwhiting groundfish species is reached,
further harvesting or receiving of
groundfish by vessels fishing in the
permitted MS coop must cease, unless
the permitted MS coop is operating
under an NMFS-accepted inter-coop
agreement.
(iii) When the non-coop fishery suballocation of Pacific whiting or nonwhiting groundfish species is projected
to be reached, further harvesting or
receiving of groundfish by vessels
fishing in under the non-coop fishery
must cease.
(4) Non-whiting groundfish species
reapportionment. This paragraph (c)(4)
describes the process for reapportioning
non-whiting groundfish species with
allocations between permitted MS coops
and the catcher/processor sector.
Reapportionment of mothership sector
allocations to the catcher/processor will
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
not occur until all permitted MS coops
and the non-coop fishery have been
closed by NMFS or have informed
NMFS that they have ceased operations
for the remainder of the calendar year.
(i) Within the mothership sector. The
Regional Administrator may make
available for harvest to permitted coops
and the non-coop fishery that have not
notified NMFS that they have ceased
fishing for the year, the amounts of a
permitted MS coop’s non-whiting catch
allocation remaining when a coop
reaches its Pacific whiting allocation or
when the designated coop manager
notifies NMFS that a permitted coop has
ceased fishing for the year. The
reapportioned allocations will be in
proportion to their original allocations.
(ii) Between the mothership and
catcher/processor sectors. The Regional
Administrator may make available for
harvest to the catcher/processor sector
of the Pacific whiting fishery, the
amounts of the mothership sector’s nonwhiting catch allocation remaining
when the Pacific whiting allocation is
reached or participants in the sector do
not intend to harvest the remaining
allocation. The designated coop
manager, or in the case of an inter-coop,
all of the designated coop managers
must submit a cease fishing report to
NMFS indicating that harvesting has
concluded for the year. At any time after
greater than 80 percent of the
Mothership sector Pacific whiting
allocation has been harvested, the
Regional Administrator may contact
designated coop managers to determine
whether they intend to continue fishing.
When considering redistribution of nonwhiting catch allocation, the Regional
Administrator will take in to
consideration the best available data on
total projected fishing impacts.
Reapportionment between permitted
MS coops and the non-coop fishery
within the mothership sector will be in
proportion to their original coop
allocations for the calendar year.
(iii) Set-aside species. No inseason
management actions are associated with
set asides.
(5) Announcements. The Regional
Administrator will announce in the
Federal Register when the mothership
sector or the allocation of Pacific
whiting or non-whiting groundfish with
an allocation is reached, or is projected
to be reached, and specify the
appropriate action. In order to prevent
exceeding an allocation and to avoid
underutilizing the resource,
prohibitions against further taking and
retaining, receiving, or at-sea processing
of Pacific whiting, or reapportionment
of non-whiting groundfish with
allocations may be made effective
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
immediately by actual notice to fishers
and processors, by e-mail, internet
(www.nwr.noaa.gov/GroundfishHalibut/Groundfish-FisheryManagement/Whiting-Management/
index.cfm), phone, fax, letter, press
release, and/or USCG Notice to Mariners
(monitor channel 16 VHF), followed by
publication in the Federal Register, in
which instance public comment will be
sought for a reasonable period of time
thereafter.
(6) Redistribution of annual
allocation—(i) Between permitted MS
coops (inter-coop). (A) Through an
inter-coop agreement, the designated
coop managers of permitted MS coops
may distribute Pacific whiting and nonwhiting groundfish allocations among
one or more permitted MS coops,
provided the processor obligations at
paragraph (c)(7) of this section have
been met or a mutual agreement
exception at paragraph (c)(7)(iv) of this
section has been submitted to NMFS.
(B) In the case of a MS coop failure
during the Pacific whiting primary
season for the mothership sector,
unused allocation associated with the
catch history will not be available for
harvest by the coop that failed, by any
former members of the coop that failed,
or any other MS coop for the remainder
of that calendar year.
(ii) Between the MS coop and noncoop fisheries. Pacific whiting may not
be redistributed between the coop and
non-coop fisheries.
(ii) Between Pacific whiting sectors.
Pacific whiting may not be redistributed
between the mothership sector and
catcher/processor sector. Whiting may
not be redistributed to the Shorebased
IFQ Program.
(7) Processor obligation and mutual
agreement exceptions—(i) Processor
obligation. Through the annual MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit renewal
process, the MS/CV-endorsed permit
owner must identify to NMFS to which
MS permit the MS/CV permit owner
intends to obligate the catch history
assignment associated with that permit
if they are participating in the MS coop
fishery. Only one MS permit may be
designated (the obligation may not be
split among MS permits).
(ii) Expiration of a processor
obligation. Processor obligations expire
at the end of each calendar year when
the MS Coop Permit expires.
(iii) Processor obligation when MS
coop allocation is redistributed. When a
permitted MS coop redistributes Pacific
whiting allocation within the permitted
MS coop or from one permitted MS
coop to another permitted MS coop
through an inter-coop agreement, such
allocations must be delivered to the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mothership registered to the MS permit
to which the allocation was obligated
under the processor obligation
submitted to NMFS, unless a mutual
agreement exception has been submitted
to NMFS.
(iv) Mutual agreement exception. An
MS/CV-endorsed permit’s catch history
assignment can be released from a
processor obligation through a mutual
agreement exception. The MS/CVendorsed permit owner must submit a
copy to NMFS of the written agreement
that includes the initial MS permit
owner’s acknowledgment of the release
of the MS/CV-endorsed permit owner’s
processor obligation and the MS/CVendorsed permit owner must identify a
processor obligation for a new MS
permit.
(v) MS permit withdrawal. If an MS
permit withdraws from the mothership
fishery before the resulting amounts of
catch history assignment have been
announced by NMFS, any MS/CVendorsed permit obligated to the MS
permit may elect to participate in the
coop or non-coop fishery. In such an
event, the MS permit owner must
provide written notification of its
withdrawal to NMFS and all MS/CVendorsed permits that are obligated to
the MS permit, and the owner of each
MS/CV-endorsed permit obligated to the
MS permit must provide written
notification to NMFS of their intent to
either participate in the non-coop
fishery or the coop fishery, and if
participating in the coop fishery must
identify a processor obligation for a new
MS permit.
(vi) Submission of a mutual
agreement exception or MS permit
withdrawal. Written notification of a
mutual exception agreement or MS
permit withdrawal must be submitted to
NMFS, Northwest Region, Permits
Office, Bldg. 1, 7600 Sand Point Way,
NE., Seattle, WA 98115.
(d) MS coop permit and agreement—
(1) Eligibility and registration. (i)
Eligibility. To be an eligible coop entity
a group of MS/CV-endorsed permit
owners (coop members) must be a
recognized entity under the laws of the
United States or the laws of a State and
represent all of the coop members.
(ii) Annual registration and deadline.
Each year, a coop entity intending to
participate as a coop under the MS Coop
Program must submit an application for
a MS coop permit between February 1
and March 31 of the year in which it
intends to fish. NMFS will not consider
any applications received after March
31. A MS coop permit expires on
December 31 of the year in which it was
issued.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iii) Application for MS coop permit.
The designated coop manager, on behalf
of the coop entity, must submit a
complete application form and include
each of the items listed in paragraph
(d)(1)(iii)(A) of this section. Only
complete applications will be
considered for issuance of a MS coop
permit. An application will not be
considered complete if any required
application fees and annual coop
reports have not been received by
NMFS. NMFS may request additional
supplemental documentation as
necessary to make a determination of
whether to approve or disapprove the
application. Application forms and
instruction are available on the NMFS
NWR Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov) or by request from
NMFS. The designated coop manager
must sign the application
acknowledging the responsibilities of a
designated coop manager defined in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(A) Coop agreement. Signed copies of
the coop agreement must be submitted
to NMFS before the coop is authorized
to engage in fishing activities. A coop
agreement must include all of the
information listed in this paragraph to
be considered a complete coop
agreement. NMFS will only review
complete coop agreements. A coop
agreement will not be accepted unless it
includes all of the required information;
the descriptive items listed in this
paragraph appear to meet the stated
purpose; and information submitted is
correct and accurate.
(1) Coop agreement contents. Each
coop agreement must be signed by all of
the coop members (MS/CV-endorsed
permit owners) and include the
following information:
(i) A list of all vessels, and permit
holders participating in the coop and
their share of the allocated catch which
must match the amount distributed to
individual permit owners by NMFS.
(ii) All MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
member permits identified by permit
number.
(iii) A processor obligation clause
indicating that each MS/CV-endorsed
permit has notified a specific MS permit
by September 1 of the previous year of
that MS/CV-endorsed permit’s intent to
obligate its catch history assignment to
that MS permit, except that for the 2011
fishery, such notification must have
been made prior to submission of the
MS coop permit application.
(iv) A clause indicting that each
member MS/CV-endorsed permit’s catch
history assignment is based on the catch
history assignment calculation by NMFS
used for distribution to the coop.
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78409
(v) A description of the coop’s plan to
adequately monitor and account for the
catch of Pacific whiting and nonwhiting groundfish allocations, and to
monitor and account for the catch of
prohibited species.
(vi) A clause stating that if a permit is
transferred during the effective period of
the coop agreement, any new owners of
that member permit would be coop
members required to comply with
membership restrictions in the coop
agreement.
(vii) A description of the coop’s
enforcement and penalty provisions
adequate to maintain catch of Pacific
whiting and non-whiting groundfish
within the allocations.
(viii) A description of measures to
reduce catch of overfished species.
(ix) A clause describing the co-op
manager’s responsibility for managing
inter-coop reassignments of catch
history assignment, should any occur.
(x) A clause describing how the
annual report will be produced to
document the coop’s catch, bycatch
data, inseason catch history
reassignments and any other significant
activities undertaken by the coop during
the year, and the submission deadlines
for that report.
(xi) Identification of the designated
coop manager.
(xii) Provisions that prohibit member
permit owners that have incurred legal
sanctions that prevent them from fishing
groundfish in the Council region from
fishing in the coop.
(2) Inter-coop agreement. The coop
entity must provide, at the time of
annual application, copies of any intercoop agreement(s) into which the coop
has entered. Such agreements must
incorporate and honor the provisions of
the individual coop agreements for each
coop that is a party to the inter-coop
agreement. Inter-coop agreements are
specified at paragraph (e) of this section.
(B) Acceptance of a coop agreement—
(1) If NMFS does not accept the coop
agreement, the coop permit application
will be returned to the applicant with a
letter stating the reasons the coop
agreement was not accepted by NMFS.
(2) Coop agreements that are not
accepted may be resubmitted for review
by sufficiently addressing the
deficiencies identified in the NMFS
letter and resubmitting the entire coop
permit application by the date specified
in the NMFS letter.
(3) An accepted coop agreement that
was submitted with the MS coop permit
application and for which a MS coop
permit was issued will remain in place
through the end of the calendar year.
The designated coop manager must
resubmit a complete coop agreement to
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78410
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
NMFS consistent with the coop
agreement contents described in
paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A)(1) of this section
if there is a material change to the coop
agreement.
(4) Within 7 calendar days following
a material change, the designated coop
manager must notify NMFS of the
material change. Within 30 calendar
days, the designated coop manger must
submit to NMFS the revised coop
agreement with a letter that describes
such changes. NMFS will review the
material changes and provide a letter to
the coop manager that either accepts the
changes as given or does not accept the
revised coop agreement with a letter
stating the reasons that it was not
accepted by NMFS. The coop may
resubmit the coop agreement with
further revisions to the material changes
responding to NMFS concerns.
(iv) Effective date of MS coop permit.
A MS coop permit will be effective
upon the date approved by NMFS and
will allow fishing from the start of the
MS sector primary whiting season until
the end of the calendar year or until one
or more of the following events occur,
whichever comes first:
(A) NMFS permanently closes the
mothership sector fishing season for the
year or a specific MS coop or the
designated coop manager notifies NMFS
that the coop has completed fishing for
the calendar year,
(B) The coop has reached its Pacific
whiting allocation,
(C) A material change to the coop
agreement has occurred and the
designated coop manager failed to notify
NMFS within 7 calendar days of the
material change and submit to NMFS
the revised coop agreement with a letter
that describes such changes within 30
calendar days, or
(D) NMFS has determined that a coop
failure occurred.
(2) Initial administrative
determination. For all complete
applications, NMFS will issue an IAD
that either approves or disapproves the
application. If approved, the IAD will
include a MS coop permit. If
disapproved, the IAD will provide the
reasons for this determination.
(3) Appeals. An appeal to a MS coop
permit action follows the same process
as the general permit appeals process
defined at § 660.25(g), subpart C.
(4) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with the
issuance of a MS coop permit consistent
with the provisions given at § 660.25(f),
subpart C.
(5) Cost recovery. [Reserved]
(e) Inter-coop agreements—(1)
General. Permitted MS coops may
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
voluntarily enter into inter-coop
agreements for the purpose of sharing
permitted MS coop allocations of Pacific
whiting and allocated non-whiting
groundfish. If two or more permitted MS
coops enter into an inter-coop
agreement, the inter-coop agreement
must incorporate and honor the
provisions of each permitted MS coop
subject to the inter-coop agreement.
(2) Submission of inter-coop
agreements. Inter-coop agreements must
be submitted to NMFS for acceptance.
(3) Inter-coop agreement review
process. Each designated coop manager
must submit a copy of the inter-coop
agreement signed by both designated
coop managers for review. Complete
coop agreements containing all items
listed under paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A)(1)
will be reviewed by NMFS.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) Renewal, change of permit
ownership, or vessel registration—(i)
Renewal. An MS permit must be
renewed annually consistent with the
limited entry permit regulations given at
§ 660.25(b)(4), subpart C. If a vessel
registered to the MS permit will operate
as a mothership in the year for which
the permit is renewed, the permit owner
must make a declaration as part of the
permit renewal that while participating
in the whiting fishery it will operate
solely as a mothership during the
calendar year to which its limited entry
permit applies. Any such declaration is
binding on the vessel for the calendar
year, even if the permit is transferred
during the year, unless it is rescinded in
response to a written request from the
permit owner. Any request to rescind a
declaration must be made by the permit
holder and granted in writing by the
Regional Administrator before any
unprocessed whiting has been taken on
board the vessel that calendar year.
(ii) Change of permit ownership. An
MS permit is subject to the limited entry
permit change in permit ownership
regulations given at § 660.25(b)(4),
subpart C.
(iii) Change of vessel registration. An
MS permit is subject to the limited entry
permit change of vessel registration
regulations given at § 660.25(b)(4),
subpart C.
(3) Accumulation limits—(i) MS
permit usage limit. No person who owns
an MS permit(s) may register the MS
permit(s) to vessels that cumulatively
process more than 45 percent of the
annual mothership sector Pacific
whiting allocation. For purposes of
determining accumulation limits, NMFS
requires that permit owners submit a
complete trawl ownership interest form
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for the permit owner as part of annual
renewal for the MS permit. An
ownership interest form will also be
required whenever a new permit owner
obtains an MS permit as part of a permit
transfer request. Accumulation limits
will be determined by calculating the
percentage of ownership interest a
person has in any MS permit.
Determination of ownership interest
will subject to the individual and
collective rule.
(ii) Ownership—individual and
collective rule. The ownership that
counts toward a person’s accumulation
limit will include:
(A) Any MS permit owned by that
person, and
(B) A portion of any MS permit
owned by an entity in which that person
has an interest, where the person’s share
of interest in that entity will determine
the portion of that entity’s ownership
that counts toward the person’s limit.
(iii) [Reserved]
(iv) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that is
applying for or renewing an MS permit
shall document those persons that have
an ownership interest in the permit
greater than or equal to 2 percent. This
ownership interest must be documented
with the SFD via the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form. SFD will not issue an MS Permit
unless the Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form has been
completed. NMFS may request
additional information of the applicant
as necessary to verify compliance with
accumulation limits.
(4) Appeals. An appeal to an MS
permit action follows the same process
as the general permit appeals process
defined at § 660.25(g), subpart C.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) * * *
(vi) Initial administrative
determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of an MS
permit, the applicant will receive an MS
permit. If NMFS disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons. If the applicant does not appeal
the IAD within 60 calendar days of the
date on the IAD, the IAD becomes the
final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Mothership catcher vessel (MS/
CV)—endorsed permit—(1) General.
Any vessel that delivers whiting to a
mothership processor in the Pacific
whiting fishery mothership sector must
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
be registered to an MS/CV-endorsed
permit, except that a vessel registered to
limited entry trawl permit without an
MS/CV or C/P endorsement may fish for
a coop if authorized by the coop. Within
the MS Coop Program, an MS/CVendorsed permit may participate in an
MS coop or in the non-coop fishery. An
MS/CV-endorsed permit is a limited
entry permit and is subject to the
limited entry permit provisions given at
§ 660.25(b), subpart C.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) Restrictions on processing for MS/
CV-endorsed permits. A vessel
registered to an MS/CV-endorsed permit
in a given year shall not engage in
processing of Pacific whiting during that
year.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Renewal, change of permit owner,
vessel registration, or combination—(i)
Renewal. An MS/CV-endorsed permit
must be renewed annually consistent
with the limited entry permit
regulations given at § 660.25(b)(4),
subpart C. During renewal, all MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit owners
must make a preliminary declaration
regarding their intent to participate in
the coop or non-coop portion of the MS
Coop Program for the following year. If
the owner of the MS/CV-endorsed
permit intends to participate in the coop
portion of the MS Coop Program, they
must also declare which MS vessel to
which they intend to obligate the
permit’s catch history assignment. MS/
CV-endorsed permits not obligated to a
permitted MS coop by March 31 of the
fishing year will be assigned to the noncoop fishery. For an MS/CV-endorsed
permit that is not renewed, the
following occurs:
(A) For the first year after the permit
is not renewed, the permit will be
extinguished, and the catch history
assignment from that permit will be
assigned to the non-coop fishery.
(B) In the year after the permit is
extinguished (the second year after the
permit is not renewed), the catch history
assignment from that permit will be
redistributed proportionally to all valid
MS/CV-endorsed permits.
(ii) Change of permit ownership. An
MS/CV-endorsed permit is subject to the
limited entry permit change in permit
ownership regulations given at
§ 660.25(b)(4), subpart C.
(iii) Change of vessel registration. An
MS/CV-endorsed permit is subject to the
limited entry permit change of vessel
registration regulations given at
§ 660.25(b)(4), subpart C.
(iv) Combination. An MS/CVendorsed permit may be combined with
one or more other limited entry trawl
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
permits; the resulting permit will be a
single permit with an increased size
endorsement. If the MS/CV-endorsed
permit is combined with another
limited entry trawl-endorsed permit
other than a C/P-endorsed permit, the
resulting permit will be MS/CVendorsed. If an MS/CV-endorsed permit
is combined with a C/P-endorsed
permit, the resulting permit will be
exclusively a C/P-endorsed permit, and
will not have an MS/CV endorsement. If
an MS/CV-endorsed permit is combined
with another MS/CV-endorsed permit,
the combined catch history assignment
of the permit(s) will be added to the
active permit (the permit remaining
after combination) and the other permit
will be retired. NMFS will not approve
a permit combination if it results in a
person exceeding the accumulation
limits specified at paragraph (g)(3) of
this section. Any request to combine
permits is subject to the provision
provided at § 660.25(b), including the
combination formula for resulting size
endorsements.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that owns a
limited entry trawl permit and that is
applying for or renewing an MS/CV
endorsement shall document those
persons that have an ownership interest
in the permit greater than or equal to 2
percent. This ownership interest must
be documented with the SFD via the
Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest Form. SFD will not issue an
MS/CV endorsement unless the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form has been completed. NMFS may
request additional information of the
applicant as necessary to verify
compliance with accumulation limits.
Further, if SFD discovers through
review of the Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form that a person
owns or controls more than the
accumulation limits, the person will be
subject to divestiture provisions
specified in paragraph (g)(3)(i)(D) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) Catcher vessel usage limit. No
vessel may catch more than 30 percent
of the mothership sector’s whiting
allocation.
(4) Appeals. An appeal to an MS/CVendorsed permit action follows the same
process as the general permit appeals
process defined at § 660.25(g), subpart
C.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) * * *
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78411
(viii) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of an
MS/CV-endorsed permit and associated
catch history assignment, the applicant
will receive an MS/CV endorsement on
a limited entry trawl permit specifying
the amounts of catch history assignment
for which the applicant has qualified. If
NMFS disapproves an application, the
IAD will provide the reasons. If known
at the time of the IAD, NMFS will
indicate if the owner of the MS/CVendorsed permit has ownership interest
in catch history assignments that exceed
the accumulation limits and are subject
to divestiture provisions given at
paragraph (g)(3)(i)(D) of this section. If
the applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 60 calendar days of the date on
the IAD, the IAD becomes the final
decision of the Regional Administrator
acting on behalf of the Secretary of
Commerce.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Non-coop fishery—(1) Access to
non-coop fishery allocation. All vessels
registered to the MS/CV-endorsed
permits assigned to the non-coop fishery
will have access to harvest and deliver
the aggregate catch history assignment
of all MS/CV permits assigned to the
non-coop fishery.
(2) Non-coop fishery closure. The
non-coop fishery will be closed by
automatic action as specified at
§ 660.60(d) when the Pacific whiting or
non-whiting allocations to the non-coop
fishery have been reached or are
projected to be reached.
(i) Retention requirements. Catcher
vessels participating in the MS Coop
Program may discard minor operational
amounts of catch at sea if the observer
has accounted for the discard (i.e., a
maximized retention fishery).
(j) Observer requirements—(1)
Observer coverage requirements. (i)
Coverage. (A) Motherships. Any vessel
registered to an MS permit 125 ft
(38.1 m) LOA or longer must carry two
NMFS-certified observers, and any
vessel registered to an MS permit
shorter than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA must
carry one NMFS-certified observer, each
day that the vessel is used to take,
retain, receive, land, process, or
transport groundfish.
(B) Catcher vessels. Any vessel
delivering catch to any mothership must
carry one NMFS-certified observer each
day that the vessel is used to take
groundfish.
(ii) Observer workload—(A)
Motherships. The time required for the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78412
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
observer to complete sampling duties
must not exceed 12 consecutive hours
in each 24-hour period.
(B) Catcher vessels. If an observer is
unable to perform their duties for any
reason, the vessel is required to be in
port within 36 hours of the last haul
sampled by the observer.
(iii) Refusal to board. Any boarding
refusal on the part of the observer or
vessel must be reported to the observer
program and NOAA OLE by the
observer provider. The observer must be
available for an interview with the
observer program or NOAA OLE if
necessary.
(2) Vessel responsibilities. An
operator and/or crew of a vessel
required to carry an observer must
provide:
(i) Accommodations and food—(A)
Motherships. Provide accommodations
and food that are equivalent to those
provided for officers, engineers,
foremen, deck-bosses or other
management level personnel of the
vessel.
(B) Catcher vessels—(1)
Accommodations and food for trips less
than 24 hours must be equivalent to
those provided for the crew.
(2) Accommodations and food for
trips of 24 hours or more must be
equivalent to those provided for the
crew and must include berthing space,
a space that is intended to be used for
sleeping and is provided with installed
bunks and mattresses. A mattress or
futon on the floor or a cot is not
acceptable if a regular bunk is provided
to any crew member, unless other
arrangements are approved in advance
by the Regional Administrator or their
designee.
(ii) Safe conditions. Motherships and
Catcher Vessels must:
(A) Maintain safe conditions on the
vessel for the protection of observers
including adherence to all U.S. Coast
Guard and other applicable rules,
regulations, or statutes pertaining to safe
operation of the vessel including, but
not limited to, rules of the road, vessel
stability, emergency drills, emergency
equipment, vessel maintenance, vessel
general condition, and port bar
crossings. An observer may refuse
boarding or reboarding a vessel and may
request a vessel return to port if
operated in an unsafe manner or if
unsafe conditions are indentified.
(B) Have on board a valid Commercial
Fishing Vessel Safety Decal that certifies
compliance with regulations found in
33 CFR chapter I and 46 CFR Chapter
I, a certificate of compliance issued
pursuant to 46 CFR 28.710 or a valid
certificate of inspection pursuant to 46
U.S.C. 3311.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iii) Computer hardware and
software—(A) Motherships must:
(1) Provide hardware and software
pursuant to regulations at
§§ 679.50(g)(1)(iii)(B)(1) through
679.50(g)(1)(iii)(B)(3).
(2) Provide the observer(s) access to a
computer required under paragraph
(j)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, and that is
connected to a communication device
that provides a point-to-point
connection to the NMFS host computer.
(3) Ensure that the mothership has
installed the most recent release of
NMFS data entry software provided by
the Regional Administrator, or other
approved software prior to the vessel
receiving, catching or processing IFQ
species.
(4) Ensure that the communication
equipment required in paragraph
(j)(2)(iii) of this section and that is used
by observers to enter and transmit data,
is fully functional and operational.
‘‘Functional’’ means that all the tasks
and components of the NMFS supplied,
or other approved, software described at
paragraph (j)(2)(iii) of this section and
the data transmissions to NMFS can be
executed effectively aboard the vessel
by the communications equipment.
(B) Catcher vessels. [Reserved]
(iv) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to the vessel’s navigation
equipment and personnel, on request, to
determine the vessel’s position.
(v) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
(vi) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
observing the transfer.
(vii) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(viii) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(A) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(B) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
(C) Collecting samples of catch.
(D) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish.
(E) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(F) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ix) Sample station and operational
requirements.
(A) Motherships. To allow the
observer to carry out required duties,
the vessel owner must provide an
observer sampling station that meets the
following requirements:
(1) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(2) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch.
(3) Access. Unobstructed passage
must be provided between the observer
sampling station and the location where
the observer collects sample catch.
(4) Minimum work space. The
observer must have a working area of at
least 4.5 square meters, including the
observer’s sampling table, for sampling
and storage of fish to be sampled. The
observer must be able to stand upright
and have a work area at least 0.9 m deep
in the area in front of the table and
scale.
(5) Table. The observer sampling
station must include a table at least
0.6 m deep, 1.2 m wide and 0.9 m high
and no more than 1.1 m high. The entire
surface area of the table must be
available for use by the observer. Any
area for the observer sampling scale is
in addition to the minimum space
requirements for the table. The
observer’s sampling table must be
secured to the floor or wall.
(6) Diverter board. The conveyor belt
conveying unsorted catch must have a
removable board (‘‘diverter board’’) to
allow all fish to be diverted from the
belt directly into the observer’s
sampling baskets. The diverter board
must be located downstream of the scale
used to weigh total catch. At least 1 m
of accessible belt space, located
downstream of the scale used to weigh
total catch, must be available for the
observer’s use when sampling.
(7) Other requirements. The sampling
station must be in a well-drained area
that includes floor grating (or other
material that prevents slipping), lighting
adequate for day or night sampling, and
a hose that supplies fresh or sea water
to the observer.
(8) Observer sampling scale. The
observer sample station must include a
NMFS-approved platform scale
(pursuant to requirements at
§ 679.28(j)(2)) with a capacity of at least
50 kg located within 1 m of the
observer’s sampling table. The scale
must be mounted so that the weighing
surface is no more than 0.7 m above the
floor.
(B) Catcher vessels. To allow the
observer to carry out the required
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
duties, the vessel owner must provide
an observer sampling station that is:
(1) Accessible. The observer sampling
station must be available to the observer
at all times.
(2) Limits hazards. To the extent
possible, the area should be free and
clear of hazards including, but not
limited to, moving fishing gear, stored
fishing gear, inclement weather
conditions, and open hatches.
(x) Transfer at sea. Observers may be
transferred at-sea between motherships,
between motherships and catcherprocessors, or between a mothership
and a catcher vessel. Transfers at-sea
between catcher vessels is prohibited.
For transfers, both vessels must:
(A) Ensure that transfers of observers
at sea via small boat under its own
power are carried out during daylight
hours, under safe conditions, and with
the agreement of observers involved.
(B) Notify observers at least 3 hours
before observers are transferred, such
that the observers can finish any
sampling work, collect personal
belongings, equipment, and scientific
samples.
(C) Provide a safe pilot ladder and
conduct the transfer to ensure the safety
of observers during transfers.
(D) Provide an experienced crew
member to assist observers in the small
boat in which any transfer is made.
(3) Procurement of observer services—
(i) Motherships—(A) Owners of vessels
required to carry observers under
paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section must
arrange for observer services from a
permitted observer provider, except
that:
(1) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
when NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or an individual authorized
by NMFS in lieu of an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(2) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
and a permitted observer provider when
NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff and/or individuals
authorized by NMFS, in addition to an
observer provided by a permitted
observer provider.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Catcher vessels—(A) Owners of
vessels required to carry observers
under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section
must arrange for observer services from
a permitted observer provider, except
that:
(1) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
when NMFS has determined and given
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or an individual authorized
by NMFS in lieu of an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(2) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
and a permitted observer provider when
NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff and/or individuals
authorized by NMFS, in addition to an
observer provided by a permitted
observer provider.
(B) [Reserved]
(4) Application to become an observer
provider—(i) Motherships. Any observer
provider holding a valid permit issued
by the North Pacific Groundfish
Observer Program in 2010 can supply
observer services and will be issued a
West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program permit.
(ii) Catcher vessels. [Reserved]
(5) Observer provider
responsibilities—(i) Provide qualified
candidates to serve as observers.
Observer providers must provide
qualified candidates to serve as
observers. To be qualified, a candidate
must have:
(A) A Bachelor’s degree or higher
from an accredited college or university
with a major in one of the natural
sciences;
(B) Successfully completed a
minimum of 30 semester hours or
equivalent in applicable biological
sciences with extensive use of
dichotomous keys in at least one course;
(C) Successfully completed at least
one undergraduate course each in math
and statistics with a minimum of 5
semester hours total for both; and
(D) Computer skills that enable the
candidate to work competently with
standard database software and
computer hardware.
(ii) Hiring an observer candidate—(A)
Motherships.
(1) The observer provider must
provide the candidate a copy of NMFSprovided pamphlets, information and
other literature describing observer
duties (i.e. The At-Sea Hake Observer
Program’s Observer Manual) prior to
hiring the candidate. Observer job
information is available from the
Observer Program Office’s Web site at
https://www.nwfsc.noaa.gov/research/
divisions/fram/observer/atseahake.cfm.
(2) Observer contracts. The observer
provider must have a written contract or
a written contract addendum that is
signed by the observer and observer
provider prior to the observer’s
deployment with the following clauses:
(i) That all the observer’s in-season
messages and catch reports required to
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78413
be sent while deployed are delivered to
the Observer Program Office as specified
by written Observer Program
instructions;
(ii) That the observer inform the
observer provider prior to the time of
embarkation if he or she is experiencing
any new mental illness or physical
ailments or injury since submission of
the physician’s statement as required as
a qualified observer candidate that
would prevent him or her from
performing their assigned duties.
(B) Catcher vessels—(1) Provide the
candidate a copy of NMFS-provided
pamphlets, information and other
literature describing observer duties, for
example, the West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program’s sampling manual.
Observer job information is available
from the Observer Program Office’s Web
site at https://www.nwfsc.noaa.gov/
research/divisions/fram/observer/
index.cfm.
(2) Observer contracts. The observer
provider must have a written contract or
a written contract addendum that is
signed by the observer and observer
provider prior to the observer’s
deployment with the following clauses:
(i) That all the observer’s in-season
messages and catch reports required to
be sent while deployed are delivered to
the Observer Program Office as specified
by written Observer Program
instructions;
(ii) That the observer inform the
observer provider prior to the time of
embarkation if he or she is experiencing
any new mental illness or physical
ailments or injury since submission of
the physician’s statement as required as
a qualified observer candidate that
would prevent him or her from
performing their assigned duties; and
(iii) That the observer completes a
basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation/
first aid course prior to the end of the
NMFS West Coast Groundfish Observer
Training class.
(iii) Ensure that observers complete
duties in a timely manner—(A)
Motherships. An observer provider must
ensure that observers employed by that
observer provider do the following in a
complete and timely manner:
(1) Submit to NMFS all data,
logbooks, and reports as required by the
Observer Manual;
(2) Report for his or her scheduled
debriefing and complete all debriefing
responsibilities;
(3) Return all sampling and safety gear
to the Observer Program Office;
(4) Submit all biological samples from
the observer’s deployment by the
completion of the electronic vessel and/
or processor survey(s); and
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78414
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(5) Immediately report to the Observer
Program Office and the NOAA OLE any
refusal to board an assigned vessel.
(B) Catcher vessels. An observer
provider must ensure that observers
employed by that observer provider do
the following in a complete and timely
manner:
(1) Submit to NMFS all data,
logbooks, and reports as required by the
Observer Manual;
(2) Report for his or her scheduled
debriefing and complete all debriefing
responsibilities; and
(3) Return all sampling and safety gear
to the Observer Program Office.
(4) Immediately report to the Observer
Program Office and the NOAA OLE any
refusal to board an assigned vessel.
(iv) Observers provided to vessel—(A)
Motherships. Observers provided to
mothership vessels:
(1) Must have a valid North Pacific
groundfish observer certification
endorsement and an At-Sea Hake
Observer Program certification;
(2) Must not have not informed the
provider prior to the time of
embarkation that he or she is
experiencing a mental illness or a
physical ailment or injury developed
since submission of the physician’s
statement that would prevent him or her
from performing his or her assigned
duties; and
(3) Must have successfully completed
all NMFS required training and briefing
before deployment.
(B) Catcher vessels. Observers
provided to catcher vessels:
(1) Must have a valid West Coast
Groundfish observer certification;
(2) Must have not informed the
provider prior to the time of
embarkation that he or she is
experiencing a mental illness or a
physical ailment or injury developed
since submission of the physician’s
statement, as required in paragraph
(j)(5)(x)(B)(2) of this section that would
prevent him or her from performing his
or her assigned duties; and
(3) Must have successfully completed
all NMFS required training and briefing
before deployment.
(v) Respond to industry requests for
observers. An observer provider must
provide an observer for deployment
pursuant to the terms of the contractual
relationship with the vessel to fulfill
vessel requirements for observer
coverage specified at paragraph (j)(1)(i)
of this section. An alternate observer
must be supplied in each case where
injury or illness prevents the observer
from performing his or her duties or
where the observer resigns prior to
completion of his or her duties. If the
observer provider is unable to respond
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
to an industry request for observer
coverage from a vessel for whom the
provider is in a contractual relationship
due to lack of available observers by the
estimated embarking time of the vessel,
the provider must report it to the
observer program at least 4 hours prior
to the vessel’s estimated embarking
time.
(vi) Provide observer salaries and
benefits. An observer provider must
provide to its observer employees
salaries and any other benefits and
personnel services in accordance with
the terms of each observer’s contract.
(vii) Provide observer deployment
logistics—(A) Motherships. An observer
provider must provide to each of its
observers under contract:
(1) All necessary transportation,
including arrangements and logistics, of
observers to the initial location of
deployment, to all subsequent vessel
assignments during that deployment,
and to the debriefing location when a
deployment ends for any reason; and
(2) Lodging, per diem, and any other
services necessary to observers assigned
to fishing vessels.
(3) An observer under contract may be
housed on a vessel to which he or she
is assigned:
(i) Prior to their vessel’s initial
departure from port;
(ii) For a period not to exceed twentyfour hours following the completion of
an offload when the observer has duties
and is scheduled to disembark; or
(iii) For a period not to exceed twentyfour hours following the vessel’s arrival
in port when the observer is scheduled
to disembark.
(iv) During all periods an observer is
housed on a vessel, the observer
provider must ensure that the vessel
operator or at least one crew member is
aboard.
(v) An observer under contract who is
between vessel assignments must be
provided with shoreside
accommodations pursuant to the terms
of the contract between the observer
provider and the observers. If the
observer provider is responsible for
providing accommodations under the
contract with the observer, the
accommodations must be at a licensed
hotel, motel, bed and breakfast, or other
shoreside accommodations for the
duration of each period between vessel
or shoreside assignments. Such
accommodations must include an
assigned bed for each observer and no
other person may be assigned that bed
for the duration of that observer’s stay.
Additionally, no more than four beds
may be in any room housing observers
at accommodations meeting the
requirements of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(B) Catcher vessels. An observer
provider must ensure each of its
observers under contract:
(1) Has an individually assigned
mobile or cell phones, in working order,
for all necessary communication. An
observer provider may alternatively
compensate observers for the use of the
observer’s personal cell phone or pager
for communications made in support of,
or necessary for, the observer’s duties.
(2) Calls into the NMFS deployment
hotline upon departing and arriving into
port for each trip to leave the following
information: Observer name, phone
number, vessel departing on, expected
trip end date and time.
(3) Remains available to NOAA OLE
and the Observer Program until the
conclusion of debriefing.
(4) Receives all necessary
transportation, including arrangements
and logistics, of observers to the initial
location of deployment, to all
subsequent vessel assignments during
that deployment, and to the debriefing
location when a deployment ends for
any reason; and
(5) Receives lodging, per diem, and
any other services necessary to
observers assigned to fishing vessels.
(i) An observer under contract may be
housed on a vessel to which he or she
is assigned: Prior to their vessel’s initial
departure from port; for a period not to
exceed 24 hours following the
completion of an offload when the
observer has duties and is scheduled to
disembark; or for a period not to exceed
twenty-four hours following the vessel’s
arrival in port when the observer is
scheduled to disembark.
(ii) During all periods an observer is
housed on a vessel, the observer
provider must ensure that the vessel
operator or at least one crew member is
aboard.
(iii) Otherwise, each observer between
vessels, while still under contract with
a permitted observer provider, shall be
provided with accommodations in
accordance with the contract between
the observer and the observer provider.
If the observer provider is responsible
for providing accommodations under
the contract with the observer, the
accommodations must be at a licensed
hotel, motel, bed and breakfast, or other
shoreside accommodations that has an
assigned bed for each observer that no
other person may be assigned to for the
duration of that observer’s stay.
Additionally, no more than four beds
may be in any room housing observers
at accommodations meeting the
requirements of this section.
(viii) Observer deployment
limitations—(A) Motherships. Unless
alternative arrangements are approved
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
by the Observer Program Office, an
observer provider must not:
(1) Deploy an observer on the same
vessel more than 90 days in a 12-month
period;
(2) Deploy an observer for more than
90 days in a single deployment;
(3) Include more than four vessels
assignments in a single deployment, or
(4) Disembark an observer from a
vessel before that observer has
completed his or her sampling or data
transmission duties.
(B) Catcher vessels. Not deploy an
observer on the same vessel more than
90 calendar days in a 12-month period.
(ix) Verify vessel’s safety decal. An
observer provider must verify that a
vessel has a valid USCG safety decal as
required under paragraph (j)(2)(ii)(B) of
this section before an observer may get
underway aboard the vessel. One of the
following acceptable means of
verification must be used to verify the
decal validity:
(A) The observer provider or
employee of the observer provider,
including the observer, visually inspects
the decal aboard the vessel and confirms
that the decal is valid according to the
decal date of issuance; or
(B) The observer provider receives a
hard copy of the USCG documentation
of the decal issuance from the vessel
owner or operator.
(x) Maintain communications with
observers. An observer provider must
have an employee responsible for
observer activities on call 24 hours a
day to handle emergencies involving
observers or problems concerning
observer logistics, whenever observers
are at sea, in transit, or in port awaiting
vessel reassignment.
(xi) Maintain communications with
the Observer Program Office. An
observer provider must provide all of
the following information by electronic
transmission (e-mail), fax, or other
method specified by NMFS.
(A) Motherships—(1) Training and
briefing registration materials. The
observer provider must submit training
and briefing registration materials to the
Observer Program Office at least 5
business days prior to the beginning of
a scheduled observer at-sea hake
training or briefing session.
(i) Registration materials consist of the
date of requested training or briefing
with a list of observers including each
observer’s full name (i.e., first, middle
and last names).
(ii) Projected observer assignments.
Prior to the observer’s completion of the
training or briefing session, the observer
provider must submit to the Observer
Program Office a statement of projected
observer assignments that include the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
observer’s name; vessel, gear type, and
vessel/processor code; port of
embarkation; and area of fishing.
(2) Observer debriefing registration.
The observer provider must contact the
At-Sea Hake Observer Program within 5
business days after the completion of an
observer’s deployment to schedule a
date, time and location for debriefing.
Observer debriefing registration
information must be provided at the
time of debriefing scheduling and must
include the observer’s name, cruise
number, vessel name(s) and code(s), and
requested debriefing date.
(3) Observer provider contracts. If
requested, observer providers must
submit to the Observer Program Office
a completed and unaltered copy of each
type of signed and valid contract
(including all attachments, appendices,
addendums, and exhibits incorporated
into the contract) between the observer
provider and those entities requiring
observer services under paragraph
(j)(1)(i) of this section. Observer
providers must also submit to the
Observer Program Office upon request,
a completed and unaltered copy of the
current or most recent signed and valid
contract (including all attachments,
appendices, addendums, and exhibits
incorporated into the contract and any
agreements or policies with regard to
observer compensation or salary levels)
between the observer provider and the
particular entity identified by the
Observer Program or with specific
observers. The copies must be submitted
to the Observer Program Office via fax
or mail within 5 business days of the
request. Signed and valid contracts
include the contracts an observer
provider has with:
(i) Vessels required to have observer
coverage as specified at paragraph
(j)(1)(i) of this section; and
(ii) Observers.
(4) Change in observer provider
management and contact information.
Observer providers must submit
notification of any other change to
provider contact information, including
but not limited to, changes in contact
name, phone number, email address,
and address.
(5) Other reports. Reports of the
following must be submitted in writing
to the At-Sea Hake Observer Program
Office by the observer provider via fax
or email address designated by the
Observer Program Office within 24
hours after the observer provider
becomes aware of the information:
(i) Any information regarding possible
observer harassment;
(ii) Any information regarding any
action prohibited under §§ 660.112 or
600.725(o), (t) and (u);
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78415
(iii) Any concerns about vessel safety
or marine casualty under 46 CFR 4.05–
1(a)(1) through (7);
(iv) Any observer illness or injury that
prevents the observer from completing
any of his or her duties described in the
observer manual; and
(v) Any information, allegations or
reports regarding observer conflict of
interest or breach of the standards of
behavior described in observer provider
policy.
(B) Catcher vessels. An observer
provider must provide all of the
following information by electronic
transmission (e-mail), fax, or other
method specified by NMFS.
(1) Observer training, briefing, and
debriefing registration materials. This
information must be submitted to the
Observer Program Office at least 7
business days prior to the beginning of
a scheduled West Coast groundfish
observer certification training or briefing
session.
(i) Training registration materials
consist of the following: Date of
requested training; a list of observer
candidates that includes each
candidate’s full name (i.e., first, middle
and last names), date of birth, and
gender; a copy of each candidate’s
academic transcripts and resume; a
statement signed by the candidate under
penalty of perjury which discloses the
candidate’s criminal convictions;
projected observer assignments—Prior
to the observer’s completion of the
training or briefing session, the observer
provider must submit to the Observer
Program Office a statement of projected
observer assignments that include that
includes each observer’s name, current
mailing address, e-mail address, phone
numbers and port of embarkation
(‘‘home port’’); and length of observers
contract.
(ii) Briefing registration materials
consist of the following: Date and type
of requested briefing session; list of
observers to attend the briefing session,
that includes each observer’s full name
(first, middle, and last names); projected
observer assignments—Prior to the
observer’s completion of the training or
briefing session, the observer provider
must submit to the Observer Program
Office a statement of projected observer
assignments that include that includes
each observer’s name, current mailing
address, e-mail address, phone numbers
and port of embarkation (‘‘home port’’);
and length of observer contract.
(iii) Debriefing. The West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program will
notify the observer provider which
observers require debriefing and the
specific time period the provider has to
schedule a date, time, and location for
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78416
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
debriefing. The observer provider must
contact the West Coast Groundfish
Observer program within 5 business
days by telephone to schedule
debriefings. Observer providers must
immediately notify the observer
program when observers end their
contract earlier than anticipated.
(2) Physical examination. A signed
and dated statement from a licensed
physician that he or she has physically
examined an observer or observer
candidate. The statement must confirm
that, based on that physical
examination, the observer or observer
candidate does not have any health
problems or conditions that would
jeopardize that individual’s safety or the
safety of others while deployed, or
prevent the observer or observer
candidate from performing his or her
duties satisfactorily. The statement must
declare that, prior to the examination,
the physician was made aware of the
duties of the observer and the
dangerous, remote, and rigorous nature
of the work by reading the NMFSprepared information. The physician’s
statement must be submitted to the
Observer Program Office prior to
certification of an observer. The
physical exam must have occurred
during the 12 months prior to the
observer’s or observer candidate’s
deployment. The physician’s statement
will expire 12 months after the physical
exam occurred. A new physical exam
must be performed, and accompanying
statement submitted, prior to any
deployment occurring after the
expiration of the statement.
(3) Certificates of insurance. Copies of
‘‘certificates of insurance’’, that names
the NMFS Observer Program leader as
the ‘‘certificate holder’’, shall be
submitted to the Observer Program
Office by February 1 of each year. The
certificates of insurance shall verify the
following coverage provisions and state
that the insurance company will notify
the certificate holder if insurance
coverage is changed or canceled.
(i) Maritime Liability to cover
‘‘seamen’s’’ claims under the Merchant
Marine Act (Jones Act) and General
Maritime Law ($1 million minimum).
(ii) Coverage under the U.S.
Longshore and Harbor Workers’
Compensation Act ($1 million
minimum).
(iii) States Worker’s Compensation as
required.
(iv) Commercial General Liability.
(4) Observer provider contracts. If
requested, observer providers must
submit to the Observer Program Office
a completed and unaltered copy of each
type of signed and valid contract
(including all attachments, appendices,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
addendums, and exhibits incorporated
into the contract) between the observer
provider and those entities requiring
observer services under paragraph
(j)(1)(i) of this section. Observer
providers must also submit to the
Observer Program Office upon request,
a completed and unaltered copy of the
current or most recent signed and valid
contract (including all attachments,
appendices, addendums, and exhibits
incorporated into the contract and any
agreements or policies with regard to
observer compensation or salary levels)
between the observer provider and the
particular entity identified by the
Observer Program or with specific
observers. The copies must be submitted
to the Observer Program Office via fax
or mail within 5 business days of the
request. Signed and valid contracts
include the contracts an observer
provider has with:
(i) Vessels required to have observer
coverage as specified at paragraph
(j)(1)(i) of this section; and
(ii) Observers.
(5) Change in observer provider
management and contact information.
An observer provider must submit to the
Observer Program office any change of
management or contact information
submitted on the provider’s permit
application under paragraphs (j)(4) of
this section within 30 days of the
effective date of such change.
(6) Boarding refusals. The observer
provider must report to NMFS any trip
that has been refused by an observer
within 24 hours of the refusal.
(7) Biological samples. The observer
provider must ensure that biological
samples are stored/handled properly
prior to delivery/transport to NMFS.
(8) Observer status report. Each
Tuesday, observer providers must
provide NMFS with an updated list of
contact information for all observers
that includes the observer’s name,
mailing address, e-mail address, phone
numbers, port of embarkation (‘‘home
port’’), fishery deployed the previous
week and whether or not the observer is
‘‘in service’’, indicating when the
observer has requested leave and/or is
not currently working for the provider.
(9) Providers must submit to NMFS, if
requested, copies of any information
developed and used by the observer
providers distributed to vessels, such as
informational pamphlets, payment
notification, description of observer
duties, etc.
(10) Other reports. Reports of the
following must be submitted in writing
to the At-Sea Hake or West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program Office by
the observer provider via fax or email
address designated by the Observer
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Program Office within 24 hours after the
observer provider becomes aware of the
information:
(i) Any information regarding possible
observer harassment;
(ii) Any information regarding any
action prohibited under §§ 660.112 or
600.725(o), (t) and (u);
(iii) Any concerns about vessel safety
or marine casualty under 46 CFR 4.05–
1(a)(1) through (7);
(iv) Any observer illness or injury that
prevents the observer from completing
any of his or her duties described in the
observer manual; and
(v) Any information, allegations or
reports regarding observer conflict of
interest or breach of the standards of
behavior described in observer provider
policy.
(xii) Replace lost or damaged gear. An
observer provider must replace all lost
or damaged gear and equipment issued
by NMFS to an observer under contract
to that provider. All replacements must
be in accordance with requirements and
procedures identified in writing by the
Observer Program Office.
(xiii) Maintain confidentiality of
information. An observer provider must
ensure that all records on individual
observer performance received from
NMFS under the routine use provision
of the Privacy Act or as otherwise
required by law remain confidential and
are not further released to anyone
outside the employ of the observer
provider company to whom the observer
was contracted except with written
permission of the observer.
(xiv) Limitations on conflict of
interest. Observer providers must meet
limitations on conflict of interest.
Observer providers:
(A) Must not have a direct financial
interest, other than the provision of
observer services, in the North Pacific or
Pacific Coast Groundfish fishery
managed under an FMP for the waters
off the coasts of Alaska, Washington,
Oregon, and California, including, but
not limited to,
(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel, or
shoreside processor facility involved in
the catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(2) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any vessel
or shoreside processors participating in
a fishery managed pursuant to an FMP
in the waters off the coasts of Alaska,
California, Oregon, and Washington, or
(3) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel or shoreside processor
participating in a fishery managed
pursuant to an FMP in the waters off the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
coasts of Alaska, California, Oregon, and
Washington.
(B) Must assign observers without
regard to any preference by
representatives of vessels other than
when an observer will be deployed.
(C) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value except for compensation
for providing observer services from
anyone who conducts fishing or fish
processing activities that are regulated
by NMFS, or who has interests that may
be substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
official duties of observer providers.
(xv) Observer conduct and behavior.
Observer providers must develop and
maintain a policy addressing observer
conduct and behavior for their
employees that serve as observers. The
policy shall address the following
behavior and conduct regarding:
(A) Observer use of alcohol;
(B) Observer use, possession, or
distribution of illegal drugs and;
(C) Sexual contact with personnel of
the vessel or processing facility to
which the observer is assigned, or with
any vessel or processing plant personnel
who may be substantially affected by
the performance or non-performance of
the observer’s official duties.
(D) An observer provider shall
provide a copy of its conduct and
behavior policy by February 1 of each
year, to: Observers, observer candidates
and; the Observer Program Office.
(xvi) Refusal to deploy an observer.
Observer providers may refuse to deploy
an observer on a requesting vessel if the
observer provider has determined that
the requesting vessel is inadequate or
unsafe pursuant to those regulations
described at § 600.746 or U.S. Coast
Guard and other applicable rules,
regulations, statutes, or guidelines
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel.
(6) Observer certification and
responsibilities—(i) Applicability.
Observer certification authorizes an
individual to fulfill duties as specified
in writing by the NMFS Observer
Program Office while under the employ
of a NMFS-permitted observer provider
and according to certification
endorsements as designated under
paragraph (j)(6)(iii) of this section.
(ii) Observer certification official. The
Regional Administrator will designate a
NMFS observer certification official
who will make decisions for the
Observer Program Office on whether to
issue or deny observer certification.
(iii) Certification requirements—(A)
Initial certification. NMFS may certify
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
individuals who, in addition to any
other relevant considerations:
(1) Are employed by an observer
provider company permitted pursuant
to § 679.50 at the time of the issuance
of the certification;
(2) Have provided, through their
observer provider:
(i) Information identified by NMFS at
§ 679.50 regarding an observer
candidate’s health and physical fitness
for the job;
(ii) Meet all observer education and
health standards as specified in § 679.50
and
(iii) Have successfully completed
NMFS-approved training as prescribed
by the At-Sea Hake and/or the West
Coast Groundfish Observer Program.
Successful completion of training by an
observer applicant consists of meeting
all attendance and conduct standards
issued in writing at the start of training;
meeting all performance standards
issued in writing at the start of training
for assignments, tests, and other
evaluation tools; and completing all
other training requirements established
by the Observer Program.
(iv) Have not been decertified under
paragraph (j)(6)(ix) of this section, or
pursuant to § 679.50.
(B) [Reserved]
(iv) Denial of a certification. The
NMFS observer certification official will
issue a written determination denying
observer certification if the candidate
fails to successfully complete training,
or does not meet the qualifications for
certification for any other relevant
reason.
(v) Issuance of an observer
certification. An observer certification
will be issued upon determination by
the observer certification official that
the candidate has successfully met all
requirements for certification as
specified at paragraph (j)(6)(iii) of this
section. The following endorsements
must be obtained, in addition to
observer certification, in order for an
observer to deploy.
(A) Motherships—(1) North Pacific
Groundfish Observer Program
certification training endorsement. A
certification training endorsement
signifies the successful completion of
the training course required to obtain
observer certification. This endorsement
expires when the observer has not been
deployed and performed sampling
duties as required by the Observer
Program Office for a period of time,
specified by the Observer Program, after
his or her most recent debriefing. The
observer can renew the endorsement by
successfully completing certification
training once more.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78417
(2) North Pacific Groundfish Observer
Program annual general endorsements.
Each observer must obtain an annual
general endorsement to their
certification prior to his or her first
deployment within any calendar year
subsequent to a year in which a
certification training endorsement is
obtained. To obtain an annual general
endorsement, an observer must
successfully complete the annual
briefing, as specified by the Observer
Program. All briefing attendance,
performance, and conduct standards
required by the Observer Program must
be met.
(3) North Pacific Groundfish Observer
Program deployment endorsements.
Each observer who has completed an
initial deployment after certification or
annual briefing must receive a
deployment endorsement to their
certification prior to any subsequent
deployments for the remainder of that
year. An observer may obtain a
deployment endorsement by
successfully completing all pre-cruise
briefing requirements. The type of
briefing the observer must attend and
successfully complete will be specified
in writing by the Observer Program
during the observer’s most recent
debriefing.
(4) At-Sea Hake Observer Program
endorsements. A Pacific hake fishery
endorsement is required for purposes of
performing observer duties aboard
vessels that process groundfish at sea in
the Pacific whiting fishery. A Pacific
whiting fishery endorsement to an
observer’s certification may be obtained
by meeting the following requirements:
(i) Be a prior NMFS-certified observer
in the groundfish fisheries off Alaska;
(ii) Receive an evaluation by NMFS
for his or her most recent deployment
that indicated that the observer’s
performance met Observer Program
expectations for that deployment;
successfully complete a NMFSapproved observer training and/or
Pacific whiting briefing as prescribed by
the Observer Program; and comply with
all of the other requirements of this
section.
(B) Catcher vessels. The following
endorsements must be obtained in
addition to observer certification, in
order for an observer to deploy.
(1) West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program training certification
endorsement. A training certification
endorsement signifies the successful
completion of the training course
required to obtain observer certification.
This endorsement expires when the
observer has not been deployed and
performed sampling duties as required
by the observer Program office for a
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78418
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
period of time, specified by the
Observer Program, after his or her most
recent debriefing. The observer can
renew the endorsement by successfully
completing training once more.
(2) West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program annual general endorsement.
Each observer must obtain an annual
general endorsement to their
certification prior to his or her first
deployment within any calendar year
subsequent to a year in which a training
certification endorsement is obtained.
To obtain an annual general
endorsement, an observer must
successfully complete the annual
briefing, as specified by the Observer
Program. All briefing attendance,
performance, and conduct standards
required by the Observer Program must
be met.
(3) West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program deployment endorsement. Each
observer who has completed an initial
deployment after their certification or
annual briefing must receive a
deployment endorsement to their
certification prior to any subsequent
deployments for the remainder of that
year. An observer may obtain a
deployment endorsement by
successfully completing all briefing
requirements, when applicable. The
type of briefing the observer must attend
and successfully complete will be
specified in writing by the Observer
Program during the observer’s most
recent debriefing.
(vi) Maintaining the validity of an
observer certification. After initial
issuance, an observer must keep their
certification valid by meeting all of the
following requirements specified below:
(A) Motherships—(1) Successfully
perform their assigned duties as
described in the Observer Manual or
other written instructions from the
Observer Program Office including
calling into the NMFS deployment
hotline upon departing and arriving into
port each trip to leave the following
information: Observer name, phone
number, vessel name departing on, date
and time of departure and date and time
of expected return.
(2) Accurately record their sampling
data, write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
suspected violations of regulations
relevant to conservation of marine
resources or their environment.
(3) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
or in the processing facility to any
person except the owner or operator of
the observed vessel or an authorized
officer or NMFS.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(4) Successfully complete NMFSapproved annual briefings as prescribed
by the At-Sea Hake Observer Program.
(5) Successful completion of briefing
by an observer applicant consists of
meeting all attendance and conduct
standards issued in writing at the start
of training; meeting all performance
standards issued in writing at the start
of training for assignments, tests, and
other evaluation tools; and completing
all other briefing requirements
established by the Observer Program.
(6) Successfully meet all expectations
in all debriefings including reporting for
assigned debriefings.
(7) Submit all data and information
required by the observer program within
the program’s stated guidelines.
(B) Catcher vessels. After initial
issuance, an observer must keep their
certification valid by meeting all of the
following requirements specified below:
(1) Successfully perform their
assigned duties as described in the
Observer Manual or other written
instructions from the Observer Program
Office including calling into the NMFS
deployment hotline upon departing and
arriving into port each trip to leave the
following information: Observer name,
phone number, vessel name departing
on, date and time of departure and date
and time of expected return.
(2) Accurately record their sampling
data, write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
suspected violations of regulations
relevant to conservation of marine
resources or their environment.
(3) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
or in the processing facility to any
person except the owner or operator of
the observed vessel or an authorized
officer or NMFS.
(4) Successfully complete NMFSapproved annual briefings as prescribed
by the West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program.
(5) Successful completion of briefing
by an observer applicant consists of
meeting all attendance and conduct
standards issued in writing at the start
of training; meeting all performance
standards issued in writing at the start
of training for assignments, tests, and
other evaluation tools; and completing
all other briefing requirements
established by the Observer Program.
(6) Hold current basic
cardiopulmonary resuscitation/first aid
certification as per American Red Cross
Standards.
(7) Successfully meet all expectations
in all debriefings including reporting for
assigned debriefings.
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(8) Submit all data and information
required by the observer program within
the program’s stated guidelines.
(9) Meet the minimum annual
deployment period of 3 months at least
once every 12 months.
(vii) Limitations on conflict of
interest. Observers:
(A) Must not have a direct financial
interest, other than the provision of
observer services, in a fishery managed
pursuant to an FMP for the waters off
the coast of Alaska, or in a Pacific Coast
fishery managed by either the State or
Federal Governments in waters off
Washington, Oregon, or California,
including but not limited to:
(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel,
shore-based or floating stationary
processor facility involved in the
catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(2) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any
vessel, shore-based or floating stationary
processing facility; or
(3) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel, shore-based or floating
stationary processing facilities.
(B) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value from anyone who either
conducts activities that are regulated by
NMFS in the Pacific coast or North
Pacific regions or has interests that may
be substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
observers’ official duties.
(C) May not serve as observers on any
vessel or at any shore-based owned or
operated by a person who employed the
observer in the last two years.
(D) May not solicit or accept
employment as a crew member or an
employee of a vessel or shore-based
processor while employed by an
observer provider.
(E) Provisions for remuneration of
observers under this section do not
constitute a conflict of interest.
(viii) Standards of behavior.
Observers must:
(A) Perform their assigned duties as
described in the Observer Manual or
other written instructions from the
Observer Program Office.
(B) Immediately report to the observer
program office and the NMFS OLE any
time they refuse to board.
(C) Accurately record their sampling
data, write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
suspected violations of regulations
relevant to conservation of marine
resources or their environment.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(D) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
to any person except the owner or
operator of the observed vessel, an
authorized officer, or NMFS.
(ix) Suspension and decertification—
(A) Suspension and decertification
review official. The Regional
Administrator (or a designee) will
designate an observer suspension and
decertification review official(s), who
will have the authority to review
observer certifications and issue initial
administrative determinations of
observer certification suspension and/or
decertification.
(B) Causes for suspension or
decertification. The suspension/
decertification official may initiate
suspension or decertification
proceedings against an observer:
(1) When it is alleged that the
observer has not met applicable
standards, including any of the
following:
(i) Failed to satisfactorily perform
duties of observers as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
or
(ii) Failed to abide by the standards of
conduct for observers, including
conflicts of interest;
(2) Upon conviction of a crime or
upon entry of a civil judgment for:
(i) Commission of fraud or other
violation in connection with obtaining
or attempting to obtain certification, or
in performing the duties as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
(ii) Commission of embezzlement,
theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(iii) Commission of any other offense
indicating a lack of integrity or honesty
that seriously and directly affects the
fitness of observers.
(C) Issuance of initial administrative
determination. Upon determination that
suspension or decertification is
warranted, the suspension/
decertification official will issue a
written IAD to the observer via certified
mail at the observer’s most current
address provided to NMFS. The IAD
will identify whether a certification is
suspended or revoked and will identify
the specific reasons for the action taken.
Decertification is effective 30 calendar
days after the date on the IAD, unless
there is an appeal.
(D) Appeals. A certified observer who
receives an IAD that suspends or
revokes his or her observer certification
may appeal the determination within 30
calendar days after the date on the IAD
to the Office of Administrative Appeals
pursuant to § 679.43.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(k) MS coop failure—(1) The Regional
Administrator will determine that a
permitted MS coop is considered to
have failed if:
(i) The coop members dissolve the
coop, or
(ii) The coop membership falls below
20 percent of the MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permits, or
(iii) The coop agreement is no longer
valid.
(2) If a permitted MS coop dissolves,
the designated coop manager must
notify NMFS SFD in writing of the
dissolution of the coop.
(3) In the event of a NMFS determined
coop failure, or reported failure, the
designated coop manager will be
notified in writing about NMFS’
determination. Upon notification of a
coop failure, fishing under the MS coop
permit will no longer be allowed.
Should a coop failure determination be
made during the Pacific whiting
primary season for the mothership
sector, unused allocation associated
with the catch history will not be
available for harvest by the coop that
failed, by any former members of the
coop that failed, or any other MS coop
for the remainder of that calendar year.
■ 26. In § 660.160:
■ a. Paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) are
revised;
■ b. Paragraphs (g) and (h) are removed;
■ c. Paragraphs (b) through (f) are
redesignated as paragraphs (c) through
(g);
■ d. A new paragraph (b) is added;
■ e. Text is added to the newly
designated paragraph (c)(2) and (d);
■ f. The headings of newly designated
paragraphs (e)(2) through (e)(4) are
revised;
■ g. New paragraphs (c)(3) through (c)(7)
are added, and text is added to newly
designated paragraphs (e)(2) through
(e)(4);
■ h. The newly designated paragraph
(e)(1) introductory text is revised, and
newly designated paragraph (e)(5) is
removed and reserved;
■ i. The newly designated paragraph
(e)(7) is redesignated as paragraph (e)(6)
and newly designated paragraph
(e)(6)(vii) is revised;
■ j. Text is added to the newly
designated paragraph (g); and
■ k. A new paragraph (h) is added to
read as follows:
§ 660.160 Catcher/processor (C/P) Coop
Program.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(3) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart C: § 660.11
Definitions, § 660.12 Prohibitions,
§ 660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting,
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78419
§ 660.14 VMS requirements, § 660.15
Equipment requirements, § 660.16
Groundfish Observer Program, § 660.20
Vessel and gear identification, § 660.25
Permits, § 660.55 Allocations, § 660.60
Specifications and management
measures, § 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications, and §§ 660.70 through
660.79 Closed areas.
(4) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart D:
§ 660.111 Trawl fishery definitions,
§ 660.112 Trawl fishery prohibitions,
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery recordkeeping
and reporting, § 660.120 Trawl fishery
crossover provisions, § 660.130 Trawl
fishery management measures, and
§ 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Participation requirements and
responsibilities—(1) C/P vessels—(i) C/P
vessel participation requirements. A
vessel is eligible to fish as a catcher/
processor in the C/P Coop Program if:
(A) The vessel is registered to a C/Pendorsed limited entry trawl permit.
(B) The vessel is not used to harvest
fish as a catcher vessel in the
mothership coop program in the same
calendar year.
(C) The vessel is not used to fish as
a mothership in the MS Coop Program
in the same calendar year.
(ii) C/P vessel responsibilities. The
owner and operator of a catcher/
processor vessel must:
(A) Recordkeeping and reporting.
Maintain a valid declaration as specified
at § 660.13(d), subpart C; and maintain
and submit all records and reports
specified at § 660.113(d) including,
economic data, scale tests records, and
cease fishing reports.
(B) Observers. As specified at
paragraph (g) of this section, procure
observer services, maintain the
appropriate level of coverage, and meet
the vessel responsibilities.
(C) Catch weighing requirements. The
owner and operator of a C/P vessel
must:
(1) Ensure that all catch is weighed in
its round form on a NMFS-approved
scale that meets the requirements
described in § 660.15(b), subpart C;
(2) Provide a NMFS-approved
platform scale, belt scale, and test
weights that meet the requirements
described in § 660.15(b), subpart C.
(2) C/P coops—(i) C/P coop
participation requirements. For a C/P
coop to participate in the catcher/
processor sector of the Pacific whiting
fishery, the C/P coop must:
(A) Be issued a C/P coop permit;
(B) Be composed of all C/P-endorsed
limited entry permits and their owners;
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78420
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(C) Be formed voluntarily;
(D) Be a legally recognized entity that
represents its members; and
(E) Designate an individual as a coop
manager.
(ii) C/P coop responsibilities. A C/P
coop is responsible for:
(A) Applying for and being registered
to a C/P coop permit;
(B) Organizing and coordinating
harvest activities of vessels that fish for
the coop;
(C) Allocating catch for use by
specific coop members;
(D) Monitoring harvest activities and
enforcing the catch limits of coop
members;
(E) Submitting an annual report.
(F) Having a designated coop
manager. The designated coop manager
must:
(1) Serve as the contact person with
NMFS and the Council;
(2) Be responsible for the annual
distribution of catch and bycatch
allocations among coop members;
(3) Prepare and submit an annual
report on behalf of the coop; and
(4) Be authorized to receive or
respond to any legal process in which
the coop is involved; and
(5) Notify NMFS if the coop dissolves.
(iii) C/P coop compliance and joint/
several liability. A C/P coop must
comply with the provisions of this
section. The C/P coop, member limited
entry permit owners, and owners and
operators of vessels registered to
member limited entry permits, are
jointly and severally responsible for
compliance with the provisions of this
section. Pursuant to 15 CFR part 904,
each C/P coop, member permit owner,
and owner and operator of a vessel
registered to a coop member permit may
be charged jointly and severally for
violations of the provisions of this
section. For purposes of enforcement, a
C/P coop is a legal entity that can be
subject to NOAA enforcement action for
violations of the provisions of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) C/P Coop Program annual
allocations. The C/P Coop Program
allocation of Pacific whiting is equal to
the catcher/processor sector allocation.
Only a single coop may be formed in the
catcher/processor sector with the one
permitted coop receiving the catcher/
processor sector allocation.
(3) Non-whiting groundfish species—
(i) Non-whiting groundfish species with
a catcher/processor sector allocation are
established in accordance with
regulation at § 660.55(i). The pounds
associated with each species will be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
provided when the coop permit is
issued.
(ii) Groundfish species with at-sea
sector set-asides will be managed on an
annual basis unless there is a risk of a
harvest specification being exceeded,
unforeseen impact on another fisheries,
or conservation concerns in which case
inseason action may be taken. Set asides
may be adjusted through the biennial
specifications and management
measures process as necessary.
(iii) Groundfish species not addressed
under paragraph (i) or (ii) above, will be
managed on an annual basis unless
there is a risk of a harvest specification
being exceeded, unforeseen impact on
another fisheries, or conservation
concerns in which case inseason action
may be taken.
(4) Halibut set-asides. Annually a
specified amount of the Pacific halibut
will be held in reserve as a shared setaside for bycatch in the at-sea Pacific
whiting fisheries and the shorebased
trawl sector south of 40°10′ N lat.
(5) Non-whiting groundfish species
reapportionment. The Regional
Administrator may make available for
harvest to the mothership sector of the
Pacific whiting fishery, the amounts of
the catcher/processor sector’s nonwhiting catch allocation remaining
when the catcher/processor sector
reaches its Pacific whiting allocation or
participants in the catcher/processor
sector do not intend to harvest the
remaining sector allocation. The
designated coop manager must submit a
cease fishing report to NMFS indicating
that harvesting has concluded for the
year. At any time after greater than 80
percent of the catcher/processor sector
Pacific whiting allocation has been
harvested, the Regional Administrator
may contact the designated coop
manager to determine whether they
intend to continue fishing. When
considering redistribution of nonwhiting catch allocation, the Regional
Administrator will take into
consideration the best available data on
total projected fishing impacts.
(6) Reaching the catcher/processor
sector allocation. When the catcher/
processor sector allocation of Pacific
whiting or non-whiting groundfish
catch allocation is reached or is
projected to be reached, further taking
and retaining, receiving, or at-sea
processing by a catcher/processor is
prohibited. No additional unprocessed
groundfish may be brought on board
after at-sea processing is prohibited, but
a catcher/processor may continue to
process catch that was on board before
at-sea processing was prohibited. The
catcher/processor sector will close when
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the allocation of any one species is
reached or projected to be reached.
(7) Announcements. The Regional
Administrator will announce in the
Federal Register when the catcher/
processor sector allocation of Pacific
whiting or non-whiting groundfish with
an allocation is reached, or is projected
to be reached, and specify the
appropriate action. In order to prevent
exceeding an allocation and to avoid
underutilizing the resource,
prohibitions against further taking and
retaining, receiving, or at-sea processing
of Pacific whiting, or reapportionment
of non-whiting groundfish with
allocations may be made effective
immediately by actual notice to fishers
and processors, by e-mail, Internet
(https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/GroundfishHalibut/Groundfish-FisheryManagement/Whiting-Management/
index.cfm), phone, fax, letter, press
release, and/or USCG Notice to Mariners
(monitor channel 16 VHF), followed by
publication in the Federal Register, in
which instance public comment will be
sought for a reasonable period of time
thereafter.
(d) C/P coop permit and agreement—
(1) Eligibility and registration—(i)
Eligibility. To be an eligible coop entity
a group of C/P-endorsed permit owners
(coop members) must be a recognized
entity under the laws of the United
States or the laws of a State and that
represents all of the coop members.
(ii) Annual registration and deadline.
Each year, the coop entity must submit
a complete application to NMFS for a C/
P coop permit. The application must be
submitted to NMFS by between
February 1 and March 31 of the year in
which it intends to participate. NMFS
will not consider any applications
received after March 31. A C/P coop
permit expires on December 31 of the
year in which it was issued.
(iii) Application for a C/P coop
permit. The designated coop manager,
on behalf of the coop entity, must
submit a complete application form and
include each of the items listed in
paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A) of this section.
Only complete applications will be
considered for issuance of a C/P coop
permit. An application will not be
considered complete if any required
application fees and annual coop
reports have not been received by
NMFS. NMFS may request additional
supplemental documentation as
necessary to make a determination of
whether to approve or disapprove the
application. Application forms and
instruction are available on the NMFS
NWR Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov) or by request from
NMFS. The designated coop manager
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
must sign the application
acknowledging the responsibilities of a
designated coop manager defined in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(A) Coop agreement. Signed copies of
the coop agreement must be submitted
to NMFS before the coop is authorized
to engage in fishing activities. A coop
agreement must include all of the
information listed in this paragraph to
be considered a complete coop
agreement. NMFS will only review
complete coop agreements. A coop
agreement will not be accepted unless it
includes all of the required information;
the descriptive items listed in this
paragraph appear to meet the stated
purpose; and information submitted is
correct and accurate.
(1) Coop agreement contents. The
coop agreement must be signed by the
coop members (C/P-endorsed permit
owners) and include the following
information:
(i) A list of all vessels registered to C/
P-endorsed permits that the member
permit owners intend to use for fishing
under the C/P coop permit.
(ii) All C/P-endorsed limited entry
member permits identified by permit
number.
(iii) A description of the coop’s plan
to adequately monitor and account for
the catch of Pacific whiting and nonwhiting groundfish allocations, and to
monitor and account for the catch of
prohibited species.
(iv) A clause stating that if a permit is
transferred during the effective period of
the co-op agreement, any new owners of
that member permit would be coop
members and are required to comply
with membership restrictions in the
coop agreement.
(v) A description of the coop’s
enforcement and penalty provisions
adequate to maintain catch of Pacific
whiting and non-whiting groundfish
within the allocations.
(vi) A description of measures to
reduce catch of overfished species.
(vii) A clause describing how the
annual report will be produced to
document the coop’s catch, bycatch
data, and any other significant activities
undertaken by the coop during the year,
and the submission deadlines for that
report.
(viii) Identification of the designated
coop manager.
(2) [Reserved]
(B) Acceptance of a coop agreement—
(1) If NMFS does not accept the coop
agreement, the coop permit application
will be returned to the applicant with a
letter stating the reasons the coop
agreement was not accepted by NMFS.
(2) Coop agreements that are not
accepted may be resubmitted for review
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
by sufficiently addressing the
deficiencies identified in the NMFS
letter and resubmitting the entire coop
permit application by the date specified
in the NMFS letter.
(3) An accepted coop agreement that
was submitted with the C/P coop permit
application and for which a C/P coop
permit was issued will remain in place
through the end of the calendar year.
The designated coop manager must
resubmit a complete coop agreement to
NMFS consistent with the coop
agreement contents described in this
paragraph if there is a material change
to the coop agreement.
(4) Within 7 calendar days following
a material change, the designated coop
manager must notify NMFS of the
material change. Within 30 calendar
days, the designated coop manger must
submit to NMFS the revised coop
agreement with a letter that describes
such changes. NMFS will review the
material changes and provide a letter to
the coop manager that either accepts the
changes as given or does not accept the
revised coop agreement with a letter
stating the reasons that it was not
accepted by NMFS. The coop may
resubmit the coop agreement with
further revisions to the material changes
responding to NMFS concerns.
(iv) Effective date of C/P coop permit.
A C/P coop permit will be effective on
the date approved by NMFS and will
allow fishing from the start of the C/P
sector primary whiting season until the
end of the calendar year or until one or
more of the following events occur,
whichever comes first:
(A) NMFS closes the C/P sector
fishing season for the year or the
designated coop manager notifies NMFS
that the coop has completed fishing for
the calendar year,
(B) The C/P coop has reached its
Pacific whiting allocation,
(C) A material change to the coop
agreement has occurred and the
designated coop manager failed to notify
NMFS within 7 calendar days of the
material change and submit to NMFS
the revised coop agreement with a letter
that describes such changes within 30
calendar days, or
(D) NMFS has determined that a coop
failure occurred.
(2) Initial administrative
determination. For all complete
applications, NMFS will issue an IAD
that either approves or disapproves the
application. If approved, the IAD will
include a C/P coop permit. If
disapproved, the IAD will provide the
reasons for this determination.
(3) Appeals. An appeal to a C/P coop
permit action follows the same process
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78421
as the general permit appeals process
defined at § 660.25(g), subpart C.
(4) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with the
issuance of a C/P coop permit consistent
with the provisions given at § 660.25(f),
subpart C.
(5) Cost recovery. [Reserved]
(e) C/P-endorsed permit—(1) General.
Any vessel participating in the C/P
sector of the non-tribal primary Pacific
whiting fishery during the season
described at § 660.131(b) of this subpart
must be registered to a valid limited
entry permit with a C/P endorsement. A
C/P-endorsed permit is a limited entry
permit and is subject to the limited
entry permit provisions given at
§ 660.25(b), subpart C.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Renewal, change in permit
ownership, vessel registration, or
combination.
(i) Renewal. A C/P-endorsed permit
must be renewed annually consistent
with the limited entry permit
regulations given at § 660.25(b)(4),
subpart C. If a vessel registered to the C/
P-endorsed permit will operate as a
mothership in the year for which the
permit is renewed, the permit owner
must make a declaration as part of the
permit renewal that while participating
in the whiting fishery they will operate
solely as a mothership during the
calendar year to which its limited entry
permit applies. Any such declaration is
binding on the vessel for the calendar
year, even if the permit is transferred
during the year, unless it is rescinded in
response to a written request from the
permit owner. Any request to rescind a
declaration must be made by the permit
holder and granted in writing by the
Regional Administrator before any
unprocessed whiting has been taken on
board the vessel that calendar year.
(ii) Change of permit ownership. A C/
P-endorsed permit is subject to the
limited entry permit change in permit
ownership regulations given at
§ 660.25(b)(4), subpart C.
(iii) Change of vessel registration. A
C/P-endorsed permit is subject to the
limited entry permit change of vessel
registration regulations given at
§ 660.25(b)(4), subpart C.
(iv) Combination. If two or more
permits are combined, the resulting
permit is one permit with an increased
size endorsement. A C/P-endorsed
permit that is combined with another
limited entry trawl-endorsed permit that
does not have a C/P endorsement will
result in a single trawl limited entry
permit with a C/P endorsement with a
larger size endorsement. Any request to
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78422
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
combine permits is subject to the
provisions provided at § 660.25(b),
including the combination formula for
resulting size endorsements.
(3) Appeals. An appeal to a C/Pendorsed permit action follows the same
process as the general permit appeals
process defined at § 660.25(g), subpart
C.
(4) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for the
administrative costs associated with
review and issuance of a C/P
endorsement consistent with the
provisions at § 660.25(f), subpart C.
(5) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
(6) * * *
(vii) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application, the applicant will receive a
C/P endorsement on a limited entry
trawl permit. If NMFS disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons. If the applicant does not appeal
the IAD within 60 calendar days of the
date on the IAD, the IAD becomes the
final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Observer requirements—(1)
Observer coverage requirements—(i)
Coverage. Any vessel registered to a C/
P-endorsed limited entry trawl permit
that is 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA or longer
must carry two NMFS-certified
observers, and any vessel registered to a
C/P-endorsed limited entry trawl permit
that is shorter than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA
must carry one NMFS-certified observer,
each day that the vessel is used to take,
retain, receive, land, process, or
transport groundfish.
(ii) Observer workload. The time
required for the observer to complete
sampling duties must not exceed 12
consecutive hours in each 24-hour
period.
(iii) Refusal to board. Any boarding
refusal on the part of the observer or
vessel must be reported to the observer
program and NOAA OLE by the
observer provider. The observer must be
available for an interview with the
observer program or NOAA OLE if
necessary.
(2) Vessel responsibilities. An
operator and/or crew of a vessel
required to carry an observer must
provide:
(i) Accommodations and food.
Provide accommodations and food that
are equivalent to those provided for
officers, engineers, foremen, deck-bosses
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:31 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
or other management level personnel of
the vessel.
(ii) Safe conditions—(A) Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observers including
adherence to all U.S. Coast Guard and
other applicable rules, regulations, or
statutes pertaining to safe operation of
the vessel, including but not limited to,
rules of the road, vessel stability,
emergency drills, emergency equipment,
vessel maintenance, vessel general
condition, and port bar crossings. An
observer may refuse boarding or
reboarding a vessel and may request a
vessel to return to port if operated in an
unsafe manner or if unsafe conditions
are identified.
(B) Have on board a valid Commercial
Fishing Vessel Safety Decal that certifies
compliance with regulations found in
33 CFR chapter I and 46 CFR chapter I,
a certificate of compliance issued
pursuant to 46 CFR 28.710 or a valid
certificate of inspection pursuant to 46
U.S.C. 3311.
(iii) Computer hardware and software.
Catcher/processor vessels must:
(A) Provide hardware and software
pursuant to regulations at
§§ 679.50(g)(1)(iii)(B)(1) through
679.50(g)(1)(iii)(B)(3).
(B) Provide the observer(s) access to a
computer required under paragraph
(g)(2)(iii) of this section that is
connected to a communication device
that provides a point-to-point
connection to the NMFS host computer.
(C) Ensure that the catcher/processor
has installed the most recent release of
NMFS data entry software provided by
the Regional Administrator, or other
approved software prior to the vessel
receiving, catching or processing IFQ
species.
(D) Ensure that the communication
equipment required in paragraph
(g)(2)(iii) of this section and used by
observers to enter and transmit data, is
fully functional and operational.
‘‘Functional’’ means that all the tasks
and components of the NMFS supplied,
or other approved, software described at
paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section and
the data transmissions to NMFS can be
executed effectively aboard the vessel
by the communications equipment.
(iv) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to, the vessel’s navigation
equipment and personnel, on request, to
determine the vessel’s position.
(v) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(vi) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
observing the transfer.
(vii) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any State or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(viii) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(A) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(B) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
(C) Collecting samples of catch.
(D) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish.
(E) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(F) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(ix) Sampling station and operational
requirements for catcher/processor
vessels. This paragraph contains the
requirements for observer sampling
stations. To allow the observer to carry
out the required duties, the vessel
owner must provide an observer
sampling station that meets the
following requirements:
(A) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(B) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch.
(C) Access. Unobstructed passage
must be provided between the observer
sampling station and the location where
the observer collects sample catch.
(D) Minimum work space. The
observer must have a working area of at
least 4.5 square meters, including the
observer’s sampling table, for sampling
and storage of fish to be sampled. The
observer must be able to stand upright
and have a work area at least 0.9 m deep
in the area in front of the table and
scale.
(E) Table. The observer sampling
station must include a table at least 0.6
m deep, 1.2 m wide and 0.9 m high and
no more than 1.1 m high. The entire
surface area of the table must be
available for use by the observer. Any
area for the observer sampling scale is
in addition to the minimum space
requirements for the table. The
observer’s sampling table must be
secured to the floor or wall.
(F) Diverter board. The conveyor belt
conveying unsorted catch must have a
removable board (‘‘diverter board’’) to
allow all fish to be diverted from the
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
belt directly into the observer’s
sampling baskets. The diverter board
must be located downstream of the scale
used to weigh total catch. At least 1 m
of accessible belt space, located
downstream of the scale used to weight
total catch, must be available for the
observer’s use when sampling.
(G) Other requirements. The sampling
station must be in a well-drained area
that includes floor grating (or other
material that prevents slipping), lighting
adequate for day or night sampling, and
a hose that supplies fresh or sea water
to the observer.
(H) Observer sampling scale. The
observer sample station must include a
NMFS-approved platform scale
(pursuant to requirements at
§ 679.28(d)(5)) with a capacity of at least
50 kg located within 1 m of the
observer’s sampling table. The scale
must be mounted so that the weighing
surface is no more than 0.7 m above the
floor.
(x) Transfer at sea. Observers may be
transferred at-sea between catcherprocessors, between catcher-processors
and motherships, or between a catcherprocessor and a catcher vessel. Transfers
at-sea between catcher vessels is
prohibited. For transfers, both vessels
must:
(A) Ensure that transfers of observers
at sea via small boat under its own
power are carried out during daylight
hours, under safe conditions, and with
the agreement of observers involved.
(B) Notify observers at least 3 hours
before observers are transferred, such
that the observers can finish any
sampling work, collect personal
belongings, equipment, and scientific
samples.
(C) Provide a safe pilot ladder and
conduct the transfer to ensure the safety
of observers during transfers.
(D) Provide an experienced crew
member to assist observers in the small
boat in which any transfer is made.
(3) Procurement of observer services—
(i) Owners of vessels required to carry
observers under paragraph (g)(1) of this
section must arrange for observer
services from a permitted observer
provider, except that:
(A) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
when NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or an individual authorized
by NMFS in lieu of an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(B) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
and a permitted observer provider when
NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:31 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
NMFS staff and/or individuals
authorized by NMFS, in addition to an
observer provided by a permitted
observer provider.
(ii) [Reserved]
(4) Application to become an observer
provider. Any observer provider holding
a valid permit issued by the North
Pacific Groundfish Observer Program in
2010 can supply observer services and
will be issued a West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program permit.
(5) Observer provider
responsibilities—(i) Provide qualified
candidates to serve as observers.
Observer providers must provide
qualified candidates to serve as
observers. To be qualified, a candidate
must have:
(A) A Bachelor’s degree or higher
from an accredited college or university
with a major in one of the natural
sciences;
(B) Successfully completed a
minimum of 30 semester hours or
equivalent in applicable biological
sciences with extensive use of
dichotomous keys in at least one course;
(C) Successfully completed at least
one undergraduate course each in math
and statistics with a minimum of 5
semester hours total for both; and
(D) Computer skills that enable the
candidate to work competently with
standard database software and
computer hardware.
(ii) Hiring an observer candidate—(A)
The observer provider must provide the
candidate a copy of NMFS-provided
pamphlets, information and other
literature describing observer duties (i.e.
The At-Sea Hake Observer Program’s
Observer Manual) prior to hiring an
observer candidate. Observer job
information is available from the
Observer Program Office’s Web site at
www.nwfsc.noaa.gov/research/
divisions/fram/observer/atseahake.cfm.
(B) Observer contracts. The observer
provider must have a written contract or
a written contract addendum that is
signed by the observer and observer
provider prior to the observer’s
deployment with the following clauses:
(1) That all the observer’s in-season
messages and catch reports required to
be sent while deployed are delivered to
the Observer Program Office as specified
by written Observer Program
instructions;
(2) That the observer inform the
observer provider prior to the time of
embarkation if he or she is experiencing
any new mental illness or physical
ailments or injury since submission of
the physician’s statement as required as
a qualified observer candidate that
would prevent him or her from
performing their assigned duties.
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78423
(iii) Ensure that observers complete
duties in a timely manner. An observer
provider must ensure that observers
employed by that observer provider do
the following in a complete and timely
manner:
(A) Submit to NMFS all data,
logbooks and reports as required by the
Observer Manual;
(B) Report for his or her scheduled
debriefing and complete all debriefing
responsibilities;
(C) Return all sampling and safety
gear to the Observer Program Office;
(D) Submit all biological samples from
the observer’s deployment by the
completion of the electronic vessel and/
or processor survey(s); and
(E) Immediately report to the Observer
Program Office and the NOAA OLE any
refusal to board an assigned vessel.
(iv) Observers provided to vessel.
Observers provided to catcher
processors:
(A) Must have a valid North Pacific
groundfish observer certification
endorsements and an At-Sea Hake
Observer Program certification;
(B) Must not have informed the
provider prior to the time of
embarkation that he or she is
experiencing a mental illness or a
physical ailment or injury developed
since submission of the physician’s
statement that would prevent him or her
from performing his or her assigned
duties; and
(C) Must have successfully completed
all NMFS required training and briefing
before deployment.
(v) Respond to industry requests for
observers. An observer provider must
provide an observer for deployment as
requested pursuant to the contractual
relationship with the vessel to fulfill
vessel requirements for observer
coverage specified under paragraph
(g)(1) of this section. An alternate
observer must be supplied in each case
where injury or illness prevents the
observer from performing his or her
duties or where the observer resigns
prior to completion of his or her duties.
If the observer provider is unable to
respond to an industry request for
observer coverage from a vessel for
whom the provider is in a contractual
relationship due to lack of available
observers by the estimated embarking
time of the vessel, the provider must
report it to the observer program at least
4 hours prior to the vessel’s estimated
embarking time.
(vi) Provide observer salaries and
benefits. An observer provider must
provide to its observer employees
salaries and any other benefits and
personnel services in accordance with
the terms of each observer’s contract.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78424
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(vii) Provide observer deployment
logistics. An observer provider must
provide to each of its observers under
contract:
(A) All necessary transportation,
including arrangements and logistics, of
observers to the initial location of
deployment, to all subsequent vessel
assignments during that deployment,
and to the debriefing location when a
deployment ends for any reason; and
(B) Lodging, per diem, and any other
services necessary to observers assigned
to fishing vessels.
(1) An observer under contract may be
housed on a vessel to which he or she
is assigned:
(i) Prior to their vessel’s initial
departure from port;
(ii) For a period not to exceed 24
hours following the completion of an
offload when the observer has duties
and is scheduled to disembark; or
(iii) For a period not to exceed twentyfour hours following the vessel’s arrival
in port when the observer is scheduled
to disembark.
(2) [Reserved]
(C) During all periods an observer is
housed on a vessel, the observer
provider must ensure that the vessel
operator or at least one crew member is
aboard.
(D) An observer under contract who is
between vessel assignments must be
provided with shoreside
accommodations in accordance with the
contract between the observer and the
observer provider. If the provider is
providing accommodations, it must be
at a licensed hotel, motel, bed and
breakfast, or other shoreside
accommodations for the duration of
each period between vessel or shoreside
assignments. Such accommodations
must include an assigned bed for each
observer and no other person may be
assigned that bed for the duration of that
observer’s stay. Additionally, no more
than four beds may be in any room
housing observers at accommodations
meeting the requirements of this
section.
(viii) Observer deployment
limitations. An observer provider must
not exceed observer deployment
limitations specified in this paragraph
unless alternative arrangements are
approved by the Observer Program
Office. An observer provider must not:
(A) Deploy an observer on the same
vessel for more than 90 days in a 12month period;
(B) Deploy an observer for more than
90 days in a single deployment;
(C) Include more than four vessel
assignments in a single deployment, or
(D) Disembark an observer from a
vessel before that observer has
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
completed his or her sampling or data
transmission duties.
(ix) Verify vessel’s safety decal. An
observer provider must verify that a
vessel has a valid USCG safety decal as
required under paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of
this section before an observer may get
underway aboard the vessel. One of the
following acceptable means of
verification must be used to verify the
decal validity:
(A) The observer provider or
employee of the observer provider,
including the observer, visually inspects
the decal aboard the vessel and confirms
that the decal is valid according to the
decal date of issuance; or
(B) The observer provider receives a
hard copy of the USCG documentation
of the decal issuance from the vessel
owner or operator.
(x) Maintain communications with
observers. An observer provider must
have an employee responsible for
observer activities on call 24 hours a
day to handle emergencies involving
observers or problems concerning
observer logistics, whenever observers
are at sea, in transit, or in port awaiting
vessel reassignment.
(xi) Maintain communications with
the Observer Program Office. An
observer provider must provide all of
the following information by electronic
transmission (e-mail), fax, or other
method specified by NMFS.
(A) Observer training and briefing.
Observer training and briefing
registration materials must be submitted
to the Observer Program Office at least
5 business days prior to the beginning
of a scheduled observer at-sea hake
training or briefing session. Registration
materials consist of the following: The
date of requested training or briefing
with a list of observers including each
observer’s full name (i.e., first, middle
and last names).
(B) Projected observer assignments.
Prior to the observer’s completion of the
training or briefing session, the observer
provider must submit to the Observer
Program Office a statement of projected
observer assignments that include the
observer’s name; vessel, gear type, and
vessel/processor code; port of
embarkation; and area of fishing.
(C) Observer debriefing registration.
The observer provider must contact the
At-Sea Hake Observer Program within 5
business days after the completion of an
observer’s deployment to schedule a
date, time and location for debriefing.
Observer debriefing registration
information must be provided at the
time of debriefing scheduling and must
include the observer’s name, cruise
number, vessel name(s) and code(s), and
requested debriefing date.
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(D) Observer provider contracts. If
requested, observer providers must
submit to the Observer Program Office
a completed and unaltered copy of each
type of signed and valid contract
(including all attachments, appendices,
addendums, and exhibits incorporated
into the contract) between the observer
provider and those entities requiring
observer services under paragraph (g)(1)
of this section. Observer providers must
also submit to the Observer Program
Office upon request, a completed and
unaltered copy of the current or most
recent signed and valid contract
(including all attachments, appendices,
addendums, and exhibits incorporated
into the contract and any agreements or
policies with regard to observer
compensation or salary levels) between
the observer provider and the particular
entity identified by the Observer
Program or with specific observers. The
copies must be submitted to the
Observer Program Office via fax or mail
within 5 business days of the request.
Signed and valid contracts include the
contracts an observer provider has with:
(1) Vessels required to have observer
coverage as specified at paragraph (g)(1)
of this section; and
(2) Observers.
(E) Change in observer provider
management and contact information.
Observer providers must submit
notification of any other change to
provider contact information, including
but not limited to, changes in contact
name, phone number, e-mail address,
and address.
(F) Other reports. Reports of the
following must be submitted in writing
to the At-Sea Hake Observer Program
Office by the observer provider via fax
or e-mail address designated by the
Observer Program Office within 24
hours after the observer provider
becomes aware of the information:
(1) Any information regarding
possible observer harassment;
(2) Any information regarding any
action prohibited under §§ 660.112 or
600.725(o), (t) and (u);
(3) Any concerns about vessel safety
or marine casualty under 46 CFR 4.05–
1(a)(1) through (7);
(4) Any observer illness or injury that
prevents the observer from completing
any of his or her duties described in the
observer manual; and
(5) Any information, allegations or
reports regarding observer conflict of
interest or breach of the standards of
behavior described in observer provider
policy.
(xii) Replace lost or damaged gear. An
observer provider must replace all lost
or damaged gear and equipment issued
by NMFS to an observer under contract
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
to that provider. All replacements must
be in accordance with requirements and
procedures identified in writing by the
Observer Program Office.
(xiii) Maintain confidentiality of
information. An observer provider must
ensure that all records on individual
observer performance received from
NMFS under the routine use provision
of the Privacy Act or other applicable
law remain confidential and are not
further released to anyone outside the
employ of the observer provider
company to whom the observer was
contracted except with written
permission of the observer.
(xiv) Limitations on conflict of
interest. An observer provider must
meet limitations on conflict of interest.
Observer providers:
(A) Must not have a direct financial
interest, other than the provision of
observer services, in a fishery managed
under an FMP for the waters off the
coasts of Alaska, Washington, Oregon,
and California, including, but not
limited to:
(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel or
shoreside processor facility involved in
the catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(2) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any vessel
or shoreside processors participating in
a fishery managed pursuant to an FMP
in the waters off the coasts of Alaska,
California, Oregon, and Washington, or
(3) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel or shoreside processor
participating in a fishery managed
pursuant to an FMP in the waters off the
coasts of Alaska, California, Oregon, and
Washington.
(B) Must assign observers without
regard to any preference by
representatives of vessels other than
when an observer will be deployed.
(C) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value except for compensation
for providing observer services from
anyone who conducts fishing or fish
processing activities that are regulated
by NMFS in the Pacific coast or North
Pacific regions, or who has interests that
may be substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
official duties of observer providers.
(xv) Observer conduct and behavior.
An observer provider must develop and
maintain a policy addressing observer
conduct and behavior for their
employees that serve as observers. The
policy shall address the following
behavior and conduct:
(A) Observer use of alcohol;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(B) Observer use, possession, or
distribution of illegal drugs; and
(C) Sexual contact with personnel of
the vessel or processing facility to
which the observer is assigned, or with
any vessel or processing plant personnel
who may be substantially affected by
the performance or non-performance of
the observer’s official duties.
(D) An observer provider shall
provide a copy of its conduct and
behavior policy by February 1 of each
year, to observers, observer candidates,
and the Observer Program Office.
(xvi) Refusal to deploy an observer.
Observer providers may refuse to deploy
an observer on a requesting vessel if the
observer provider has determined that
the requesting vessel is inadequate or
unsafe pursuant to those regulations
described at § 600.746 or U.S. Coast
Guard and other applicable rules,
regulations, statutes, or guidelines
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel.
(6) Observer certification and
responsibilities—(i) Applicability.
Observer certification authorizes an
individual to fulfill duties as specified
in writing by the NMFS Observer
Program Office while under the employ
of a NMFS-permitted observer provider
and according to certification
endorsements as designated under
paragraph (g)(6)(iii) of this section.
(ii) Observer certification official. The
Regional Administrator will designate a
NMFS observer certification official
who will make decisions for the
Observer Program Office on whether to
issue or deny observer certification.
(iii) Certification requirements—(A)
Initial certification. NMFS may certify
individuals who, in addition to any
other relevant considerations:
(1) Are employed by an observer
provider company holding a valid North
Pacific Groundfish Observer Program
permit at the time of the issuance of the
certification to the observer;
(2) Have provided, through their
observer provider:
(i) Information set forth at § 679.50
regarding an observer candidate’s health
and physical fitness for the job;
(ii) Meet all observer education and
health standards as specified in
§ 679.50; and
(iii) Have successfully completed
NMFS-approved training as prescribed
by the At-Sea Hake Observer Program
and/or the West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program. Successful
completion of training by an observer
applicant consists of meeting all
attendance and conduct standards
issued in writing at the start of training;
meeting all performance standards
issued in writing at the start of training
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
78425
for assignments, tests, and other
evaluation tools; and completing all
other training requirements established
by the Observer Program.
(iv) Have not been decertified under
paragraph (g)(6)(ix) of this section, or
pursuant to § 679.50.
(B) [Reserved]
(iv) Denial of a certification. The
NMFS observer certification official will
issue a written determination denying
observer certification if the candidate
fails to successfully complete training,
or does not meet the qualifications for
certification for any other relevant
reason.
(v) Issuance of an observer
certification. An observer certification
may be issued upon determination by
the observer certification official that
the candidate has successfully met all
requirements for certification as
specified in paragraph (g)(6)(iii) of this
section. The following endorsements
must be obtained, in addition to
observer certification, in order for an
observer to deploy.
(A) North Pacific Groundfish Observer
Program certification training
endorsement. A certification training
endorsement signifies the successful
completion of the training course
required to obtain observer certification.
This endorsement expires when the
observer has not been deployed and
performed sampling duties as required
by the Observer Program Office for a
period of time, specified by the
Observer Program, after his or her most
recent debriefing. The observer can
renew the endorsement by successfully
completing certification training once
more.
(B) North Pacific Groundfish Observer
Program annual general endorsements.
Each observer must obtain an annual
general endorsement to their
certification prior to his or her first
deployment within any calendar year
subsequent to a year in which a
certification training endorsement is
obtained. To obtain an annual general
endorsement, an observer must
successfully complete the annual
briefing, as specified by the Observer
Program. All briefing attendance,
performance, and conduct standards
required by the Observer Program must
be met.
(C) North Pacific Groundfish Observer
Program deployment endorsements.
Each observer who has completed an
initial deployment after certification or
annual briefing must receive a
deployment endorsement to their
certification prior to any subsequent
deployments for the remainder of that
year. An observer may obtain a
deployment endorsement by
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
78426
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
successfully completing all pre-cruise
briefing requirements. The type of
briefing the observer must attend and
successfully complete will be specified
in writing by the Observer Program
during the observer’s most recent
debriefing.
(D) At-Sea Hake Observer Program
endorsements. A Pacific hake fishery
endorsement is required for purposes of
performing observer duties aboard
vessels that process groundfish at sea in
the Pacific whiting fishery. A Pacific
whiting fishery endorsement to an
observer’s certification may be obtained
by meeting the following requirements:
(1) Be a prior NMFS-certified observer
in the groundfish fisheries off Alaska,
unless an individual with this
qualification is not available;
(2) Receive an evaluation by NMFS
for his or her most recent deployment
that indicated that the observer’s
performance met Observer Program
expectations for that deployment;
(3) Successfully complete a NMFSapproved observer training and/or
Pacific whiting briefing as prescribed by
the Observer Program; and
(4) Comply with all of the other
requirements of this section.
(vi) Maintaining the validity of an
observer certification. After initial
issuance, an observer must keep their
certification valid by meeting all of the
following requirements specified below:
(A) Successfully perform their
assigned duties as described in the
Observer Manual or other written
instructions from the Observer Program
Office including calling into the NMFS
deployment hotline upon departing and
arriving into port each trip to leave the
following information: Observer name,
phone number, vessel name departing
on, date and time of departure and date
and time of expected return.
(B) Accurately record their sampling
data, write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
suspected violations of regulations
relevant to conservation of marine
resources or their environment.
(C) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
or in the processing facility to any
person except the owner or operator of
the observed vessel or an authorized
officer or NMFS.
(D) Successfully complete NMFSapproved annual briefings as prescribed
by the At-Sea Hake Observer Program.
(E) Successful completion of briefing
by an observer applicant consists of
meeting all attendance and conduct
standards issued in writing at the start
of training; meeting all performance
standards issued in writing at the start
of training for assignments, tests, and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
other evaluation tools; and completing
all other briefing requirements
established by the Observer Program.
(F) Successfully meet all expectations
in all debriefings including reporting for
assigned debriefings.
(G) Submit all data and information
required by the observer program within
the program’s stated guidelines.
(vii) Limitations on conflict of
interest. Observers:
(A) Must not have a direct financial
interest, other than the provision of
observer services, in a fishery managed
pursuant to an FMP for the waters off
the coast of Alaska, or in a Pacific Coast
fishery managed by either the state or
Federal Governments in waters off
Washington, Oregon, or California,
including but not limited to:
(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel,
shore-based or floating stationary
processor facility involved in the
catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(2) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any
vessel, shore-based or floating stationary
processing facility; or
(3) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel, shore-based or floating
stationary processing facilities.
(B) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value from anyone who either
conducts activities that are regulated by
NMFS in the Pacific coast or North
Pacific regions or has interests that may
be substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
observers’ official duties.
(C) May not serve as observers on any
vessel or at any shore-based owned or
operated by a person who employed the
observer in the last two years.
(D) May not solicit or accept
employment as a crew member or an
employee of a vessel or shore-based
processor while employed by an
observer provider.
(E) Provisions for remuneration of
observers under this section do not
constitute a conflict of interest.
(viii) Standards of behavior.
Observers must:
(A) Perform their assigned duties as
described in the Observer Manual or
other written instructions from the
Observer Program Office.
(B) Immediately report to the observer
program office and the NOAA Office of
Law Enforcement any time they refuse
to board a vessel.
(C) Accurately record their sampling
data, write complete reports, and report
accurately any observations of
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
suspected violations of regulations
relevant to conservation of marine
resources or their environment.
(D) Not disclose collected data and
observations made on board the vessel
to any person except the owner or
operator of the observed vessel, an
authorized officer, or NMFS.
(ix) Suspension and decertification—
(A) Suspension and decertification
review official. The Regional
Administrator (or a designee) will
designate an observer suspension and
decertification review official(s), who
will have the authority to review
observer certifications and issue initial
administrative determinations of
observer certification suspension and/or
decertification.
(B) Causes for suspension or
decertification. The suspension/
decertification official may initiate
suspension or decertification
proceedings against an observer:
(1) When it is alleged that the
observer has committed any acts or
omissions of any of the following:
Failed to satisfactorily perform the
duties of observers as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
or failed to abide by the standards of
conduct for observers (including
conflicts of interest);
(2) Upon conviction of a crime or
upon entry of a civil judgment for:
Commission of fraud or other violation
in connection with obtaining or
attempting to obtain certification, or in
performing the duties as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
commission of embezzlement, theft,
forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
or commission of any other offense
indicating a lack of integrity or honesty
that seriously and directly affects the
fitness of observers.
(C) Issuance of initial administrative
determination. Upon determination that
suspension or decertification is
warranted, the suspension/
decertification official will issue a
written IAD to the observer via certified
mail at the observer’s most current
address provided to NMFS. The IAD
will identify whether a certification is
suspended or revoked and will identify
the specific reasons for the action taken.
Decertification is effective 30 calendar
days after the date on the IAD, unless
there is an appeal.
(D) Appeals. A certified observer who
receives an IAD that suspends or
revokes the observer certification may
appeal the determination within 30
calendar days after the date on the IAD
to the Office of Administrative Appeals
pursuant to § 679.43.
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2
(h) C/P coop failure—(1) The Regional
Administrator will determine that a
permitted C/P coop is considered to
have failed if any one of the following
occurs:
(i) Any current C/P-endorsed limited
entry trawl permit is not identified as a
C/P coop member in the coop agreement
submitted to NMFS during the C/P coop
permit application process;
(ii) Any current C/P-endorsed permit
withdraws from the C/P coop
agreement;
(iii) The coop members voluntarily
dissolve the coop; or
(iv) The coop agreement is no longer
valid.
(2) If the permitted C/P coop
dissolves, the designated coop manager
must notify NMFS SFD in writing of the
dissolution of the coop.
(3) The Regional Administrator may
make an independent determination of
a coop failure based on factual
information collected by or provided to
NMFS.
(4) In the event of a NMFSdetermined coop failure, or reported
failure, the designated coop manager
will be notified in writing about NMFS’
determination.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Dec 14, 2010
Jkt 223001
(i) Upon notification of a coop failure,
the C/P coop permit will no longer be
in effect.
(ii) The C/P sector will convert to an
IFQ-based fishery beginning the
following calendar year after a coop
failure, or a soon as practicable
thereafter. NMFS will develop
additional regulations, as necessary to
implement an IFQ fishery for the C/P
sector. Each C/P-endorsed permit would
receive an equal distribution of QS from
the total IFQ for the catcher/processor
sector allocation.
■ 27. In § 660.212, the introductory text,
and paragraphs (a)(2) and (c)(1), are
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.212 Fixed gear fishery—
prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
limited entry fixed gear fisheries and to
the limited entry trawl fishery
Shorebased IFQ Program under gear
switching. General groundfish
prohibitions are found at § 660.12,
subpart C. In addition to the general
groundfish prohibitions specified in
§ 660.12, subpart C, it is unlawful for
any person to:
(a) * * *
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
78427
(2) Take, retain, possess, or land more
than a single cumulative limit of a
particular species, per vessel, per
applicable cumulative limit period,
except for sablefish taken in the limited
entry, fixed gear sablefish primary
season from a vessel authorized to fish
in that season, as described at § 660.231,
subpart E and except for IFQ species
taken in the Shorebased IFQ Program
from a vessel authorized under gear
switching provisions as described at
§ 660.140.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Fishing in conservation areas—(1)
Operate a vessel registered to a limited
entry permit with a longline, trap (pot),
or trawl endorsement and longline and/
or trap gear onboard in an applicable
GCA (as defined at § 660.230(d)), except
for purposes of continuous transiting,
with all groundfish longline and/or trap
gear stowed in accordance with
§ 660.212(a) or except as authorized in
the groundfish management measures at
§ 660.230.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2010–30527 Filed 12–7–10; 11:15 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\15DER2.SGM
15DER2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 240 (Wednesday, December 15, 2010)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 78344-78427]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-30527]
[[Page 78343]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program;
Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75 , No. 240 / Wednesday, December 15, 2010 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 78344]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100212086-0532-05]
RIN 0648-AY68
Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS is implementing Amendments 20 and 21 to the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Fishery Management Plan (FMP), which were partially approved
by the Secretary on August 9, 2010. Amendment 20 establishes a trawl
rationalization program for the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery.
Amendment 20's trawl rationalization program consists of: An individual
fishing quota (IFQ) program for the shorebased trawl fleet (including
whiting and non-whiting sectors); and cooperative (coop) programs for
the at-sea (whiting only) mothership and catcher/processor trawl
fleets. Amendment 21 establishes fixed allocations for limited entry
trawl participants. This final rule supplements the final rule
published on October 1, 2010 (75 FR 60868), and provides additional
program details, including: Program components applicable to IFQ gear
switching, observer programs, retention requirements, equipment
requirements, catch monitors, catch weighing requirements, coop
permits, coop agreement requirements, first receiver site licenses,
quota share (QS) accounts, vessel accounts, further tracking and
monitoring components, and economic data collection requirements.
DATES: This rule is effective January 1, 2011.
ADDRESSES: Background information and documents, including the final
environmental impacts statements for Amendment 20 and Amendment 21, are
available at the Pacific Fishery Management Council's Web site at
https://www.pcouncil.org/. NMFS prepared a Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA), which is summarized in the Classification section of
this final rule. Copies of the FRFA and the Small Entity Compliance
Guide are available from William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional
Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115-0070; or by phone at 206-526-6150. Copies of the
Small Entity Compliance Guide are also available on the Northwest
Regional Office Web site at https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/.
Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other
aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this
final rule may be submitted to William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional
Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115-0070, and to OMB by e-mail to OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov, or fax to 202-395-7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jamie Goen, 206-526-4656; (fax) 206-
526-6736; Jamie.Goen@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The Amendment 20 trawl rationalization program is a limited access
privilege program under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and
Management Act (MSA), as reauthorized in 2007. It consists of: (1) An
IFQ program for the shorebased trawl fleet; and (2) coop programs for
the mothership and catcher-processor trawl fleets. The trawl
rationalization program is intended to increase net economic benefits,
create individual economic stability, provide full utilization of the
trawl sector allocation, consider environmental impacts, and achieve
individual accountability of catch and bycatch. Amendment 21
establishes fixed allocations for limited entry trawl participants.
These allocations are intended to improve management under the
rationalization program by streamlining its administration, providing
stability to the fishery, and addressing halibut bycatch.
The trawl rationalization program is scheduled to be implemented on
January 1, 2011. Due to the complexity of the program and the tight
timeline for implementation, NMFS has issued, or is in the process of
issuing multiple rulemakings to implement this program. The following
actions are related to the trawl rationalization program:
A final rule (75 FR 4684, January 29, 2010) which
announced that potential participants in the program should review and,
if necessary, correct their data that will be used for the issuance of
QS, permits, and endorsements. It also established which data NMFS
would use and requested ownership information from potential
participants.
A notice of availability for Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR
26702, May 12, 2010).
A proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June 10, 2010) followed by a
final rule (75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010) that implemented Amendments
20 and 21, focused on provisions deemed necessary to issue permits and
endorsements in time for use in the 2011 fishery and to have the 2011
harvest specifications reflect the new allocation scheme. In addition,
the October 1st rule also restructured the entire Pacific Coast
groundfish regulations at 50 CFR part 660 from one subpart (Subpart G)
to five subparts (Subparts C-G).
A correction to the June 10th proposed rule (75 FR 37744,
June 30, 2010) which corrected two dates referenced in the preamble to
the proposed rule regarding the decision date for the FMP amendments
and the end date for the public comment period.
The Secretary's review of and decision to partially
approve Amendments 20 and 21 on August 9, 2010.
A proposed rule (75 FR 53380, August 31, 2010) which
proposed for implementation on January 1, 2011, additional program
details, including: Measures applicable to gear switching for the IFQ
program, observer programs, retention requirements, equipment
requirements, catch monitors, catch weighing requirements, coop
permits, coop agreement requirements, first receiver site licenses, QS
accounts, vessel accounts, further tracking and monitoring components,
and economic data collection requirements.
A correction to the October 1st final rule (75 FR 67032,
November 1, 2010) to make sure the correct trip limit tables for 2010
remain effective after November 1, 2010.
This final rule follows the August 31st proposed rule (75 FR 53380)
and implements additional program components for the trawl
rationalization program. The preambles to both the June 10th and August
31st proposed rules provided more details on the program and are not
fully repeated here. The preamble to the June 10th proposed rule (75 FR
32994), called the ``initial issuance'' proposed rule because it
proposed the requirements for initial issuance of new permits and
endorsements for the trawl rationalization program, provided detailed
information on the trawl rationalization program and a general overview
on the provisions in Amendments 20 and 21. In addition, the
[[Page 78345]]
preamble to the August 31st proposed rule (75 FR 53380), called the
``program components'' proposed rule because it proposed further
program details for the trawl rationalization program, provided more
detail on the additional program components being proposed.
The Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) began scoping on
trailing actions for the trawl rationalization program in the Fall of
2010 and intends to continue developing trailing actions at its 2011
Council meetings on topics including, but not limited to: Cost
recovery, safe harbors/community fishing associations, the severability
of MS/CV endorsements from limited entry trawl permits, and
resubmission of Amendment 21 in response to NMFS' partial disapproval.
Comments and Responses
NMFS solicited public comment on the proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
August 31, 2010). The comment period ended September 30, 2010. NMFS
received 15 individual letters of comments on the proposed rule
submitted by individuals or organizations.
Some commenters have incorporated by reference previous comments
submitted during the Council process or on a rulemaking (notice of
availability 75 FR 26702, May 12, 2010; proposed rule 75 FR 32994, June
10, 2010; final rule 75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010) for the initial
issuance of permits and endorsements and the review of Amendments 20
and 21. Comments presented to the Council are part of the record and
were considered by the Council during its deliberation. Comments on the
previous rulemaking were addressed in the final rule for that
rulemaking.
General Comments in Support and Opposed
Comment 1. NMFS received multiple comments expressing general
support for the proposed rule.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these comments.
Comment 2. NMFS received multiple comments expressing general
disagreement with the proposed rule and amendments.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these comments.
Comments on Implementation of the Program
Comment 3. One commenter stated that the program and implementing
regulations should not be effective until January 1, 2012, in order to
provide sufficient time for the groundfish industry to plan their
operations under the new regulatory system.
Response. This program has been developed by the Council and NMFS
through a public process for over six years, and ample opportunities
have been provided for input into the design of the program. The
starting date for the trawl rationalization program was discussed and
debated on multiple occasions at Council meetings, and based on the
input from the public, the Council recommended, and NMFS agreed, to a
target implementation date of January, 2011. NMFS notes the commenter's
recommendation, but has determined that implementing the program at the
earliest practicable date best serves the public interest. NMFS
disagrees that any delay is necessary.
Comment 4. One commenter described port outreach efforts and a
workshop undertaken by the organization designed to complement the
outreach being conducted by NMFS. These outreach meetings and workshop
are an effort to speed the transition process to the new trawl
rationalization program and provide fishermen tools for success under
the catch shares program. Port outreach meetings were held in seven
ports, with topics covering ways to reduce observer and operating
costs, managing quota portfolios, establishing a business plan, and
managing constraining stocks among others. In addition, the two-day
informational workshop was attended by over 150 fishery participants;
panels included topics on regulatory requirements; managing risks
associated with constraining species and modifying fishing behavior;
approaches for maximizing opportunity; gear modification; handling
techniques and behavior changes; mapping and ``hotspot'' management;
trading, tracking, and financing of quota portfolios; strategies for
minimizing observer and other costs; and strategies for improving
revenues.
Response. NMFS appreciates the commenter's outreach efforts. In
addition to the outreach efforts by outside organizations, NMFS has
held a series of public workshops along the West Coast during the
months of September and October, 2010, to assist program participants
in transitioning to the new trawl rationalization program. Further
information on NMFS's outreach efforts is described in the response to
Comment 5.
Comments on the Rulemaking and Trailing Amendments
Comment 5. Some commenters stated that the complexity of the
rulemakings for the trawl rationalization program have made it
difficult to provide meaningful public input.
Response. NMFS acknowledges that implementation of the trawl
rationalization program, and associated rulemakings, has been complex.
However, NMFS has been making every effort to make the implementation
process as simple as possible and to explain the process in many public
forums. While the Council developed the trawl rationalization program
over several years, the Council and NMFS set an implementation date of
January 1, 2011, giving NMFS and the Council approximately a year and a
half to develop regulations and fine tune the program. This is a tight
timeline for such a complex program which would dramatically change the
operation and management of the trawl sector. Because of the tight
timeline, NMFS had to split implementation into several rulemakings,
focused on timing the rulemakings to allow potential participants the
most time possible for the different phases of implementation given the
resources available to implement the program. Early in the rulemaking
process, NMFS brought forward this approach to the Council at their
September 2009 meeting. In addition, NMFS published a brochure in
December 2009 which was mailed out to the industry announcing the
proposed January 1, 2011 implementation, the rulemaking schedule, and
some additional details on the first rulemaking.
The first rulemaking, which spanned late 2009 and early 2010,
announced that potential participants should be reviewing and, if
necessary, correcting their data before NMFS used the relevant data for
initial issuance of permits and endorsements (proposed rule: 74 FR
47545, September 16, 2009; final rule: 75 FR 4684, January 29, 2010).
NMFS initially announced that corrections should be done by late-May
2010 and before the initial issuance proposed rule published. NMFS
later extended the deadline to July 1 in the initial issuance proposed
rule (75 FR 32994, June 10, 2010) for both the Pacific Fisheries
Information Network (PacFIN) dataset and for NMFS' Northwest Fisheries
Science Center's Pacific whiting observer data from NORPAC (a database
of North Pacific fisheries and Pacific whiting information) (this was
later changed to August 1, 2010 for NORPAC data through a public notice
dated June 22, 2010 (NMFS-SEA-10-08)). This first rulemaking also
required completion of an ownership interest form. The results of these
forms would be used, in part, to populate the ownership interest forms
that would be part of the
[[Page 78346]]
application process. This rulemaking laid the groundwork for the
application process that would take place in the fall of 2010.
Soon after the final rule published for this first rulemaking, the
Council began meetings of its Regulatory Deeming Workgroup (RDW), an
advisory body to the Council. The RDW held several public meetings
between February and June 2010 to review the regulations that NMFS was
developing for the program, to work through implementation details, and
to bring issues forward to the Council, as needed. NMFS updated the RDW
at all of their meetings on the implementation process and the status
of the various rulemakings. The RDW meetings generally preceded Council
meetings. The Council then discussed the rulemakings, including the
implementation process and schedule, at all of their meetings to date
in 2010.
In the spring of 2010, the NOA for both Amendments 20 and 21 was
published, announcing an open public comment period on the amendments
(75 FR 26702, May 12, 2010). Shortly thereafter, the second rulemaking
was initiated that announced the FMP amendments and the initial
issuance process for certain new permits and endorsements which
required a more intensive application process, and thus more time for
implementation. In addition, this rulemaking reorganized the existing
groundfish regulations to accommodate the new trawl rationalization
program. Staggered after this second rulemaking was the third
rulemaking, the subject of this final rule, which announces additional
program details for January 1, 2011, including: IFQ gear switching,
observer programs, retention requirements, equipment requirements,
catch monitors, catch weighing requirements, coop permits, coop
agreement requirements, first receiver site licenses, quota share (QS)
accounts, vessel accounts, further tracking and monitoring components,
and economic data collection requirements. All of these rulemakings
have described NMFS' overall approach to the rulemakings and
implementation.
To provide support and guidance for the public during this process,
NMFS has provided outreach along the West Coast in September and
October 2010. These outreach efforts were used to announce the program
details and implementation logistics, including the rulemakings and
public comment periods. In addition, NMFS Office of Law Enforcement has
provided several additional outreach sessions in October 2010 on
compliance under the program. NMFS has also created a Web site on the
trawl rationalization program to keep the interested public up to date
and published and mailed several fact sheets, each focused on different
aspects of the program. These fact sheets are also available on the Web
site. Finally, NMFS has mailed and e-mailed several public notices to
the industry and interested public regarding the trawl rationalization
program. So while NMFS acknowledges that this has been a complex
rulemaking, NMFS believes that the agency has made every effort to keep
the industry and public informed of our approach and aware of the
rulemaking process.
Comment 6. One commenter requested that the Pacific whiting season
start dates for the shorebased IFQ fishery, the mothership fishery, and
the catcher-processor fishery be revisited under a trailing amendment.
The commenter explained that separate season start dates between the
sectors is no longer needed under a rationalized fishery; staggered
start dates contradict the intent of the program, undermining the goals
of the program to increase net economic benefits and create individual
economic stability.
Response. Start dates for the Pacific whiting season are not part
of the program components rule. The Council discussed the Pacific
whiting season start dates at its April and June 2010 meetings, and
decided not to modify the season start dates at that time. The Council
will continue to review management measures in the groundfish trawl
fisheries after implementation of the rationalization program, and
recommend changes where deemed appropriate. NMFS welcomes and
encourages public participation in the Council decision-making process
to address issues such as this.
Comment 7. One commenter stated that implementing cost recovery
through a trailing amendment does not allow the public or policy makers
to know the full economic ramifications of the program. The commenter
suggested delaying the program until a cost recovery program has been
developed.
Response. Although a recommendation was made by the Council, and
NMFS agreed, that the cost recovery program would be implemented
through the Council process as a trailing amendment to the program,
that does not mean that the ``costs'' associated with cost recovery
cannot be estimated. Under the MSA, as amended, cost recovery
associated with program implementation is capped, or restricted to 3
percent of the value of the fishery. This anticipated cost recovery has
been considered by NMFS in its record of decision. NMFS encourages
public participation as the Council develops and recommends the cost
recovery program to be implemented by NMFS, based on those
recommendations.
Comment 8. Some commenters stated that community fishing
associations (CFAs) should be implemented at the start of the program
rather than as a trailing amendment. One commenter suggests delaying
the program until CFAs have been developed.
Response. NMFS acknowledges that there are members of the public
who feel that CFAs should be implemented at the start of the program.
Although the Council considered incorporating provisions for CFAs into
the alternatives early in the development process, no strong
recommendation or advocacy was voiced by members of the public or
representatives on the Trawl Individual Quota Committee, which was
intended to represent a cross section of interests for the development
of recommendations on structuring the trawl rationalization program.
Proposals for including provisions for CFAs in the program emerged
later on, when the Council was at the point of adopting a preferred
alternative in November 2008, in part tied to the issue of how to deal
with QS holding in excess of accumulation limits. Further refinement of
the preferred alternative, which occurred at Council meetings in 2009,
included additional consideration of CFA provisions. Specifically, at
the April 2009 Council meeting, Agenda Item F.4 addressed CFAs, and it
was at this time that the Council concluded that it would be more
appropriate for CFA provisions to be implemented through a trailing
action. However, the moratorium on the transfer of QS during the first
two years of the program, combined with provisions to allow divestiture
of QS over accumulation limits during years 3 and 4 of the program,
were designed to facilitate the transfer of QS to CFAs. The moratorium
is in part intended to slow the movement of QS holdings out of
communities during a time when the trailing action for CFAs can be
developed and implemented in a considered fashion. Recommendations for
how to structure the CFA provisions in a trailing action are welcome
and should be brought forward as that proposal is developed. The
Council is likely to begin developing CFA provisions in 2011 so that
they could be in place before the QS divestiture period begins.
Comment 9. One commenter stated that the adaptive management
program (AMP) should be promptly implemented as a trailing amendment to
address unforeseen impacts, promote
[[Page 78347]]
bycatch reduction, and promote sustainable fishing practices.
Response. The AMP was established through the October 1st initial
issuance final rule (75 FR 60868), and consists of two primary phases.
For the first two years of the program, the 10 percent AMP share is
allocated to nonwhiting QS owners to ease the transition to an IFQ
system. The Council and NMFS will be evaluating the changes that will
occur after implementation, and will then be able to react as necessary
in the second phase to address specific objectives for the AMP,
identified on page 402 of Appendix A of the FEIS ``Rationalization of
the Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl Fishery.'' This
interim situation will also allow for some identification of unforeseen
impacts associated with this program, which will better inform both the
Council and NMFS in addressing the issues.
Comments on Policies and Legal Standards
Comment 10. One commenter incorporated by reference comments they
had previously made on the initial issuance proposed rule and
Amendments 20 and 21 on National Standards 1, 2, 4, 6, and 8.
Response. NMFS's responses to comments 56-68 in the final rule to
initiate implementation of Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR 60868, 60884-
60887) describe how Amendments 20 and 21, as well as that final rule,
comply with National Standards 1, 2, 4, and 8. The explanations
articulated there equally apply to the instant rule. With regard to
National Standard 6, the commenter does not provide an explanation of
why either of the rules or the underlying amendments would be
inconsistent with National Standard 6. Nevertheless, this response will
address consistency with National Standard 6.
National Standard 6 states that conservation and management
measures must: ``take into account and allow for variations among, and
contingencies in, fisheries, fishery resources, and catches.'' 16
U.S.C. 1851(a)(6). The National Standard Guidelines further state that
every effort should be made to develop FMPs that discuss and take into
account vicissitudes and that, to the extent practicable, FMPs should
provide a suitable buffer in favor of conservation. 50 CFR
600.335(c)(2).
Amendments 20 and 21 are expected to give fishermen greater
flexibility in determining when and how to fish, thus giving fishermen
greater ability to respond individually to unanticipated occurrences.
The AMP will provide additional management flexibility and will
facilitate response to unanticipated circumstances. Thus, these
amendments and the program components implemented through this rule are
consistent with National Standard 6.
Comment 11. One commenter stated that the program is inconsistent
with National Standards 5 and 8 of the MSA.
Response. As described in NMFS's response to comment 62 in the
final rule to initiate implementation of Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR
60868, 60885), Amendments 20 and 21 were designed to achieve multiple
objectives and are consistent with National Standard 5. NMFS has
determined that this rule to implement certain components of those
amendments is consistent with National Standard 5 for the reasons
stated in that previous preamble. NMFS's responses to comments 64-67 in
the final rule to initiate implementation of Amendments 20 and 21 (75
FR 60868, 60886) explain how Amendments 20 and 21 are consistent with
National Standard 8. NMFS has determined that this rule to implement
certain components of those amendments is consistent with National
Standard 8 for the reasons stated in that previous preamble. See also
responses to comments in the FEIS for Amendment 20, particularly
responses to comments 108 and 109.
Comment 12. One commenter stated that the program should be revised
to fully retain public control over our public fisheries resources and
indicated that the statements in the regulations and Amendments that
NMFS retains the right to modify, revoke, or suspend altogether the
catch share system are not enough.
Response. Congress, NMFS, and the Council have been clear and
explicit that in a limited access privilege program, what is being
granted is a privilege that is modifiable and revocable at any time
without compensation to the privilege holder (see Section A-2.3.4 of
the EIS). NMFS's responses to comments in the FEIS for Amendment 20,
particularly responses to comments 86 and 87, provide further
discussion on this issue and are not repeated here. In addition, the
regulations at Sec. Sec. 660.25 and 660.100 clearly state that any
permits, endorsements, or amounts of harvest from the trawl
rationalization program are a privilege that may be revoked, limited,
or modified at any time.
Comments on Program Costs, Community Impacts, and the Burden on Small
Businesses
Comment 13. Some commenters stated NMFS should minimize and
mitigate impacts on small businesses and small communities; the program
should not benefit large businesses at the expense of small businesses.
One commenter stated that the burden of paperwork and costs of the
program would be too much for small businesses and small communities
and requested that the paperwork burden be streamlined.
Response. NMFS responded to similar comments in the October 1st
final rule (75 FR 60868) about the impacts on small businesses. In
particular, concerns were raised about negative impacts on deckhands
and smaller boats; that program costs to fishermen, including the costs
of entering the fishery and the costs of observers and monitoring are
too high; that observer rules need to change for trawl and small boats
to reflect the vastly different bycatch which occurs when mistakes are
made; about the impact of the allocation formulas on Fort Bragg
fishermen; concern that average fishermen will not be able to afford to
participate and that this could lead to increased consolidation and
leave many ports no longer viable; about negative impacts on
processors, that small processors will be driven out of business due to
consolidation; and that it will eliminate the ``mom and pop
businesses.''
NMFS has responded to these comments in detail in the October 1st
initial issuance final rule (75 FR 60868). That response is applicable
to the comments associated with this rule. In terms of impacts on small
businesses, the trawl rationalization program is intended to increase
net economic benefits, create economic stability, provide full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and promote conservation through individual accountability for
catch and bycatch. The allocations of quota under the new program do
not differ significantly from status quo allocations made biennially in
terms of total allocations. However, instead of fleetwide quotas, there
will now be individual allocations of quota shares and quota pounds to
permit owners. Allocations of overfished species constrain all
groundfish fishermen, for both large and small operations. In some
cases, smaller operators may be constrained to a greater extent. This
was recognized in development of the program, and operators are
encouraged to work together cooperatively, through mechanisms like
combining and sharing quota amounts. The program provides for leasing
of additional quota as needed to facilitate operations. The program
includes provisions that would have a beneficial impact on small
entities. It
[[Page 78348]]
would create a management program under which most recent participants
in the Pacific Coast groundfish limited entry trawl fishery (many of
which are small entities) would be eligible to continue participating
in the fishery and under which the fishery itself would experience an
increase in economic profitability. Small entities choosing to exit the
fishery should receive financial compensation from selling their permit
or share of the resource. To prevent a particular individual,
corporation, or other entity from acquiring an excessive share of the
total harvest privileges in the program, accumulation limits would
restrict the amount of harvest privileges that can be held, acquired,
or used by individuals and vessels. In addition, for the shoreside
sector of the fishery, an AMP was created to mitigate any adverse
impacts, including impacts on small entities and communities that might
result from the program.
It is expected that the shorebased IFQ fishery will lead to
consolidation and this may affect small processors, particularly if
they are in disadvantaged ports. Chapter 4 of the Amendment 20 FEIS
analyzed the effects on processors from various perspectives: The
distribution of landings across west coast ports may change as a result
of fleet consolidation, industry agglomeration, and the comparative
advantage of ports (a function of bycatch rates in the waters
constituting the operational area for the port, differences in
infrastructure, and other factors). In particular, the Council analysis
indicated that processors associated with disadvantaged communities may
see trawl groundfish volumes decline. The analysis highlights that
those processors receiving landings from Central California or Neah Bay
may see a reduction in trawl caught groundfish if the market is able to
redirect activity toward more efficient and advantaged ports. However,
in addition to increased landings that are expected to result from the
IFQ program, small processors and disadvantaged communities may benefit
from the control limits, vessel limits, and adaptive management
policies. Control limits will limit the ability of large processors to
obtain shares of the fisheries while the AMP processes will allow the
Council to consider the impacts on small processors and disadvantaged
communities when allocating the AMP quota (10 percent of the total non-
whiting trawl quotas). Although vessel accumulation limits tend to
lower economic efficiency and restrict profitability for the average
vessel, they could help retain vessels in communities because more
vessels would remain.
Another process by which small processors and disadvantaged
communities may benefit will be the future development of CFAs. Some of
the potential benefits of CFAs include: Ensuring access to the fishery
resource in a particular area or community to benefit the local fishing
economy; enabling the formation of risk pools and sharing monitoring
and other costs; ensuring that fish delivered to a local area will
benefit local processors and businesses; providing a local source of
QSs for new entrants and others wanting to increase their participation
in the fishery; increasing local accountability and responsibility for
the resource; and benefiting other providers and users of local fishery
infrastructure.
In summary, the major impacts of this rule appear to be on
shoreside processors which are a mix of large and small processors, and
on shorebased trawlers which are also a mix of large and small
companies. The non-whiting shorebased trawlers are currently operating
at a loss or at best are ``breaking even.'' The new rationalization
program would lead to profitability, but with a reduction of about 50
percent of the fleet. This program would lead to major changes in the
fishery. To help mitigate against these changes, as discussed above,
the agency has announced its intent, subject to available Federal
funding, that participants would initially be responsible for 10
percent of the cost of hiring observers and catch monitors. The
industry proportion of the costs of hiring observers and catch monitors
would be increased every year so that by 2014, once the fishery has
transitioned to the rationalization program, the industry would be
responsible for 100 percent of the cost of hiring the observers and
catch monitors. NMFS believes that an incrementally reduced subsidy to
industry funding would enhance the observer and catch monitor program's
stability, ensure 100 percent observer and catch monitor coverage, and
facilitate the industries' successful transition to the new quota
system. In addition, to help mitigate against negative impacts of this
program, the Council has adopted an AMP where starting in year 3 of the
program, 10 percent of non-whiting QS would be set aside every year to
address community impacts and industry transition needs. After
reviewing the initial effects of IFQ programs in other parts of the
world, the Council had placed a short term QS trading prohibition so
that fishermen can learn from their experiences and not make premature
sales of their QS. The Council is also envisioning future regulatory
processes that would allow community fisheries associations to be
established to help aid communities and fishermen.
NMFS has taken a hard look at the reporting burdens of the program
and, given the program requirements, reduced the burden on small
businesses to the extent possible. For instance, in the IFQ fishery,
transactions for QS accounts and vessel accounts will be done online,
reducing the paperwork burden. The QS permit renewal process will be
the same as the current limited entry permit renewal process and during
the same time period because initially most QS permit owners would
already be familiar with the limited entry permit renewal process.
Similarly, in the mothership sector, the MS/CV-endorsed permit renewal
will be combined with their declaration of intent to obligate to a
mothership processor so that both are done on the same form at the same
time. To the extent possible, NMFS will send out permit renewal forms
and other associated forms, such as the ownership interest form, pre-
filled to reduce the burden on respondents. For the EDC, the survey
design has sought to avoid duplication of data collection, and was
developed from meetings with industry participants to discuss making
survey questions easily understandable and consistent with the record
keeping practices of survey respondents to reduce the burden on
respondents. For the trawl monitoring requirements, NMFS has reduced
the burden of the catch monitoring plans for first receivers by only
requiring essential information needed to assure adequate catch
accounting. To reduce the burden of requiring electronic fish tickets,
fish ticket software will be provided at no cost, and will use a
standard operating system and common software already owned by most
businesses; fish ticket software will be compatible with the existing
fish ticket requirements in each of the three states; and the software
can be used to print a paper copy for submission to the state, when
state law allows. To reduce costs, NMFS has determined that a person
certified as both an observer and a catch monitor can serve in both
capacities, within limitations on hours worked. After consideration of
all these efforts and the requirements of the program, NMFS has
determined that the remaining reporting requirements are necessary.
Comment 14. One commenter expressed concerns that the inequitable
distribution of overfished species QS, such as Canary Rockfish,
disproportionately impacts California,
[[Page 78349]]
while favoring Washington and Oregon; that the program should not
result in an unfair allocation between the states; and that the program
should be designed to result in an even consolidation between states
and between the sectors (non-whiting shorebased IFQ, whiting shorebased
IFQ, mothership sector, and catcher/processor sector).
Response. With respect to the effects on the States including
industry consolidation effects, NMFS acknowledges that this program may
have different impacts on different states and on different
communities. As mentioned above, one of the potential purposes of the
AMP is to address differential impacts upon communities and thus the
states. National Standard 4 requires that when it becomes necessary to
allocate or assign fishing privileges among various United States
fishermen, such allocation shall be (A) Fair and equitable to all such
fishermen; (B) reasonably calculated to promote conservation; and (C)
carried out in such a manner that no particular individual,
corporation, or other entity acquires an excessive share of such
privileges. The National Standard 4 guidelines at Sec.
600.325(c)(3)(i)(B) state that: ``An allocation of fishing privileges
may impose a hardship on one group if it is outweighed by the total
benefits received by another group or groups. An allocation need not
preserve the status quo in the fishery to qualify as fair and
equitable, if a restructuring of fishing privileges would maximize
overall benefits. The Council should make an initial estimate of the
relative benefits and hardships imposed by the allocation, and compare
its consequences with those of alternative allocation schemes,
including the status quo.''
Thus, the Councils are given wide latitude to determine what is
equitable within a particular fishery and to create the appropriate
management measures to accomplish the goals of an FMP. The issue of
allocation of overfished species was addressed extensively in the
response to comments in the October 1st final rule. (75 FR 60868,
comments 29 and 31.) Generally speaking, the Council evaluated the
impacts of its allocation decisions and adequately determined that,
after weighing the costs and benefits of its proposed scheme, the
allocations selected were to the overall benefit of the fishery and its
participants.
Comment 15. One commenter stated that NMFS has not adopted criteria
for participation in CFAs as required by law and improperly excluded
CFAs from initial allocations. The commenter further stated that the 10
percent set aside for the AMP would not be enough to meet the needs of
CFAs, smaller vessels idled by the program, processors, or new
entrants. Another commenter stated that the 10 percent set aside for
the AMP should be used to mitigate transition impacts and be used as an
incentive pool for conservation results and to improve the program.
Response. NMFS responded to a similar comment in the October 31st
final rule (75 FR 60868, comment 41) which is incorporated here by
reference. NMFS disagrees that communities have been excluded from
initial allocations. Communities have not been precluded from acquiring
groundfish limited entry trawl permits, which would make them eligible
for the initial allocation of QS associated with a permit.
Additionally, the Council's preferred alternative includes a very broad
definition of who may own quota shares, so communities are not
precluded from acquiring quota once the program is implemented. Just as
non-trawl fishermen currently need to obtain a trawl-endorsed limited
entry permit to participate in the trawl fishery, under the trawl catch
shares program, a trawl permit and quota pounds is all that is needed
to participate.
NMFS also disagrees with the statement that the Council and NMFS
did not follow the law with regard to CFAs. NMFS created the trawl
rationalization program, including allocation to an AMP, consistent
with the MSA and with communities in mind. The trawl catch shares
program includes several ways to participate beyond the initial
issuance of quota share. The AMP specifically reserves 10 percent of
the non-whiting shoreside quota share to allocate in such a manner as
to promote a wide range of important objectives, beginning with year 3
of the program. The objectives for this program are: Community
stability, processor stability, conservation, unintended/unforeseen
consequences of IFQ management, and facilitation of new entrants. NMFS
agrees with the commenter's statement that the 10 percent set aside for
the AMP should be used to mitigate transition impacts. During the first
2 years of the program, the AMP will help mitigate transition impacts
by distributing the resulting to QP to trawlers with non-whiting QS to
help them as they adjust to the new program, begin to work together and
pool their resources, and adjust to new costs. In ongoing years, the
AMP will help mitigate impacts of the program and promote conservation
following the objectives for the AMP stated above.
In addition to the AMP, the Council is also developing provisions
for community involvement through CFAs as a trailing amendment. The
trawl catch shares program includes a moratorium on the transfer of
quota share during the first two years of the program (quota pounds
will be able to be transferred during the moratorium), combined with
provisions to require divestiture of quota share over accumulation
limits during years 3 and 4 of the program. The moratorium is in part
intended to slow the movement of quota share holdings out of
communities during a time when the trailing action for community
fishing associations can be developed and implemented in a considered
fashion. Recommendations for how to structure the CFA provisions in a
trailing action are welcome and should be brought forward as that
proposal is developed by the Council. Moreover, the Council
specifically acknowledged flexibility to adapt to changing
circumstances, including provisions for a comprehensive review of the
program that includes a community advisory committee, to evaluate
effectiveness in relation to the original program goals and objectives,
scheduled for year five of the program. The trawl rationalization
program has addressed and continues to address directly these issues
and ways to improve the program.
Comment 16. One commenter stated that the rapid increase in value
of QS and QP will make it hard for communities and CFAs to participate
in the program. The commenter further stated that NMFS' new measure to
allow limited entry trawl permit transfers during a window of time
before the permit and endorsement application period will foster quick
inflation of QS value.
Response. NMFS appreciates the commenter's insight into the value
of QS based on NMFS providing a window of opportunity for limited entry
permit transfers before the permit and endorsement application period.
NMFS' intent in providing this window in the October 31st initial
issuance final rule (75 FR 60868) was solely to provide some additional
flexibility for potential participants in the program in making their
business decisions before being locked into their business arrangement
for the next 2 years. As stated in the preamble to the final initial
issuance rule, NMFS believes this change is consistent with the
Council's intent to provide an opportunity for entry level participants
to obtain a qualifying trawl limited entry permit prior to initial
issuance with reasonable certainty of anticipated QS that would be
issued on the basis of that permit. Further, for
[[Page 78350]]
permit owners that have qualifying history that would exceed control
limits, this change will provide an opportunity to divest permits prior
to calculation of QS and any redistribution of QS.
Comments on the Observer and Catch Monitor Programs
Comment 17. Some commenters stated that alternatives should be
explored to reduce the industry and taxpayer costs of the program, such
as not requiring the industry to pay for observer (i.e., the government
should pay as part of its enforcement mandate), requiring less than 100
percent observer coverage, allowing the use of cameras, or measures to
reduce observer costs below $350-500 per day. Another commenter agreed
with NMFS that an observer can also be a catch monitor to reduce costs
but also to gain data tracking efficiencies. A third commenter stated
support for 100 percent observer coverage and rigorous observer and
catch monitor training requirements.
Response. Less than 100 percent observer coverage and the use of
cameras to supplement or substitute for observer coverage were
considered by the Council during the program's development, but were
rejected. Full and independent accountability of all catch is key to
the success of the catch shares program especially programs using
individual fishing quotas. NMFS has recognized the increased costs to
the industry and is therefore planning to subsidize the cost of
observer coverage for at least the first year, subject to
appropriations (see response to Comment 22). The defraying of cost via
this subsidy will give the fleet time to develop cost cutting measures
with other industry members in their port and with the observer
provider companies. NMFS recognizes the importance of reigning in costs
to the industry and the public and will continue to investigate and
implement efficiencies when practical. One such efficiency is that a
person can be trained and certified as both an observer and as a catch
monitor. That person could act in both capacities even for the same
vessel's offload, subject to maximum work hour requirements and other
limitations, which may provide some cost savings.
Comment 18. The Pacific Fishery Management Council commented in
agreement with the conflict of interest regulations as proposed by NMFS
under Alternative 2 for the observer and catch monitor regulations.
Another commenter supported rigorous conflict of interest provisions.
Response. In the August 31st proposed rule (75 FR 53380), NMFS
provided two alternative sections addressing conflict of interest
provisions applicable to observers and catch monitors; Alternative 1
provided provisions as deemed by the Council, Alternative 2 presented
the NMFS-proposed language. NMFS provided its rationale for the NMFS-
proposed alternative in the proposed rule, and explained that the NMFS-
proposed conflict of interest provisions are consistent with existing
language in NMFS policy statement 04-109-01 and current standards in
the West Coast Groundfish Observer Program. NMFS specifically requested
comment on which provisions to include in the final rule and NMFS
received no comments in disagreement with the NMFS-proposed alternative
included in the final rule.
Comment 19. One commenter stated that Morro Bay, California, will
not have enough trawlers to support a catch monitor.
Response. NMFS responded to a similar comment regarding costs of
monitoring in the October 31st final rule (75 FR 60873, comment 22). As
stated in the response to the prior comment: ``Analyses indicate that
the program benefits will outweigh the program costs. The EIS
anticipates that the value of the fishery will increase through a
variety of mechanisms, including increased efficiency of existing
vessels, the transfer of effort to the most efficient vessels, and
increased retention of target species. The program includes
opportunities for adaptive management if actual impacts differ from
projected impacts. [* * *] To aid the fishing industry during the
transition to a rationalized fishery, the agency has announced its
intent, subject to available Federal funding, to cover a portion of the
initial cost of hiring observers and catch monitors. As stated by the
agency, participants would initially be responsible for 10 percent of
the cost of hiring observers and catch monitors, with that amount
increased every year so that by 2014, the industry would be responsible
for 100 percent of the cost of hiring the observers and catch
monitors.''
Landings monitoring is an essential component to the
rationalization program developed by the Council. Thus, industry
members and catch monitor providers need to work together to resolve
local implementation issues such as the development of cost-effective
deployment of catch monitors in Morro Bay. One potential solution
provided for in this final rule would be to contract with providers for
the services of observers that are also certified as catch monitors.
Such ``dual certified'' observers, which would already be on board the
vessel participating in the Shorebased IFQ Program, could assume the
catch monitor role for the IFQ first receiver. Coordination between the
fishing vessel, the IFQ first receiver, and the observer/catch monitor
provider will help alleviate concerns of program costs under
circumstances such as those presented at Morro Bay. NMFS anticipates
that further opportunities to reduce costs will develop with experience
under the program. See also the response to Comment 20.
Comment 20. California Department of Fish and Game (CDFG) commented
that it supports an ongoing dialogue with NMFS and the states about the
use of state employees as observers or catch monitors within the trawl
rationalization program, provided that such dialogue includes a
mechanism to reimburse the states for the use of state employees.
Response. NMFS acknowledges the comment and plans to continue its
dialogue with the states regarding the use of state employees as
observers and/or catch monitors. Initial discussions conducted thus far
indicate that the states are interested in providing some catch monitor
services. If state employees serve as catch monitors, NMFS anticipates
that reimbursement for costs associated with such services would be a
component of legal contracts entered into between the states and the
IFQ first receivers or vessels to which the states provide services.
NMFS looks forward to continued discussions with the states to support
coordination of the trawl rationalization program with state employees.
Comment 21. Some commenters asked for clarification of the terms,
``authorized officer,'' ``authorized person,'' and ``NMFS staff'' with
regard to the catch monitor and observer regulations. One commenter
stated that persons authorized access to first receiver facilities
should include state-authorized employees, both law enforcement and
non-law enforcement, and Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission
staff. Both of these types of personnel are involved in the monitoring
and enforcement of the groundfish fishery. The commenter also noted
inconsistent use of the terms ``authorized officer'' and ``authorized
person'' in the regulations and recommended a consistent and
encompassing use of the term ``authorized person.'' Another commenter
asked that the term ``NMFS staff'' be defined and should be more
[[Page 78351]]
narrow than any employee of NMFS. The commenter suggested a definition.
Response. NMFS appreciates the comments and how they highlight the
variety of management and enforcement persons that are involved in the
program. However, NMFS disagrees that further definitions are necessary
at this time. NMFS believes that the current use of the terms is
appropriate and serves to distinguish the different persons that must
have access to, or accomplish other duties in connection to program
management and enforcement. ``Authorized officer'' is a term already
defined under the MSA in regulations found at 50 CFR part 600. The term
is focused exclusively on enforcement officers, both state and Federal,
and includes NOAA agents and officers, state officers acting under a
JEA with NOAA and USCG boarding officers. This term is important for
use involving inspection and enforcement activities. ``Authorized
person'' is not defined but was included to identify persons other than
enforcement officers and NMFS staff who are authorized to conduct
duties related to the program. The term includes catch monitors as they
are not NMFS staff, but are employees of contractors. These persons
have authority to conduct duties pursuant to the program regulations.
NMFS staff are those persons who have authority to conduct duties under
the program regulations, as well. As for state employees, these persons
have independent authority under state laws to enter the facility and
do their jobs.
Comment 22. One commenter asked if NMFS' offer to cover up to 90
percent of the costs of the observer program during the first year of
the program was for all sectors of the fishery, or only the Shorebased
IFQ Program.
Response. There is no assurance or guarantee that NMFS will provide
funding, as the funding depends on Congressional appropriation.
However, assuming that an appropriation is made and those funds are
made available to the program and not otherwise restricted, NMFS NWR
would apply these funds to help defray both the observer and catch
monitor program costs. Further, NMFS would make the funds available to
all three sectors (MS, C/P, and Shorebased) not just the Shorebased IFQ
program.
Comment 23. One commenter suggested that language on the catch
monitor program stating that ``monitors have access to telephone lines
during the times that Pacific whiting was being processed'' may be an
artifact of previous regulations for catch monitors. The commenter
suggested that NMFS re-examine whether this language should apply to
more species than Pacific whiting.
Response. NMFS agrees with the comment and, upon further review,
has determined that this requirement is no longer necessary. The
commenter was correct that catch monitors may need access to more
species that just Pacific whiting for the Shorebased IFQ Program. In
addition, any phone may be used, a cell phone or a telephone. However,
the IFQ first receiver will not have to provide catch monitors with
access to a phone while IFQ species are being processed. That is the
responsibility of the catch monitor provider as stated at Sec.
660.17(e)(8)(i)(A). NMFS is removing this language from the IFQ first
receiver responsibilities at Sec. 660.140(i)(4). See the section on
``Changes from the Proposed Rule.''
Comments on the Economic Data Collection (EDC) Program
Comment 24. Some commenters stated that the economic data
collection questionnaire was too detailed and burdensome for small
businesses. One of those commenters suggested that if it is an annual
questionnaire, it should be simplified to collect only crucial
information. If the detailed questionnaire is continued, it should be
collected periodically, not annually. Another commenter stated that the
EDC program is too narrow and will not capture the effects of the trawl
rationalization program on jobs, businesses, and communities.
Response. In developing the trawl catch share program, NMFS is
striking a balance. NMFS believes the importance and benefits of this
program outweighs the burden on small businesses. The statute
authorizing LAP programs such as this, Section 303A of the MSA,
requires periodic reviews. In order to do that, NMFS must collect both
baseline and annual information to judge the effectiveness of the
program for the 5 year review. NMFS will continue to work through the
Council process to make any necessary changes to the program to assure
that that program does collect information needed by the Council meets
the requirements of the MSA and the Council including providing
assessments on the impacts of the program on jobs, businesses, and
communities.
NMFS' authority to collect economic information is limited to those
vessels and processors harvesting and processing fish that are
regulated under the MSA. Although NMFS could ask for economic
information from persons or entities that are not directly regulated
under a fishery program, it would be unable to require submission of
the information. This is a critical difference and NMFS cannot
establish a voluntary economic information program that would certainly
be rejected by non-fishery industry persons and entities. NMFS could
not ensure confidentiality of voluntarily submitted information and
this problem would mean NMFS would never receive information or receive
information that was incomplete or unreliable. An incomplete or
unreliable database would be unusable.
Regarding a commenter's concern over the EDC program not capturing
the effects of the trawl rationalization program on lost jobs, closed
businesses, and devastated communities, the Northwest Fisheries Science
Center will conduct voluntary interviews through the Trawl
Rationalization Program Human Dimensions Study to try and capture some
of these other effects of the program.
Comment 25. One commenter agreed with NMFS' definition of
``processor'' for the EDC Program.
Response. NMFS acknowledges this commenter's concurrence with the
proposed definition for ``processor'' for the EDC program.
Comment 26. One commenter expressed concerns about the EDC audit
process, in particular the potential use of a third-party auditor to
examine EDC submissions. The comment focused on the handling of
``extremely sensitive commercial information''. The comment
acknowledges that NMFS states that submitted information is
confidential, but the comment suggests that there are no standards or
rules in place to ensure confidentiality. Further, the comment
questions whether NMFS can ask for tax information and require its
submission to a third-party auditor and whether this practice may
violate IRS rules.
Response. While NMFS understands the concern about information
confidentiality, this issue was highlighted in the proposed rule and
NMFS explained that the EDC program will ensure information
confidentiality. Information submitted to NMFS pursuant to the trawl
program is considered confidential not only under the MSA, which
specifically states that submitted information is confidential and not
disclosable, but also there are at least two other Federal acts that
NMFS uses to hold commercial and financial information confidential,
namely the FOIA and Trade Secrets Act. NMFS has promulgated regulations
that describe information confidentiality and processes to ensure its
confidentiality at 50 CFR 600.405. Further, NMFS follows a detailed
policy-based process, titled NAO 216-100, directing specifically
[[Page 78352]]
how NMFS employees and contractors ensure information confidentiality.
NMFS personnel as well as any third-party contractor, such as an
auditor, are required to retain information confidentiality. Should
information be mishandled and inappropriately disclosed, both civil and
criminal sanctions could be applied depending on the circumstances. To
further ensure the confidentiality of information submitted to third-
parties such as auditors, NMFS wrote regulatory language at section
660.114(e) describing the EDC audit procedures that indicates that any
information required for verification of economic data, including that
provided to a third-party auditor, is considered a required submission
to NMFS. In other economic information collection programs, such as
those found in the North Pacific crab and Bering sea trawl groundfish
programs, NMFS has adopted the use of professional auditors to evaluate
economic and financial information. Due to resource limitations, NMFS
has no choice but to contract for these special services and cannot
provide them ``in-house.'' Finally, NMFS--like private institutions--
can require submission of financial documents, including tax reporting
forms, if necessary to ensure that its program receives reliable,
verifiable information. If this was not the case, NMFS could not carry-
out Congress' intent that commercial and financial information be
collected and evaluated for this limited access program's future
evaluation and potential effectiveness.
Comment 27. One commenter suggested revised wording for the
economic data collection program regulations at Sec. 660.114 to
require only one owner of a processor to submit the required data, if
the processor is owned by more than one person. The commenter stated
that not all owners may have access to the level of detail required on
the forms and the additional burden of requiring all owners to submit
the data is unnecessary.
Response. NMFS agrees, but does not conclude that a change in the
proposed rule text is necessary. NMFS is aware that some processors are
owned by more than one person. However, a processor can be considered a
single person or entity and thus would report its information on one
form. Thus, NMFS requires only one EDC form from a processor provided
that the form provides all relevant and complete information from the
processor. All owners of a processor, however, are subject to the risk
that with the filing of one form for the processor, that the form may
not be timely filed or properly completed by whoever is identified as
the responsible party for submitting it on behalf of the processor and
thus, all the owners.
Comment 28. One commenter suggested that the language in Sec.
660.114, for the trawl fishery economic data collection program, should
be revised to read ``holder'' of a first receiver site license rather
than ``owner'' because the license is a privilege and conveys no
ownership rights.
Response. NMFS agrees with the commenter that first receiver site
licenses are a privilege and not a right, but declines to change the
term from ``owner'' to ``holder'' as the commenter suggests. The
regulations at Sec. 660.100 clearly state that any privileges
(including IFQ first receiver site licenses) in the trawl
rationalization program may be revoked, limited, or modified at any
time. In order to take delivery of groundfish caught in the Shorebased
IFQ Program, an IFQ first receiver would need to have a first receiver
site license. ``IFQ first receivers'' are defined in the October 31st
final rule (75 FR 60868) at Sec. 660.111 as ``persons who first
receive, purchase, or take custody, control, or possession of catch
onshore directly from a vessel that harvested the catch while fishing
under the Shorebased IFQ Program described at Sec. 660.140, subpart
D.'' For the first receiver site license owner, the term ``license
owner'' is defined at Sec. 660.11 as ``a person who is the owner of
record with NMFS, SFD, Permits Office of a License issued under Sec.
660.140, subpart D'' and is cross-referenced from the ``permit owner''
definition.
Comments on Ownership and Transfer
Comment 29. One commenter asked if an estate completes probate
court during the first two years of the program, can ownership of the
limited entry trawl permit and QS permit be transferred from the estate
administrator to a beneficiary.
Response. The proposed rule states that ``[d]uring the first 2
years after implementation of the program, QS or IBQ cannot be
transferred to another QS permit owne